HomeMy WebLinkAboutVolume 1 of 2 Specs - 04610078 Final CDs.pdf
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 SERIES 0 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 43 25 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM (DURING BIDDING) 00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS
AND MATERIALS FORM 00 45 19 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 00 50 00 CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS 00 52 13 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR WHERE THE BASIS FOR PAYMENT
IS A STIPULATED SUM (AIA DOCUMENT A101-2007) 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND FORM (AIA DOCUMENT A312-1984) 00 62 11 SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM (SAMPLE) 00 62 76 APPLICATION AND
CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT (AIA DOCUMENT G702-1992) 00 62 76.13 CONTINUATION SHEET (AIA DOCUMENT G703-1992) 00 62 76.16 CONSENT OF SURETY TO REDUCTION IN OR PARTIAL RELEASE OF RETAINAGE
(AIA DOCUMENT G707A-1994) 00 63 13 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION FORM (RFI) 00 63 53 WORK CHANGES PROPOSAL REQUEST FORM (AIA DOCUMENT G709-2001) 00 63 63 CHANGE ORDER FORM (AIA DOCUMENT G701-2001)
00 65 16 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FORM (AIA DOCUMENT G704-2000) 00 65 19.13 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS (AIA DOCUMENT G706-1994) 00 65 19.16 CONTRACTOR'S
AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS (AIA DOCUMENT G706A-1994) 00 65 19.19 CONSENT OF SURETY COMPANY TO FINAL PAYMENT (AIA DOCUMENT G707-1994) 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR
CONSTRUCTION (AIA DOCUMENT A201-2007) 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 36 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS 00 73 73.23 MEDICARE AND MEDICAID ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS ----------ST.
VINCENT HOSPITAL AND HEALTH SERVICES CONTRACTOR/VENDOR ORIENTATION AND REFERENCE MANUAL DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 21 00
ALLOWANCES 01 23 00 ALTERNATES 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES (WITHOUT DOCUNET) 01 35 33 INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 42
00 REFERENCES 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 01 73 00 EXECUTION 01 73 29 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 79
00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 01 00 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE 03 45 50 PRECAST
ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE DIVISION 06 -WOOD , PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 05 73 WOOD TREATMENT 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 40 00 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 61 16 SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS
DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION 07 24 13 POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07 81 16 CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING
07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS 07 95 13 EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES DIVISION 08 -OPENINGS 08 12 13 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 31 00 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 33
00 COILING DOORS AND GRILLES 08 35 13.23 FOLDING FIRE DOORS 08 41 13 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 26 ALL-GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 42 29.23 SLIDING AUTOMATIC
ENTRANCES 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 08 81 00 GLASS GLAZING DIVISION 09 -FINISHES 09 05 60 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 21 16 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 30 00 TILING 09
51 00 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 68 00 CARPETING 09 72 00 WALL COVERINGS
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 3 09 91 00 PAINTING DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 10 26 00 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 28 13 TOILET ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT 11 52 13 PROJECTION SCREENS DIVISION
12 -FURNISHINGS 12 24 13 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 13 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC
EQUIPMENT 23 05 19 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 23 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC
CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 07 00 HVAC INSULATION 23 09 01 ENVIRONMENTAL
CONTROL SYSTEM 23 21 13 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 31 13 METAL DUCTS 23 33 00 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 36 00 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 23 37 13 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 23 82 33 CONVECTORS
23 82 39 UNIT HEATERS DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 19 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING
FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 36 CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION
FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 26 28 13 FUSES 26 28 16 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 29 13 ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 26 51 00 INTERIOR LIGHTING
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 4 DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 41 33 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 51 16 PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MASS NOTIFICATION
SYSTEMS 27 60 00 SYSTEM ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 31 00 FIRE ALARM DIVISION
31 – EARTHWORK 31 20 00 EARTHWORK 31 25 00 EROSION CONTROL 31 31 16 TERMITE CONTROL DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 13 00 SITE CONCRETE 32 13 10 SITE CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 32
13 20 SITE CONCRETE FORMWORK 32 92 19 SEEDING
Division 0 Bidding Requirements and Contract Forms
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-1 SECTION 002113 -INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. All definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,
AIA Document A201-2007, or in other Contract Documents, are applicable to the Bidding Documents. B. Addendum (singular) and Addenda (plural): Written or graphic instruments issued by
the Architect/Engineer prior to the execution of the Contract that modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by addition(s), deletion(s), clarification(s), or correction(s). C. Alternate
(or Alternate Bid): An amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents
is accepted. D. Base Bid: The sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents exclusive of adjustments for Alternate Bids. E.
Bid: a complete and properly signed proposal, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Requirements, to perform the Work or designated portion for the sums stipulated. F. Bidder: A person
or entity who submits a Contract Bid. G. Bidding Documents: Items include, but are not necessarily limited to, the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form, Non-Collusion
Affidavit, and the proposed Contract Documents. H. Contract Documents: The Conditions of the Contract, the Drawings, the Project Manual, and all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications
issued after execution of the Contract. I. Sub-bidder: A person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials or labor for a portion of the Work. J. Unit Price: An amount stated
in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services as described in the Bidding Documents or in the proposed Contract Documents. 1.2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS A. Bidder
acknowledges that he has read and understands the Bidding Documents and his Bid is made in accordance therein.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-2 B. Bidder acknowledges that he has visited the site, has familiarized himself with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and
has correlated his observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. C. Bidder acknowledges that his Bid is based upon the materials, systems, and equipment required
by the Bidding Documents without exception. D. Bidder shall assume the responsibility, on behalf of his sub-bidders and material suppliers, for obtaining and verifying all measurements
and their accuracy at the site which are applicable to any and all materials and labor to be furnished by them or furnished to others for installation. No request for additional compensation,
or for omission of work from his Contract, if ultimately awarded such, will be considered considered which is due to failure of the Bidder in this regard. E. Bidder's proposal shall
contemplate a complete, operable, and acceptable installation as indicated or implied by the Contract Documents. F. Bid shall include the entire cost and expense of each and every item
of labor and material necessary to complete the work in accordance with the Contract Documents and ready for occupancy and/or use. The successful Bidder shall assume the risk of all
such costs and expenses. Certain areas of the Work shall require special scheduling of the work, including overtime hours. Costs associated with such Work shall be included in the Proposal.
G. Stated quantities, if any, in the Contract Documents are approximate only, and each Bidder shall be required to make his own estimate of quantities and calculate his Bid accordingly.
H. Bidder shall thoroughly examine the drawings and specifications of all trades and include all such additional costs for them insofar as they affect his proposal. I. The Owner requires
the Contractor to efficiently use resources to the fullest extent possible in the completion of this Project. Resource efficient aspects to be considered in completing this Project include:
1. Use of techniques that minimize waste generation. 2. Reuse and renovation of existing structures in lieu of demolition. 3. Salvage of existing materials and items for reuse or resale.
4. Reuse of materials on site where possible. 5. Recycling of waste generated during the demolition and construction processes. 6. The Contractor is encouraged to include additional
resource efficient construction methods in the Project. 1.3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS A. Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office designated in the Invitation
to Bid.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-3 B. Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids. Neither the Owner nor the Architect/Engineer assume any responsibility for
errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. C. In making copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms, the Owner or the
Architect/Engineer do so for the express purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work. No license or grant for any other use is conferred. D. Bidders shall promptly notify the Architect/Engineer
of any ambiguity, inconsistency or error that they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents, the site or local conditions. Where there is a conflict in or between the Contract
Documents, the Contractor shall be deemed to have estimated on providing the better quality Work, higher cost, and the larger quantity required. Only changes or interpretations covered
by Addenda or specifically approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer will be permitted during construction of the Work. E. Bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the
Bidding documents shall make a written request that shall reach the Architect/Engineer at least seven days before the date for receipt of Bids. F. Any interpretation, correction or change
of the Bidding Documents will only be made by Addendum. Interpretations, corrections or changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner are not binding, and Bidders shall not
rely upon such interpretations, corrections and changes. G. Addenda are mailed or delivered only to those entities known by the Architect/Engineer to have received a complete set of
Bidding Documents. H. Copies of Addenda are made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. I. Every attempt is made to issue Addenda no later
than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one that includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. Each Bidder
shall ascertain prior to submitting his Bid that he has received all Addenda issued, and he shall acknowledge their receipt in his Bid. 1.4 PRODUCTS A. The materials, products and equipment
described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality that must be met by any proposed substitution. B. No substitution is considered
unless the Architect/Engineer receives a written request for approval at least ten days before the date of receipt of Bids. Each such request shall include the name of the material,
product or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitute including drawings, cut sheets, performance and test data
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-4 and any other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth any changes in other materials, equipment or other Work that incorporation
of the substitute would require, shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the Bidder. The Architect/Engineer's decision of approval or disapproval
of a proposed substitution shall be final. C. Requests for approval to bid material, products, systems and/or equipment other than that specified under “Acceptable Manufacturer” shall
be made on forms included in the Project Manual. Only Bidders can make Requests for Product Review. The Architect/Engineer will supply Forms to all Bidders requesting them. D. Should
the approval of any products other than the “Acceptable Manufacturer” necessitate changing other Work encompassed by the Contract Documents, expense for such changes shall be borne by
the Bidder whose proposed substitution necessitated such changes. These conditions shall be extended to include compensation to the Architect/Engineer, should such changes require modification
of the Contract Documents. No adjustments will be made in the Contract Sum to cover cost of such changes. E. When Products are specified in accordance with Federal Specifications, American
Standards Association, ASTM Standards, UL, or other recognized Association Standards, the Bidder shall present proof from the manufacturer certifying that the product complies with the
particular reference standards. Where requested or specified, submit supporting test data to substantiate compliance. F. If the Architect/Engineer approves any proposed substitution
before receipt of Bids, such approval is issued in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. G. No substitutions will be considered after the Contract
award unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 1.5 BIDDING PROCEDURE A. Bids shall be submitted in triplicate on forms included with the Bidding Documents. B. All blanks
on the Bid Form shall be filled in by typewriter or manually in ink. C. Where indicated by the format of the Bid Form, express monetary sums in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy
between the two, the amount written in words shall govern. D. The signer of the Bid must initial any interlineation(s), alteration(s) or erasure(s). E. Each copy of the Bid shall include
the legal name of the Bidder and a statement that the Bidder is a sole proprietor, a partnership, a corporation, or some other legal entity. Each copy shall be signed by the person or
persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A Bid submitted by a corporation shall include the State in which incorporated and have the corporate
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-5 seal affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current Power of Attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder. F. Voluntary
alternates of any type will not be considered, nor will they affect the position of the Bidder. G. Proposals shall include proper and adequate sums for warranties, insurance premiums,
allowances, bonds, all applicable taxes, documentary stamps, permits and other levies. However, if the project is tax exempt, such tax shall not be included. H. It shall be the Bidder's
responsibility to check all sub-bids and material quotations carefully to determine whether or not any exceptions, omissions or alterations to the Contract Documents have been noted,
as such Bidder is solely responsible for a complete job in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. I. Enclose all copies of the Bid and any other documents required to be submitted
with the Bid in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name, the Bidder's name and address
and, if applicable, the designated Portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope
with the notation 'SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the envelope face. J. Deliver Bids to the designated location before the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid,
or any extension of time made by Addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. K. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely
delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. L. Oral telephonic Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. M. A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by
the Bidder during the stipulated period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids and each Bidder so agrees to same in submitting his Bid. N. Prior to the time and
date designated for receipt of Bids, any Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall
be in writing over the signature of the Bidder or by telephone/facsimile. If modification is by telephone/facsimile, written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed
and post marked on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids, and it shall be worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. O. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up
to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with the Instructions to Bidders.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-6 1.6 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS A. Unless stated otherwise in the Invitation to Bid, properly identified Bids received on time will be opened publicly and
will be read aloud. An abstract of the Base Bids and Alternate Bids, if any, will be made available to Bidders. When it has been stated the Bids will be opened privately, an abstract
of the same information may, at the discretion of the Owner, be made available to the Bidders within a reasonable time. B. The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids or
by other data stipulated by the Bidding Documents, or to reject a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular. C. It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest
responsible Bidder, provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner shall have the
right to waive any informality or irregularity in any Bid or Bids received and to accept the Bid or Bids that, in the Owner’s judgment, is in his own best interests. D. The Owner shall
have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination and to determine the low Bidder based on the sum of the Base Bid and the Alternates accepted. E. In determining the lowest
and/or best responsible Bidder, the Owner will consider whether the Bidder maintains a permanent place of business, if pecuniary responsible, has adequate plant facilities and employees,
has had sufficient experience to do the work properly, and is satisfied that the proposal submitted meets all conditions of the Contract Documents. F. The Owner shall have the option,
exercisable within forty-five (45)]calendar days from and including the date of award, of including or excluding the work required by any alternate proposal, for the sum or sums established
for said Alternate Bids. G. In order to facilitate his evaluation of the Bids, the Owner may contact apparent low Bidders after receipt of Bids to discuss the proposals, time schedules,
and names of proposed subcontractors and materials upon which Bids are based. In the event that a Bidder is ultimately awarded a Contract, the result of such discussions will be incorporated
into a Pre-Award Memorandum that shall become a part of the Contract Documents. 1.7 POST BID INFORMATION A. Bidders shall submit, within twenty-four (24) hours after the date and time
set for receipt of Bid Proposals, their Subcontractor and Materials Listing on forms for this requirement as provided in Division 01 Section “Proposed Products and Subcontractors Form”.
Failure to submit this document within this time period will be grounds for disqualification of the Bid. B. No later than seven (7) days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal
of Bids, the Owner will, at the request of the Bidder to whom award of a Contract is under consideration, furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial
arrangements to
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-7 fulfill the Contract obligations. Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Owner-Contractor Agreement.
C. The Bidder shall be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer and the Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish
and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. D. Before the award of the Contract, the Architect/Engineer will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or the Architect/Engineer,
after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. The Bidder may, at his option, withdraw his Bid, or submit an acceptable substitute person or
entity with an adjustment in his bid price to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution(s). The Owner may, at his discretion, accept the adjusted bid price or he may
disqualify the Bidder. In case of either withdrawal or disqualification under this Subparagraph, the Bid Security will not be forfeited. E. Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder
and to whom the Owner and the Architect/Engineer have made no reasonable objection under the provisions of Paragraph 1.7D must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall
not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner and the Architect/Engineer. 1.8 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND POLICIES OF INSURANCE OR INSURANCE CERTIFICATES
A. Prior to execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall deliver to the Owner an executed , AIA Document A312 -1994 “Performance and Payment Bond”, and policies of insurance or insurance
certificates as required by the General Conditions. The Owner shall approve all bonds and policies of insurance or insurance certificates before the Bidder may proceed proceed with the
work. All bonds and insurance premiums shall be included in the Bidder's Bid Proposal. B. Bidder shall deliver the required documents to the Owner no later than the date of execution
of the Contract, or if the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory
to the Owner that such documents will be furnished. Failure or refusal to furnish bonds or insurance policies or certificates in a form and with companies satisfactory to the Owner shall
subject the Bidder to either loss of the Contract or loss of time from the allowable construction period equal to the time of delay in furnishing the required material as determined
by the Owner. C. Bonds shall be written on AIA Document A312-1994 “Performance Bond and Payment Bond”. Performance Bond and Payment Bond shall be furnished by the Bidder in amounts equal
to one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the Contract Sum. Bond amounts shall be increased by the Bidder, with certificates sent to the Owner, at any time the Contract Sum is increased
by Change Order, acceptance of Alternates, or other forms of Agreement which increase the Contract Sum. The bonds shall remain in effect for a period of at least twelve months beyond
the date of final acceptance of the Work.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-8 D. Bidder shall require the Attorney-in-Fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the Surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of
his Power of Attorney 1.9 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR A. Unless otherwise stated in the Bidding Documents, the Agreement for the Work will be AIA Document A101 -2007,
“Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor”, where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum. 1.10 PRE-BID CONFERENCE A. Before the date and time for the scheduled Bid opening,
a Pre-Bid Conference will be held for considering questions posed by Bidders. Location and time of the Conference will be announced to all Bidders of Record. It shall be the Bidder's
responsibility to notify any of his subcontractors or material suppliers that he deems necessary. All interpretations and corrections of the Contract Documents deriving from questions
posed at the Pre-Bid Conference will be mailed or delivered to each Bidder of Record only. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM (DURING BIDDING) 00 43 25 -1 SECTION 00 43 25 -SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM (DURING BIDDING) PROJECT: First Floor Corridor Remodel St. Vincent Carmel Hospital
13500 North Meridian Street Carmel, Indiana 46032 BSA LIFESTRUCTURES PROJECT NUMBER: 04610078 In accordance with PRODUCTS, Paragraph 1.4.B, of the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, the following
material, products, systems and/or equipment are submitted for review of the Architect/Engineer. If approval is given for Bidding purposes, Contractor understands that such approval
is for manufacturer only and will not relieve the Contractor's responsibility for furnishing a complete and workable installation, including space considerations, consistent
with the requirements and intent of the Contract Documents. All Bidding approvals are issued by written Addendum only SECTION SECTION TITLE ARTICLE/PARAGRAPH MATERIAL/PRODUCT/SYSTEM/EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURER/ADDRESS/PHONE DESCRIPTION:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM (DURING BIDDING) 00 43 25 -2 PREVIOUS INSTALLATIONS: MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE SUBSTITUTE :
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM (DURING BIDDING) 00 43 25 -3 REVIEW REQUESTED BY: (PRIME BIDDER) BY: TITLE: APPROVED BY:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 43 30 -1 SECTION 00 43 30 -PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 INSTRUCTIONS A. Do not remove this form from the
Project Manual. Blank forms may be provided to all Bidders of Record prior to bid due date. If forms are not received by a date at least five (5) days before bid due date, please contact
the Architect/Engineer. B. On forms provided or photocopies of this form, fill in the blank spaces adjacent to each item listed. Fill blanks by typewriter or printing legibly in ink.
C. The Subcontractors and Materials Listing form shall be signed by the same person/persons signing the Bid Form. D. Failure to submit this listing shall be grounds for disqualification
of the Bid. E. The submission of the listing of subcontractors and materials does not guarantee approval. In every case, all subcontractors and materials shall comply with the letter
and intent of the Contract Documents. F. The Architect/Engineer and Owner reserve the right to reject any material or subcontractor that in their opinion does not satisfy the requirements
of the Contract Documents. G. The Architect/Engineer and Owner reserve the right to choose the subcontractors or materials for any particular item that the Bidder fails to list, lists
more than one manufacturer, or lists an unacceptable manufacturer or subcontractor for the item in question. H. Bidders shall not use terminology "As Specified" on the Subcontractors
and Materials Listing, but shall indicate specifically the product or subcontractor proposed. When more than one product is specified (i.e., door hardware), a separate list shall be
prepared by the Contractor to identify the manufacturer of each product. Whenever the terminology "or approved equal" is used in the Contract Documents, refer to PRODUCTS -Paragraph
1.4 in the Instruction to Bidders. All approved substitutions will be named in an Addendum issued to all Prime Bidders of Record. I. Bidders must choose the materials from the referenced
standards or the acceptable manufacturers listed in the Quality Assurance or Manufacturers article of each section of the Project Manual. Responsibilities of the "Acceptable Manufacturers"
and of the Bidders, regarding compliance of the chosen manufacturers' products with the contract requirements, are defined in the Instructions to Bidders. Only substitutions authorized
by procedures outlined in the Instruction to Bidders are accepted.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 43 30 -2 J. Acceptance of Bid Alternates (if any) after the bid date or after the submittal of the Subcontractor and Materials List is not
a valid reason to modify the Subcontractors and Materials list. Include Subcontractor and Manufacturer/Material listing for each bid alternate, as applicable, if different from the Base
Bid listing. K. The approved listing shall be the basis of the Agreement. Substitutions after receipt of bids will be allowed only as provided for in Division 01 Section ”Product Requirements”.
L. Modifications to the submitted Subcontractor and Materials list are not permitted unless agreed to by the Architect/Engineer and Owner. SECTION TITLE SUBCONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER 02
01 00 Maintenance of Existing Conditions 02 24 13 Selective Site Demolition 03 45 00 Precast Architectural Concrete 06 05 73 Wood Treatment 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 40 00 Architectural
Woodwork 06 61 16 Solid Surfacing Fabrications 07 21 00 Thermal Insulation 07 24 13 Polymer-Based Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems 07 81 16 Cementitious Fireproofing 07 84 00 Firestopping
07 92 00 Joint Sealants
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 43 30 -3 SECTION TITLE SUBCONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER 07 95 13 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies 08 12 13 Hollow Metal Frames 08 14 16 Flush
Wood Doors 08 31 00 Access Doors and Panels 08 33 00 Coiling Doors and Grilles 08 35 13.23 Folding Fire Doors 08 41 13 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts 08 41 26 All-Glass Entrances
and Storefronts 08 42 29.23 Sliding Automatic Entrances 08 71 00 Door Hardware 08 81 00 Glass Glazing 09 05 60 Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies
09 30 00 Tiling 09 51 00 Acoustical Ceilings 09 68 00 Carpeting 09 72 00 Wall Coverings 09 91 00 Painting
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 43 30 -4 SECTION TITLE SUBCONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER 10 26 00 Wall and Door Protection 10 28 13 Toilet Accessories 11 52 13 Projection Screens
12 24 13 Roller Window Shades 23 05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC 23 05 13 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment 23 05 19 Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping 23 05 23 General Duty
Valves for HVAC Piping 23 05 29 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC
Piping and Equipment 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation 23 09 01 Environmental Control System
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 43 30 -5 SECTION TITLE SUBCONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER 23 21 13 Hydronic Piping 23 31 13 Metal Ducts 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories 23 36 00 Air
Terminal Units 23 37 13 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles 23 82 33 Convectors 23 82 39 Unit Heaters 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power
Conductors and Cables 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 36 Cable Trays for
Electrical Systems 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 28 13 Fuses 26 28 16 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 43 30 -6 SECTION TITLE SUBCONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER 26 29 13 Enclosed Controllers 26 51 00 Interior Lighting 27 05 00 Common Work Results
for communications 27 41 33 Master Antenna Television System 27 51 16 Public Address and Mass Notification Systems 27 60 00 System Rough-In Requirements 28 05 00 Common Work Results
for Electronic Safety and Security 28 31 00 Fire Alarm 31 20 00 Earthwork 31 25 00 Erosion Control 31 31 16 Termite Control 32 13 00 Site Concrete 32 13 10 Site Concrete Reinforcement
32 13 20 Site Concrete Formwork 32 92 19 Seeding
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 43 30 -7 M. Provide the following information: Mechanical Subcontractor: Sheetmetal Subcontractor: Electrical Subcontractor: Submitting
Contractor: By: Date: PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 00 45 19 -1 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO: STATE OF Indiana ) SS: COUNTY Fulton THE UNDERSIGNED BIDDER, BY ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, BEING DULY SWORN,
ON THEIR OATHS SAY THAT NEITHER THEY NOR ANY OF THEM, HAVE IN ANY WAY, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ENTERED INTO ANY ARRANGEMENT OR AGREEMENT WITH ANY OTHER BIDDER, OR WITH ANY PUBLIC OFFICER
OF THE STATE OF INDIANA WHEREBY SUCH AFFIANT OR AFFIANTS OR EITHER OF THEM, HAS PAID OR IS TO PAY TO SUCH OTHER BIDDER OF PUBLIC OFFICER ANY SUM OF MONEY, OR HAS GIVEN OR IS TO GIVE
SUCH OTHER BIDDER OR PUBLIC OFFICER ANYTHING OF VALUE WHATEVER, OR SUCH AFFIANT OR AFFIANTS OR EITHER OF THEM HAS NOT, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ENTERED INTO ANY ARRANGEMENT OR AGREEMENT
WITH ANY OTHER BIDDER OR BIDDERS, WHICH TENDS TO OR DOES LESSEN OR DESTROY FREE COMPETITION IN THE LETTING OF THE CONTRACT SOUGHT FOR BY THE ATTACHED BIDS; THAT NO INDUCEMENT OF ANY
FORM OR CHARACTER OTHER THAN THAT WHICH APPEARS UPON THE FACE OF THE BID WILL BE SUGGESTED, OFFERED, PAID, OR DELIVERED TO ANY PERSON WHOMSOEVER TO INFLUENCE THE ACCEPTANCE OF THE SAID
BID OR AWARDING OF THE CONTRACT, NOR HAS THIS BIDDER ANY AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, WITH ANY PERSON WHOMSOEVER TO PAY, DELIVER TO, OR SHARE WITH ANY OTHER PERSON,
IN ANY WAY OR MANNER, ANY OF THE PROCEEDS OF THE CONTRACT SOUGHT BY THIS BID. (BIDDER OR AGENT) (FIRM OR CORPORATION)
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 00 45 19 -2 SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME BY THIS DAY OF 200_ MY COMMISSION EXPIRES: (NOTARY PUBLIC)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS 00 50 00 -1 SECTION 005000 -CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section describes forms required for the project.
Other bidding documents including this section are made available to assist the Bidder in preparing the bid. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 00 Section, “Invitation
to Bid” for specific bidding information regarding this project. 2. Division 00 Section, “Instructions to Bidders” for specific bidding information critical to submitting a bid. 3. Division
00 Section, “Non-Collusion Affidavit” for form to attach to bid. 1.2 TABLE OF ARTICLES A. BID FORMS I. SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL B. AGREEMENTS J. CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION C.
PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND K. CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS D. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE L. CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS E. SUBCONTRACTOR
AND MATERIAL LIST M. CONSENT OF SURETY TO REDUCTION IN OR PARTIAL RELEASE OF RETAINAGE F. APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT N. CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT G. WORK CHANGES
PROPOSAL REQUEST O. PRODUCT REVIEW REQUEST H. CHANGE ORDER P. REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION -RFI
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS 00 50 00 -2 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Bid Forms: 1. Bid forms will be sent in adequate copies to all Bidders of record. See sample form enclosed
in Project Manual. B. Agreement: 1. The form of Agreement to be used for this Project shall be AIA Document A101, 2007 Edition, entitled: "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and
Contractor" where basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM. C. Performance Bond and Payment Bond: 1. The form of Performance Bond used for this Project shall be AIA Document A312, 1984 Edition,
entitled: "Performance Bond and Payment Bond." D. Certificate of Insurance: 1. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner and Architect/Engineer certificates of insurance as described in
the General Conditions and Amendments. Use Contractor’s insurance company standard form. E. Products and Subcontractor List: 1. The Contractor shall submit on the form provided, in the
manner described in the instructions, a listing of the products proposed for incorporation into the Work and the names of Subcontractors, persons, or organizations proposed for the principal
portions of the Work not done by his own forces. The Architect/Engineer will provide forms to all Prime Bidders of Record. F. Application and Certificate for Payment: 1. Applications
for Payment shall be submitted in five (5) copies on AIA Documents G702 and G703, 1992 Edition, entitled, "Application and Certificate for Payment" and “Continuation Sheet”. Forms shall
include the Schedule of Values as approved by the Architect/Engineer and the Owner, the amounts requested for the particular partial payment, and the other information listed on the
form. Each copy shall be notarized and bear the wet signature of the authorized person. The form shall be accompanied by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to such partial
payment, including waivers of lien if required by the Owner. G. Work Changes Proposal Request:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS 00 50 00 -3 1. When changes in the Contract Documents are contemplated, the Architect/Engineer will issue a Proposal Request following Article 12 of
the General Conditions. This Proposal Request will be on the AIA Document G709 – 2001 Edition entitled, "Work Changes Proposal Request". H. Change Order: 1. When changes occur in the
Work or Contract Documents of such magnitude as to alter the Contract Time and/or Sum, the Architect/Engineer, following Article 12 of the General Conditions, will issue a written authorization
for that change on AIA Document G701, 2001 Edition, form entitled, “Change Order,” as annotated. I. Submittal Transmittal: 1. Use this form for all submittals required in Division 01
Section, “Submittal Procedures”. J. Certificate of Substantial Completion: 1. The Certificate of Substantial Completion will be in the form of AIA Document G704, 2000 Edition, and will
be issued by the Architect/Engineer following Article 9 of the General Conditions. K. Contractor’s Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims: 1. The Contractor shall submit, following
Article 9 of the General Conditions, five (5) copies of the Affidavit of Payment of All Debts and Claims on AIA Document G706, 1994 Edition. Each copy shall be notarized and bear the
wet signature of the authorized person. L. Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens: 1. The Contractor shall submit, following Article 9 of the General Conditions, five (5) copies
of the Affidavit of Release of Liens on AIA Document G706A, 1994 Edition. Each copy shall be notarized and bear the wet signature of the authorized person. M. Consent of Surety to Reduction
in or Partial Release of Retainage: 1. When reduction or partial release of retainage is authorized by the Owner, the Contractor shall submit, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions,
the "Consent of Surety to Reduction In or Partial Release of Retainage" on AIA Document G707A, 1994 Edition. N. Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment: 1. The Contractor shall submit,
following Article 9 of the General Conditions, the Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment on AIA Document G707, 1994 Edition. O. Substitution Request:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS 00 50 00 -4 1. The Substitution Request Formt used for this project is included in this portion of the Project Manual. Refer to the Instructions to
Bidders for product review methodology. P. Request for Interpretation – RFI: 1. When supplemental information and/or clarification of the Contract Documents are required during the construction
phase, the Contractor shall request such information and/or clarification by submitting a Request for Interpretation. Use a copy of the form contained in this portion of the Project
Manual. PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 00 50 00
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM 00 62 11-1 SECTION 006211 -SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM (SAMPLE) SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET Submittal: Insert Project Manual Section Number – Number of times issues
(i.e. 1,2,3) Action: Insert Action taken here Status Status of Submittal/Issue Date Ball in Court: Insert Responsible Person's Completed: Insert date completed PROJECT NAME: Insert Project
Name Here PROJECT NUMBER: Insert Architect/Engineer's Project Number Here SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET DATE SENT: Insert submittal date here PRIME CONTRACTOR Insert Contractor's Project Manager
Enter Contractor's name Address City, State, Zip Code Phone: 000-000-0000 SUB CONTRACTOR Insert the Subcontractor Contact Here DESIGNER: Insert Architect/Engineer Contact BSA LifeStructures
Inc. 9365 Counselors Row Indianapolis, IN 46240 Phone: 317-819-7878 Fax: 317-819-7288 REMARKS: Use this space to comment or describe special conditions for the submittal ATTACHMENTS:
Indicate all attachments included in submittal here.
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) FROM: DATE: RFI NO.: TO: (Contract Manager/Contract Administrator) APPLICABLE REF.: BSA LifeStructures 9365 Counselors Row, Suite 300 SPEC. SECTION: Indianapolis,
IN 46240 FAX: 317/819-7895 CONTRACT DWG.: RE: Name of Client City REQUESTED RESPONSE TIME: Project Name Project Number SUBJECT: QUESTION: CONTRACTOR’S SUGGESTED SOLUTION (BASED ON FIELD
CONDITIONS): RESPONSE: ATTACHMENTS: REVIEWER DATE CLARIFICATION TO FOLLOW PROPOSAL REQUEST TO FOLLOW
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00 73 00 -1 SECTION 007300 -SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 AMENDMENTS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS A. The General Conditions for this Project shall be the
American Institute of Architects' Document A201, "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction 2007, as amended by BSA LifeStructures, and hereinafter referred to as the "General
Conditions." Such document is specifically made a part of the Contract Documents. B. The following amendments shall modify, delete, and supplement the General Conditions. Where any Article,
Paragraph, or Subparagraph in the General Conditions is supplemented by one of the following Paragraphs, the provisions of such Article, Paragraph, or Subparagraph shall remain in full
force and effect and the supplemental provisions shall be considered as added thereto. Where any Article, Paragraph, or Subparagraph in the General Conditions is amended, deleted, voided,
or superseded by any of the following Amendments, the provisions of such Article, Paragraph, or Subparagraph not so amended, deleted, voided, or superseded shall remain in full force
and the order and numbering of subsequent articles, Paragraphs or Subparagraphs shall be changed to read as if in sequence. C. Refer to other Division 00 documents for additional supplemental
requirements. D. Whenever the word "Architect" appears within the AIA Document and these supplements, change it to the word "Architect/Engineer." PART 2 -AMENDMENT ARTICLES 2.1 ARTICLE
1 A. Subparagraph 1.1.1: Include the following sentence: "The Contract Documents shall also include Invitation to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form, Subcontractors and Materials
Listing, Contractor’s Non-Collusion Affidavit, and all portions of Addenda relating to Bidding requirements. B. Add the following subsection: “1.5.2.2: Having visited the project site,
the Contractor realizes the function of the existing facility is primarily health care; therefore, proper provisions have been included in the Contract Amount for construction cleaning,
removal of construction dirt and debris from adjacent corridors, offices, and protection of existing adjacent operations, maintaining services to the occupied facilities and for occasional
interruptions in the progress of the Work, dictated by patient care activities."
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00 73 00 -2 2.2 ARTICLE 2 A. Add the following subparagraph 2.2.5: “The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, up to a maximum of fifteen (15) sets of
Drawings and Project Manuals for the execution of the Work. Should additional sets be required, they can be purchased from the Architect/Engineer on a non-refundable basis." 2.3 ARTICLE
3 (NO CHANGE) 2.4 ARTICLE 4 (NO CHANGE) 2.5 ARTICLE 5 (NO CHANGE) 2.6 ARTICLE 6 (NO CHANGE) 2.7 ARTICLE 7 (NO CHANGE) 2.8 ARTICLE 8 (NO CHANGE) 2.9 ARTICLE 9 (NO CHANGE) 2.10 ARTICLE
10 (NO CHANGE) 2.11 ARTICLE 11 A. Subparagraph 11.1.2: Add the following Subparagraph 11.1.2.1: 1. "11.1.2.1 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less
than the following limits, or greater if required by law: 2. Workmen's Compensation: a. State Statutory b. Applicable Federal (e.g., Longshoremen's): Statutory c. Employer's Liability:
1) $500,000 per Accident 2) $500,000 Disease, Policy Limit 3) $500,000 Disease, Each Employee
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00 73 00 -3 3. Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability (including Premises-Operations; Independent Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations;
Broad Form Property Damage): a. Bodily Injury: 1) $2,000,000 Each Occurrence 2) $2,000,000 Aggregate b. Property Damage: 1) $2,000,000 Each Occurrence 2) $2,000,000 Aggregate c. Products
and Completed Operations to be maintained for 5 years after final payment: 1) $2,000,000 Aggregate d. Property Damage Liability Insurance shall provide X, C, and U coverage. e. Broad
Form Property Damage Coverage shall include Completed Operations. 4. Contractual Liability: a. Bodily Injury: 1) $2,000,000 Each Occurrence 2) $2,000,000 Aggregate b. Property Damage:
1) $2,000,000 Each Occurrence 2) $2,000,000 Aggregate 5. Personal Injury, with Employment Exclusion deleted: a. $2,000,000 Aggregate 6. Business Auto Liability (including owned, non-owned
and hired vehicles): a. Bodily Injury: 1) $2,000,000 Each Person 2) $2,000,000 Each Occurrence b. Property Damage: 1) $2,000,000 Each Occurrence
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00 73 00 -4 7. Umbrella Excess Liability: a. May be utilized to achieve the above limits B. Paragraph 11.1: Amend this Paragraph by adding Subparagraph 11.1.5
as follows: 1. "11.1.5 The Contractor, in connection with the above mentioned Workmen's Compensation and Occupational Disease Insurance, shall furnish to the Owner, prior to commencement
of the Work, duly executed and validated forms as prescribed by the local authority having jurisdiction showing that such insurance is in full force and effect." 2.12 ARTICLE 12 (NO
CHANGES) 2.13 ARTICLE 13 (NO CHANGES) 2.14 ARTICLE 14 (NO CHANGES) PART 3 -(NOT USED) END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS 00 73 36 -1 SECTION 007336 -EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN POLICIES OF EMPLOYMENT
AS FOLLOWS: A. The Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, or national
origin. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, religion,
color, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff
or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees
and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the policies of non-discrimination. B. The Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors shall, in all solicitations or advertisements
for employees placed by them or on their behalf, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, color, sex, or national
origin. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
MEDICARE AND MEDICAID ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS 00 73 73.23 -1 SECTION 007373.23 -MEDICARE AND MEDICAID ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 ADD THE FOLLOWING SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITION
TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION, AS PARAGRAPH 13.8, SPECIAL ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS: A. Special Accounting Requirements: 1. All Contractors, including subcontractors
in accordance with paragraph 5.3.1, all Equipment and Material Suppliers, and any other Provider of material or services for the Project shall make their books, records, and documents
available to fiscal intermediaries so that the reasonable costs of services can be determined in accordance with the requirements of the Centers For Medicare And Medicaid Services (CMS).
When requested, Contractor shall make such records and documents available to the Secretary of the United States Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) as are required to ascertain
compliance with Section 952 of the Omnibus Reconciliation Act. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT HOSPITALS AND HEALTH SERVICES CONTRACTOR/VENDOR ORIENTATION AND REFERENCE MANUAL Prepared by: St. Vincent Carmel Hospital, Inc. 13500 N. Meridian Street Carmel, Indiana 46032
CONTRACTOR/VENDOR ORIENTATION VALIDATION FORM It is required that all Contractors/Vendors read the Orientation and Reference Manual before performing any contracted services at any St.Vincent
affiliated facility. After reading and clearly understanding the information contained in the Orientation and Reference Manual, each Contractor/Vendor is required to sign and date this
form. This form is to be returned to the appropriate Facility Manager for validation and filing purposes. COMPANY NAME: ______________________________________________________ SIGNATURE:
___________________________________________________________ DATE: _________________________________ Contractor/Vendor Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS General Requirements and Training Responsibility 3 Fire Safety 5 Hazard Communication 6 Chemical Spill Response 7 Lockout/Tagout 7 Confined Space Entry 8 Personal Protective
Equipment 9 Bloodborne Pathogens 10 Tuberculosis (TB) 10 Contractor/Vendor Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 2
St. Vincent Contractor/Vendor Orientation Manual by St. Vincent Hospitals and Health Care Centers, Inc. Revised August 2007 This manual has been designed for the contractor/vendor
performing services at St. Vincent Hospital to use as an orientation to the Hospital's safety procedures. A broad area of safety responsibility is covered. It is contractor/vendor's
responsibility to review the manual thoroughly prior to working at any hospital facility. ********************************* EMERGENCY CONTACTS For chemical spill or medical emergency
inside Indianapolis and Carmel Hospitals call: 8-2000 For fire inside Indianapolis Hospital, call: 8-2000 For fire inside Carmel Hospital, call: 582-7272 For fire or emergency at other
facilities, call: 911 NON-EMERGENCY NUMBERS Security Indianapolis 338-2297 Carmel 582-7272 Facilities Services Indianapolis 338-2126 Carmel 582-7124 Safety Officer Indianapolis 338-6788
Carmel 582-8115 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TRAINING RESPONSIBILITY Orientation/Training All outside contract contract employees and vendors must review the orientation/training information
provided in this booklet by St. Vincent before performing any work at any St. Vincent facility. Depending on the activity or extent of work you are completing, some of the sections will
not apply and in some areas additional orientation/training may be required. Contractors and vendors will be notified if additional requirements need to be met before the commencement
of an activity. Enforcement of Safety Regulations St. Vincent Hospital and Health Services is first and foremost concerned about the safety and well being of our patients, visitors,
associates and contract employees. Contractors and vendors are expected to be concerned for their own safety and the safety of others. Compliance with St. Vincent policies, procedures
and governmental safety regulations is required, as well as correction of any deficiencies noted during the completion of a project. Confidentiality Patient medical and financial information,
records and data to which you have knowledge and access during the course of work with St. Vincent is to be kept confidential. Confidentiality is a condition of work and confidential
information shall not be disclosed to anyone under any circumstances, except the extent necessary to fulfill work requirements. The approval of a St. Vincent supervisor should be obtained
before disclosing any information. Unauthorized disclosure of confidential information is grounds for disciplinary action, up to and including immediate dismissal and/or termination
of contract. Parking Upon arrival at a St. Vincent facility, contractors should park in the following areas. Contractor/Vendor Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 3
Indianapolis: North West Lot, white lined area Carmel: West of Professional Office Building in white striped area Sign In/Check In Upon arrival, all individuals must contact the department
for which they will be working. Between the hours of 1600 and 0600, all individuals must sign in with Security at the main security office, which is located by the Emergency Department
entrance at the Indianapolis or Carmel Hospitals. Identification All individuals must wear their company's identification badge, St. Vincent contractor identification badge or other
identification deemed appropriate by Security at all times. Insurance Each contractor must provide documentation of insurance and all pertinent permits related to the contracted work.
Fire Systems/Creating Smoke Dust or Mists When work that creates smoke, dust or mists is performed, the fire detection system in the area of work must be rendered inoperable so that
the dust or smoke does not accidentally activate the alarm system. Contact Security Services to complete the correct fire alarm interruption permit. Burn Permit Policy It is the responsibility
of the contractor to obtain a burn permit prior to welding, brazing, soldering, or open flame work of any type. To obtain a burn permit, the contractor is to get with the trade section
in which he or she has been contracted to work. It is the responsibility of the trade associate to explain the burn permit policy to the contractor and inspect the area in which the
work is being performed. No Smoking Policy There will be no smoking at any St. Vincent facility, inside or outside. This policy, effective January 1, 2006, will be strictly enforced
and contractors will be sanctioned up to and including termination of contract. Asbestos St. Vincent Indianapolis has sprayed asbestos fireproofing in the chase area above the false
ceiling and has asbestos containing floor tiles in certain areas of the building. The asbestos in the building is managed so that it does not present a hazard to our guests or associates.
For this reason, any contractor conducting work above the ceiling or completing work that involves disturbing floor tiles, should contact Facilities Services before beginning any work
and must follow the appropriate hospital policies in relation to asbestos management. Warning Signs and Labels Contractors are expected to observe and obey all warning signs and labels.
These include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Biohazard labels or the color red for biohazards or infection waste; 2. Signs on rooms specifying restricted entry or required
personal protective equipment. If you have questions about restrictions or requirements for entering a certain area of a facility, please consult with an associate in the area of the
department for which you are working. FIRE SAFETY Procedure Contractor/Vendor Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 4 As each such occurrence is unique, the hospital relies upon
the judgment of associates and contract employees to react in a manner most
conducive to the safety of patients, visitors and hospital associates. Should a life-threatening situation exist, preservation of human life should take priority. During a Code R.A.C.E.,
which is the code name for fire, try to remain calm. The greatest danger in most fires is panic. NEVER SHOUT FIRE! Person(s) Discovering Fire/Smoke Upon discovery of fire or smoke, try
to notify a St. Vincent associate and implement the following procedures: 1. RESCUE and remove person(s) in immediate danger from the hazardous area to an area of safety. (Only if this
can be done safely and without putting yourself in immediate danger.) 2. ACTIVATE alarm and report the fire/smoke as quickly as possible in the following manner: a. Pull the nearest
alarm (usually located near exits). It is important to pull the fire alarm as quickly as possible. Activation of the alarm sends an immediate signal for help to the fire department and
to St. Vincent Telecommunications. b. Call St. Vincent Telecommunications at extension "82000" when at the Indianapolis, Stress Center, and Carmel hospitals and: i. give exact location
of fire/smoke; ii. identify what is burning and how extensive the situation is; iii. give your name and the extension number of the telephone you are calling from 3. CONTAIN the area
to isolate the fire by closing all windows and doors. Also, all doors and windows on the floor above and the floor below must be closed. 4. EXTINGUISH the fire by utilizing available
resources (extinguishers, blankets, water, etc.) if you have been trained on how to use them. a. Consider the importance of personal safety. b. All hospital fire extinguishers are A-B-C
rated and can be used on any type of fire. All subcontractors are responsible for providing and displaying fire extinguishers if work is performed in a project in which hospitalowned
extinguishers are not accessible or when hospital-owned extinguishers are not within 50 feet of project. GENERAL FIRE SAFETY 1. Ensure hallways are kept clear to enable rapid escape
in the event of an emergency. 2. Do not block fire doors in an open position. Doors must be able to close automatically in the event of a fire. 3. Flammables must be stored in an approved
cabinet or outside of the facility. 4. It is the responsibility of the individual contractor/vendor to be oriented as to the nearest fire escape route in relation to where they have
been contracted to work. If necessary, contact the department that contracted the work for fire escape route information. HAZARD COMMUNICATION Introduction Contractor/Vendor Orientation
and Reference Manual/August 2007 5 There are many chemicals in our work environment that could have harmful effects. Many of these chemicals are common, so we don't think about them
as dangerous.
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) is a governmental agency instituted to ensure safety in the work place. OSHA requires employers to inform their employees of
hazardous chemicals in their work area as their "Right-to-Know." Overall responsibilities for organization and maintenance of the Hazard Communication Program (HCP) are assigned to the
Indianapolis and Carmel Health and Safety Specialists. Inventory and Evaluation All contract employees are responsible for making the MSDS available for each chemical substance they
bring onto the grounds or in any St. Vincent facility for use. An inventory of chemicals in use within St. Vincent's facilities has been performed by reviewing Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDSs) on hand and by questioning departmental supervisors. The Indianapolis and Carmel Safety Officer(s) will maintain a master file of all hazardous chemical MSDSs. The MSDS database
is located on the St. Vincent Intranet, right side under FYI and identified as Maxcom – Material Safety Data Sheets. Access to MSDS's Associates and contract employees have open access
to all MSDSs for chemicals used by St. Vincent. Contract employees can reference the MSDSs located in their work area at any time or may receive a copy of any MSDS by contacting the
Safety Officer or the Carmel Safety Officer. Container Labeling Requirements All containers of hazardous materials shall be labeled in English. All labels include the material's identity,
name of manufacturer and appropriate hazard warnings. One common labeling format utilizes the National Fire Protection Association's (NFPA) hazardous material sign. The readily recognized
NFPA "diamond" colorfully indicates health, fire, reactivity and specific hazard information by numerically rating the degree of hazard on a scale of 0 to 4. The higher the number, the
greater the hazard. The top section is for "Fire" and is in Red. The left section is "Health Hazard" and is in Blue. The right section is "Reactivity" and is in Yellow. The bottom section
of the the diamond is White and is reserved for "Special Hazards" such as "reacts with water." Labels for any hazardous substance may also be obtained by contacting the Safety Officers.
Definition and Classifications of Hazardous Chemicals OSHA defines a hazardous chemical as "any chemical which is a physical or health hazard." Events, which could devastate our work
environment, such as fire and explosion, are considered physical hazards. This category also includes compressed gases and highly reactive chemicals. A product's capacity to cause a
fire or an explosion is communicated to you through its label and the corresponding MSDS. An acute health hazard can be classified as an immediate health hazard, or one that is demonstrated
after a single, brief exposure, with symptoms developing rapidly. Types of acute health hazards identified by the American National Standards Institute include: Corrosives: a chemical
causing visible destruction of, or irreversible alterations in living tissue at the site of contact, by chemical action, e.g., acids and gluteraldehyde. Contractor/Vendor Orientation
and Reference Manual/August 2007 6 Irritants: a chemical that causes reversible inflammation at the site of contact by chemical action, e.g., isopropyl alcohol, acetone.
Sensitizers: a chemical that causes a substantial portion of exposed people to develop an allergic reaction in normal tissue after repeated exposure, e.g., contrast agents. Exposure
to acute health hazards requires immediate attention. An example of an accident involving an acute health hazard is an Oncology nurse getting splashed with a chemotherapeutic drug. Chronic
hazards may not produce their effects immediately. The results from these hazards are usually long term, and can be irreparable. The main types of chronic hazards are carcinogenicity,
teratogenicity, mutagenicity and long-term organ effects. An example of a chronic health hazard is asbestos. Construction workers at the hospital wear respirators and coveralls to decrease
their exposure to asbestos. Additionally, all asbestos removal in the hospital is performed in a negative pressure containment by a licensed asbestos abatement company. CHEMICAL SPILL
RESPONSE Early detection of an accidental spill or leak of a hazardous chemical is very important. An individual's five senses are used for detection. SEE the spill, leak or fire. HEAR
an explosion or leak. SMELL a leak or gas release. TOUCH a box that is damp from a leak. TASTE a chemical leak from an aerosol. Do not intentionally smell, touch or taste a chemical
in an effort to identify it. Inhalation, skin absorption and ingestion are routes of entry for chemicals into the body. In the event of a chemical spill or release requiring emergency
response, evacuate immediate area and call: 82000 Indianapolis and Carmel Hospitals 911 Other Off-Site Facilities LOCKOUT AND TAGOUT The Lockout/Tagout program establishes procedures
for attachment of appropriate lockout and tagout devices for energy isolation and disabling of a machine or system. These procedures prevent unexpected energization. Special Provisions
for Contract Employees 1. All outside service personnel who must perform maintenance, servicing, or repair to a machine or system are required to read Facilities Services Policy Lockout/Tagout
and follow requirements in Occupational Safety and Health Administration lockout/tagout regulation 1910.147. 2. The hospital is to be informed of the contractor lockout/tagout procedures.
3. All equipment/systems, which are to be serviced by outside personnel, will be tagged/locked out first by a hospital associate. The associate's lockout/tagout device will be the final
device removed following equipment inspection before it is returned to operation. 4. All contractor lockout/tagouts will be documented by the controlling Facility Services associate
in GroupWise and/or the Lockout/Tagout Manual located in the Facility Services Department. Contractor/Vendor Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 7 5. Equipment troubleshooting
procedures requiring the equipment/system to be energized for diagnostic testing will not be locked-out or tagged during testing.
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY All St. Vincent Hospital and Health Service facilities have developed a confined space entry policy to conduct safe operations during confined space entry. The policy
is designed to comply with OSHA confined space entry standard, 29 CFR 1910.146 and supersedes all previous St. Vincent confined space entry policies and procedures. The confined space
entry program applies to all St. Vincent personnel, contractors, and site visitors who may enter confined work spaces such as, but not limited to, underground storage tanks (USTs), process
vessels, ventilation ducts, utility vaults, boilers, incinerators, etc. The general policy of St. Vincent states that employees, subcontractors and site visitors are to avoid confined
space entry situations. In the event that an entry must be conducted, all provisions of the Confined Space Entry policy must be strictly applied. All confined spaces are identified as
a "confined space" or "permit required confined space" with signage to prevent unauthorized entry into these spaces. Special Provisions for Contractors Any St. Vincent contractor performing
a permit required confined space entry at a St. Vincent facility or in conjunction with a St. Vincent project must comply with all provisions of the St. Vincent Confined Space Entry
program and any additional provisions that may be required by the contractor's confined space program. All confined space entries performed by the contractor must be coordinated through
St. Vincent. The following information is to be supplied to the Manager of Facility Services and the hospital Safety Officer: 1. Confined space entry location, date and time 2. Explanation
of entry and duration 3. Equipment used: respirators retrieval equipment monitoring equipment ventilating equipment 4. Training supplied to confined space team 5. Permits used St. Vincent
will inform contractor personnel of any specific known confined space hazards and applicable St. Vincent safety and emergency procedures. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: TYPES AND TRAINING
INFORMATION The following sections provide some specific information and general guidelines on different categories of PPE that are or might be used at St. Vincent Hospital. Contractors/Vendors
should read and review the sections that address the PPE that they will be utilizing and obtain any required department or job specific information from their facility contact. Due to
the varying nature and features of PPE, manufacturers' instructions should always be followed for the equipment in conjunction with the St. Vincent PPE policy to provide the best protection
available. Any questions regarding the utilization of PPE should be directed to the supervisor of the department for which you are performing work or the Health and Safety Specialist.
Eye and Face Protection Contractor/Vendor Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 8 Eye and Face Protection shall be used when exposed to eye or face hazards from blood or body
fluid splashes, flying particles, molten metal, liquid chemicals, acids or caustic caustic liquids, chemical gasses or vapors, or potentially injurious light radiation. Eye protection
that provides side protection shall be used when there is a hazard from flying objects. Individuals involved in procedures that expose them to possible chemical splashes shall wear chemical
protective goggles or an appropriate face shield.
Each affected person who wears prescription glasses while engaged in operations that involve eye hazards shall wear eye protection that incorporates the prescription in the design, or
shall wear eye protection that can be worn over the prescription lenses without disturbing the proper position of the prescription lenses or the protective lenses. All eye protectors
used at St. Vincent must meet the following minimum requirements: Bear the name of manufacturer and the symbol "Z-87"* on the side-bar or template. Adequately protect against the particular
hazards for which they are designed; Be reasonably comfortable when worn under the designated conditions; Fit snugly without interfering with the movements or vision of the wearer; Be
durable; Be capable of being disinfected; Be easily cleaned; and Be kept clean and in good repair. *Note: Shaded eyewear used with lasers or welding is required to meet appropriate ANSI
standards other than Z-87. Head Protection Wearing of protective helmets is required when working in areas where there is a potential for injury to the head from falling objects. Protective
helmets designed to reduce electrical shock hazard shall be worn when working near exposed electrical conductors which could contact the head. Arm and Hand Protection Use of appropriate
hand protection is required when hands are exposed to hazards such as those from skin absorption of harmful substances; severe cuts or lacerations; severe abrasions; punctures; chemical
burns; thermal burns; and harmful temperature extremes. Injuries to arms and hands are burns, cuts, electrical shock, amputation, and absorption of chemicals. There is a wide assortment
of gloves, hand pads, and sleeves available for protection against various hazardous situations. The protective device should be selected to fit the job. For example, some gloves are
designed to protect against specific chemical hazards. What is good to protect against one chemical might be totally ineffective against another. Permitted Clothing/Work Attire Denim,
blue jean pant or khaki pants are permitted provided they are free of tears, holes or disfigured appearance. Shorts are not permitted on any interior project. Shirts must be collared
and free of tears, holes and any type of advertisement deemed offensive or non-professional. St. Vincent Hospitals reserve all rights to determine appropriate attire and may remove the
contractor from the facility until acceptable attire is obtained by the contractor. Foot Protection Contractor/Vendor Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 9 Use of protective
footwear is required when working in areas where there is danger of foot injuries due to falling and rolling objects, or objects piercing the sole, and where feet are exposed to electrical
hazards. Contractors are responsible for providing appropriate protective footwear when working in conditions that require it. Footwear in which the protective properties have been compromised
should be replaced. This could include footwear that has holes, cuts, rips or is soaked with chemicals. Footwear that has worn
or cracked soles or has had a heavy object fall on the safety toe should also be replaced. BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS Where potential exposure to blood and body fluids is likely, the contractor's/vendor's
employer is responsible for OSHA bloodborne pathogens training. Contractors/vendors who need additional information on personal protective equipment requirements should contact the unit's/department'
s charge person or bloodborne pathogens trainer. TUBERCULOSIS (TB) Contractors/vendors will not routinely be permitted to enter isoloation, procedure or patient rooms where a suspect
or known TB patient is present and unmasked. If a contractor/vendor is required to enter such an area to fulfill a contractual obligation, the unit charge person must be notified. The
contractor will then be supplied with a positive air-purifying respirator (PAPR) to wear. St. Vincent Hospitals and Health Services Risk Management Department 2001 West 86th Street PO
Box 40970 Indianapolis, Indiana 46240-0970 St. Vincent Carmel Hospital Quality Management Department 13500 N. Meridian Carmel, Indiana 46032 For more than a century, St. Vincent has
kept sight of the Daughters of Charity philosophy, aptly portrayed by the three doves that make up St. Vincent’s guiding symbol. The doves represent the three spheres of care, which
form St. Vincent’s wholistic approach – equal attention to the needs of the body, mind and spirit through patient care, education and research. This philosophy of care is reflected in
St. Vincent’s Core Values: Service of the Poor Generosity of spirit for persons most in need Reverence Respect and compassion for the dignity and diversity of life Integrity Inspiring
trust through personal leadership Wisdom Integrating excellence and stewardship Creativity Courageous innovation Dedication Affirming the hope and joy of our ministry Contractor/Vendor
Orientation and Reference Manual/August 2007 10
Division 01 General Requirements
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 -1 SECTION 01 11 00 – SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Project Identification: Project consists of first floor corridor
work plus four alternates. 1. Project Location: 13500 North Meridian St., Carmel, Indiana 2. Owner: St. Vincent Carmel Hospital B. Architect Identification: The Contract Documents, dated
3 February 2012, were prepared by BSA LifeStructures Inc. C. Project Coordinator: Mr. Tom Morlock has been appointed by Owner to serve as Project Coordinator. D. The Work consists of
the first floor public corridors. There are four alternates. 1. The Work includes selective demolition, doors, frames and hardware, gypsum wallboard assemblies, tile flooring, carpet,
acoustical panel ceilings, toilet accessories, plumbing fixtures, electrical power, light fixtures and panels. 2. A partial renovation of approximately 14,412 GSF of the Hospital’s First
Floor. 3. Selective remodeling within the existing facility. 1.3 CONTRACT A. Project will be constructed under a general construction contract. B. Multiple contracts are separate contracts,
representing significant construction activities, between Owner and separate contractors. See Division 1 Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for a description of work included under
each separate contract. Each contract is performed concurrently and coordinated closely with construction activities performed on Project under other contracts. Contracts for this Project
include the following: 1.4 WORK SEQUENCE A. The Work shall be conducted in multiple phases. Refer to the phasing plan.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 -2 B. Actual Construction Start will be March 2012. 1.5 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into
Divisions and Sections using the 50-division format and numbering system of CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat". 1. Section Identification: The Specifications use section numbers and titles to
help crossreferencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete. Consult the table of contents at the beginning
of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of sections in the Contract Documents. B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language
and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications
and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred, as the sense requires. Singular
words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined
language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may
be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted. a. The words "shall," "shall be," or
"shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 1.6 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Drawings indicate the general arrangement
and scope of the systems and shall be followed insofar as possible. If deviations from the layout are necessitated by field conditions, detailed layouts of the proposed departures shall
be submitted in writing to the Architect/Engineer for approval before proceeding with the Work. B. The Drawings are not intended to show every vertical or horizontal offset that may
be necessary to complete the system or clear obstructions and/or Work of other Contractors. Contractors shall anticipate during bidding that additional offsets may be required and include
same in their proposals. C. The Drawings, Schedules and Specifications shall be considered to be cooperative and anything appearing in the Specifications that may not be indicated on
the Drawings, or vice-versa, shall
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 -3 be considered as part of the Contract and must be executed by the Contractor the same as though indicated by both. D. Measurements: Contractor shall make
all his own measurements in the field and shall be responsible for correct fitting. He shall coordinate this Work with all other branches in such a manner as to cause a minimum of conflict
or delay. Contractor shall coordinate his Work in advance with all other trades and report immediately any difficulty, which can be anticipated. E. Adjustments to Work in the Field:
Refer to Division 01. F. Ownership: All Contract Documents, except the Contractor's executed set, are and remain
the property of the Architect/Engineer or Owner. Such Contract Documents shall not be used on other Work and those sets in usable condition shall be returned to the Architect/Engineer,
upon request, at the completion of or cessation of the Work or termination of the contract. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES: A. Construction: 1. Labor and materials. 2. Tools, construction
equipment and machinery. 3. Temporary facilities, services and protection necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work described in Section 01 50 00 – “Temporary Facilities
and Controls.” B. Taxes: 1. Pay legally required State and Federal Taxes. This Project is tax-exempt under the Indiana State Gross Retail Tax Act, generally known as the Indiana State
Sales Tax, except for unregistered non-resident Contractors. 2. Obtain sales tax exemption certificate number from Owner. 3. Place exemption certificate number on invoices for materials
incorporated in Work. 4. Upon completion of Work, file a notarized statement with the Owner that all purchases made under exemption certificate were entitled to be exempt. 5. Pay legally
assessed penalties for improper use of exemption certificate number. C. Compliance: 1. Comply with all Codes, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations, Orders, and other legal requirements
of public authorities that bear on performance of Work. 2. Promptly submit written notice to Architect/Engineer of observed variance of Contract Documents from legal requirements. D.
Discipline: Enforce strict discipline and good order among employees. E. Safety: Job site safety and all current regulations pertaining thereto are the responsibility of all Contractors.
Certain references to safety within the Contract Documents do not constitute specific instructions to the Contractor, but are included only to highlight certain aspects of the
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 -4 Project conditions. In no case shall instruction from the Owner or Architect/Engineer make the Owner or Architect/Engineer liable for safety violations. 1.
Contractors employing non-English speaking persons shall provide a minimum of one person capable of speaking in both English and the employee’s language during the entire time employee
is on-site. F. Documentation: Prior to Final Inspection, provide all test and proof of performance data in the proper format as required by the Contract Documents. Maintain current record
(as-built) documents and provide proof of documentation before monthly payment approval. G. Contractor’s Warranty: Contractor warrants, by this acceptance of the Contract, that all Work
furnished and installed will be free from any and all defects in workmanship and/or materials and that all apparatus will develop capacities and characteristics specified. That if, during
a period of one year, or as otherwise specified, from date of certificate of completion and acceptance of Work, any such defects in workmanship, materials or performance appear, he will,
without additional cost, remedy such defects within a reasonable time to be specified in notice from the Architect/Engineer. In default thereof, Owner may have such Work done and charge
cost to the Contractor. H. Permits, Regulation and Licenses: 1. Secure and pay all governmental taxes and fees and other costs for all permits and licenses as necessary for proper execution
and completion of Work. 2. General Contractor shall obtain Building Permits. 3. The Owner has filed the appropriate plan submission with the Department of Fire Prevention and Building
Safety. Contractors shall file all necessary Drawings, prepare all documents, and obtain all necessary approvals of all governmental departments and agencies having jurisdiction. Contractor
shall obtain all required Certificates of Inspection for his Work and deliver same to the Architect/Engineer before requesting for acceptance and final payment for the Work. 4. Inspections
by appropriate agencies shall be scheduled by the General Contractor. 5. All Work for the project must be performed in accordance with all Federal, State and Local Laws, Ordinances and
Rules and Regulations relating to the Work. Where the Contract Documents exceed these requirements, the Contract Documents shall govern. In no case shall Work be installed contrary to
or below the minimum legal standards. 6. All Federal, State and Local Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations, Executive Orders, pertaining to the Work are hereby made a part of this specification,
by reference, the same as if repeated herein in their entirety.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 -5 PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Contractors shall read and be thoroughly familiar with all the material contained
in the Project Manual and shall ensure that their Subcontractors are also thoroughly familiar with the same. B. Contractors shall be aware, and shall make their Subcontractors aware,
that the requirements in the sections of Division 1 pertain to all the Work, and they are as binding on each section of these Specifications as if they were repeated in each section
in their entirety. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Workmanship: All materials and equipment shall be installed and supported in a first-class workmanlike manner by mechanics skilled in their particular
assigned task or trade. B. Reinstalling existing items: Where existing materials, equipment, fixtures, devices, and other items are indicated on the Contract Documents to be removed
or received and reinstalled under the Contract, treat such existing items as if they were new and install them in accordance with the best accepted practices of the trades involved and
with all provisions of the Contract Documents for similar new items. C. Refer to Division 01 Section “Execution”, for installation requirement. 3.3 SENSITIVE MEDICAL AREAS A. Construction
personnel shall not use building entries, lobbies, toilet facilities, dining facilities, cafeteria, gift shop, or telephones without approval of the Owner's designated representative.
Due to the nature of healthcare work, caution must be taken when any disruption of services, vibration or loud noise is contemplated. 3.4 POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENING SYSTEMS A. Powder-actuated
fastening systems are not permitted within existing hospital facilities. 3.5 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION A. Superintendent: Each Prime Contractor's primary superintendent shall remain
on the the job fulltime after commencement of the work and until all discrepancies in the Work have been corrected.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00 -6 B. The General Contractor shall assume full responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of all Subcontractors. C. The General Contractor shall
make monthly reports to the Owner and Architect/Engineer regarding the performance of each Subcontractor. END OF SECTION 01 11 00
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00 -1 SECTION 011400 -WORK RESTRICTIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 USE OF PREMISES A. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions
of site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Limits: Confine constructions operations to project limits identified on the drawings. 2. Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy
of site and use by the public. 3. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all
times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Limit storage of materials to areas designated on the drawings. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways
and entrances. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. B. Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building
in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building and its occupants during construction period. C. Access
and Parking: 1. An area for Contractor trailers and breakout has been assigned for the new construction. 2. Access to the site or building shall be along prescribed routes as shown on
Drawings. D. Deliveries: 1. Advise all shippers to deliver materials to the actual project address in care of the Contractor. 2. Do not allow material to be shipped to Owner. The Owner
will not receive material nor be responsible for it. E. Limitations on Construction Operations: 1. Confine operations at site to areas indicated on the Contract Documents and/or areas
authorized in writing by the Owner. Construction personnel shall not use building
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00 -2 entries, lobbies, toilet facilities, dining facilities, or telephones without approval of the Owner's designated representative. 2. Activities of the Contractor,
including all subcontractors, material suppliers, employees, and others engaged in the work, shall be strictly limited to the Owner's property, (i.e. the project area and the designated
storage/staging area). 3. Under no circumstances shall parking, material storage, or other uses of adjacent private property be permitted. F. Seek prior approval of the Owner for locating
storage and staging areas, field offices,waste disposal bins and construction parking on the project site. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALLOWANCES 01 21 00 -1 SECTION 012100 -ALLOWANCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. 1. Certain
materials and equipment are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. In some cases, these allowances include installation. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional
requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. If necessary, additional requirements will
be issued by Change Order. B. Types of allowances include the following: 1. Lump-sum allowances. 2. Unit-cost allowances. 3. Contingency allowances. 4. Testing and inspecting allowances.
5. Quantity allowances. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders.
2. Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for procedures for using unit prices. 3. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for procedures governing the use of allowances for testing and
inspecting. 1.3 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect/Engineer for Owner's purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to
be charged to the allowance. B. Contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance
and are not part of the Contract
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALLOWANCES 01 21 00 -2 Sum. These costs include delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs. C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency
allowance will include Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to
Owner by Change Order. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance No. One: Provide $10,000 for floor preparation prior to finish flooring installation.
B. Allowance No. Two: Provide $5,000 for the Wall of Honor plaques construction and installation. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALTERNATES 01 23 00 -1 SECTION 012300 -ALTERNATES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.
Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if
Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described
in the Contract Documents. 1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments
are made to the Contract Sum. 2. Adjustments to Construction Time of Completion are the net addition or deduction of calendar days necessary to complete the Work. a. Where multiple Alternates
are proposed, adjustments to time of completion shall be considered concurrently, and not cumulatively. b. For adjustments that decrease the Time of Completion, the Time of Completion
will be established based on the shortest adjustment period listed in accepted Alternates. c. For adjustments that increase the Time of Completion, the Time of Completion will be established
based on the longest adjustment period listed in accepted Alternates. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work
of the alternate into Project.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALTERNATES 01 23 00 -2 1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether
or not indicated as part of alternate. B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate
if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. C. Execute accepted alternates
under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain
requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. One:
Provide work indicated on drawings for the Cashier, Reception Desk and Registration cubicles. B. Alternate No. Two: Provide work indicated on drawings to enclose exterior space under
second floor. C. Alternate No. Three: Provide work indicated on drawings at canopy. D. Alternate No. Four: Provide work indicated on drawings to renovate office area. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 -1 SECTION 01 29 00 -PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare
and process Applications for Payment. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements governing handling and processing of
allowances. 2. Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements governing use of unit prices. 3. Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative
procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 4. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Reporting" for administrative requirements governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's
Construction Schedule and Submittals Schedule. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction
Schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation
Sheets. b. Submittals Schedule. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect/Engineer at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal
of initial Applications for Payment. 3. Subschedules: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments, provide subschedules showing values correlated with
each phase of payment.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 -2 B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line
item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect/Engineer.
c. Architect/Engineer's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate rows and columns to indicate
the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. (column) b. Description of the Work. (column) c. Labor cost (row) d. Material cost (row). e. Change
Orders (numbers) that affect value. (row) f. Dollar value. (column) 1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 3. Provide a breakdown
of the Contract Sum in accordance with the List of Items at the end of this section. 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate
line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. Include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing if required. 6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule
of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 7. Allowances: Provide a separate line item
in the Schedule of Values for each allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated
in the Contract Documents to determine quantities. 8. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of
general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items
in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 -3 b. General Conditions will be billed proportionately throughout the construction period. c. Project Close-out Documents (Record Drawings and Operations
and Maintenance manuals) shall be listed as a separate pay item with value equal to lesser of 3% of the Contract Sum or $25,000. 9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule
of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application
for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect/Engineer and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for
Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated
in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. C. Payment Application
Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute
by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect/Engineer will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule
of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last
day of construction period covered by application. E. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect/Engineer by a method ensuring
receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate
information about application. F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file
a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 -4 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application
shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Submit final Application
for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 5. Waiver Forms:
Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to Owner. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with
submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
4. Products list. 5. Schedule of unit prices. 6. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final). 7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
9. Copies of building permits. 10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 11. Initial progress report. 12. Certificates
of insurance and insurance policies. 13. Performance and payment bonds. 14. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. 15. Initial settlement survey and damage report if required. H.
Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion
of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the
Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. I. Final Payment
Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence
of completion of Project closeout requirements including completion of incomplete work item.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00 -5 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated
final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payments of Debits and Claims." 5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's
Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured
record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 9. Final,
liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 LIST OF PAYMENT ITEMS A. General Conditions B. Insurance C. Close-Out Documents D. Performance
Bond E. Building Permits F. Separate labor and materials costs for Work described in each Section of the Specifications, listed by Specification Section. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -1 SECTION 013300.13 -SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES (without DocuNet® version) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the
Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and
procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 00 Section “Communication
Technology Requirements” for computer hardware and software equipment necessary for electronic submittal process. 2. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications
for Payment. 3. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting Coordination Drawings. 4. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting
schedules and reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule. 5. Division 01 Section "Photographic Documentation" for submitting periodic construction
photographs. 6. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports and Delegated-Design Submittals and for erecting mockups. 7. Division 01 Section
"Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties . 8. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 9.
Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires
Architect/Engineer's responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect/Engineer's approval. Submittals may be rejected for not complying
complying with requirements.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -2 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General: At the time the Contract for Construction is awarded to the General Contractor or Prime Contractor(s), BSA LifeStructures
will provide electronic drawing files of all necessary drawings requested by the Contractor (in same format which the drawings were created). It is the responsibility of the General
Contractor or Prime Contractor(s) to distribute the electronic files to their subcontractors. All electronic files provided by BSA LifeStructures are subject to the following “Transfer
Agreement”. TRANSFER AGREEMENT FOR TRANSFER OF ELECTRONIC FILES The transfer and use of the enclosed electronic files is subject to the following terms of use, hereinafter called the
“Transfer Agreement.” All rights not expressly granted herein are reserved. Consultants under a fully executed written contract with BSA LifeStructures for referenced project are excepted
from this transfer agreement. Whereas the Owner of the above referenced Project, hereinafter called the “Project”, has requested that BSA LifeStructures [defined as any of the following:
BSA LifeStructures of Colorado, Inc., BSA LifeStructures of Connecticut, LLC, BSA LifeStructures P.C., District of Columbia, BSA LifeStructures of Idaho, LLC, BSA LifeStructures of Massachusetts,
LLC, BSA LifeStructures of Michigan, LLC, BSA LifeStructures of Mississippi, PLLC, BSA LifeStructures of Nevada, LLC, BSA LifeStructures of New Jersey Architects and Engineers, LLC,
BSA LifeStructures of New York, LLC, BSA LifeStructures of North Dakota, LLC, and BSA LifeStructures of Oregon Architects and Engineers, LLC , hereinafter called ‘Architect,’ make copies
of ELECTRONIC FILES available to the Owner and its consultants and contractors, jointly and severally called ‘User’ herein, in electronic form, hereinafter called “ELECTRONIC FILES,”
for interim review and purposes of reference and/or facility management; and whereas, the ELECTRONIC FILES were developed by the Architect and/or its consultants for its use in preparation
of either paper and/or electronic construction documents for the Project; and whereas, User understands and acknowledges that the ELECTRONIC FILES were not created or intended for use
as construction documents or for use as backgrounds for documents prepared by User or third parties, and after the ELECTRONIC FILES are provided they can deteriorate undetected, can
be modified without the Architect’s knowledge, may not be readable by User or by third parties, and the original ELECTRONIC FILES may be modified by the Architect after the ELECTRONIC
FILES are transferred pursuant to the protocol described in this Transfer Agreement, any of which circumstance could cause damage or loss to User; and whereas, User understands and acknowledges
that these risks are inherent with any use of the ELECTRONIC FILES and that use of the ELECTRONIC FILES will save the User considerable time and expense in the coordination and management
of the Project, which represents good and valuable consideration for the following indemnification and release; therefore, in consideration of the Architect’s agreement to transfer the
ELECTRONIC FILES to User for interim review, reference, and/or facility management, hereinafter called “Reference Uses,” and not for use for pricing, bidding, permitting, regulatory
approval, or construction purposes, for modification or reuse on the Project, for use for additions to the Project, use for completion of the Project by others, or use for other projects,
hereinafter called “Drawing Uses.” USER AGREES, JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TO RELEASE, INDEMNIFY, AND DEFEND THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER, ITS OFFICERS,
SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES AND CONSULTANTS,
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -3 COLLECTIVELY CALLED “INDEMNITEES,” FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, SUITS, LIABILITIES, LOSSES, DAMAGES, AND COSTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
ATTORNEYS’ FEES, EXPERT WITNESS FEES, AND COURTS COSTS, CALLED “LIABILITIES,” ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH ANY USE OF THE ELECTRONIC FILES PROVIDED BY THE ARCHITECT PURSUANT
TO THIS AGREEMENT, SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING: WITH REGARD TO THE TO REFERENCE USES, THE FOREGOING RELEASE, INDEMNIFICATION, AND DEFENSE SHALL BE PROVIDED ON A COMPARATIVE RESPONSIBILITY
BASIS; WITH REGARD TO THE DRAWING USES, THE FOREGOING RELEASE, INDEMNIFICATION, AND DEFENSE SHALL APPLY TO ANY LIABILITIES ARISING FROM OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH ANY USE OF THE ELECTRONIC
FILES PROVIDED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY THE SOLE OR COMPARATIVE NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER FAULT OF ANY OF THE INDEMNITEES.
THE FOREGOING NOTWITHSTANDING, ELECTRONIC FILES IN UNEDITABLE FORMATS, SUCH AS BUT NOT LIMITED TO "DWF" “PDF” OR “TIF” WITH A PROFESSIONAL SEAL AND SIGNITURE MAY BE USED FOR PRICING,
BIDDING, PERMITTING, REGULATORY APPROVAL, OR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT APPLICABLE TO THE REFERENCE USES. USER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE TRANSFER OF ELECTRONIC
FILES IS A SERVICE AND SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A SALE OF GOODS; AND, THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SERVICE OF PROVIDING ACCESS TO, AND THE TRANSFER OF, THE ELECTRONIC FILES, OR THAT THE ELECTRONIC FILES WILL BE USABLE OR ACCURATE, WHICH WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS ARE
EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication,
purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that requires sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts
of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect/Engineer reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal
requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Electronic Submittal Processing (ESP) Methodology: Submit product data and drawings as described
below: 1. See Division 00 Section “Communication Technology Requirements” for computer hardware equipment and software necessary for electronic submittal process. 2. It is highly recommended
and encouraged that submittals be submitted electronically. 3. Electronic Submittal Processing (ESP) is limited to those submittals in one of three electronic formats, TIF files, PDF
files, version 5.0 or earlier or DWF files. With proper
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -4 software, all documents can be electronically submitted. Those formatted 11-inch by 17-inch or smaller must be submitted electronically. 4. Electronic
submittal process is required of Prime Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers. 5. Submittals are compiled by the originating contractor, subcontractor or supplier and sent to the
Prime Contractor for review. 6. Limit each electronic submittal to a single specification section of the contract documents. Compile all sheets of each submittal into a single electronic
file, if possible. 7. Each submittal shall use the transmittal coversheet provided by the Architect/Engineer. Use the electronic version where possible. 8. Contractors receiving the
submittal from lower tier (Sub) Contractors shall review the submittal and add their approval mark or stamp on the submittal and forward the submittal to the upper tier Contractor ,
Prime Contractor or Architect/Engineer. 9. The Architect/Engineer will review the electronic submittal, making any comments necessary, mark the submittal with the appropriate approval
or rejection, and distribute to appropriate Prime Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier. a. Comments will consist of annotations applied electronically to the file or transmittal form.
b. Re-submittals are processed using the same procedure as the original submittal. c. Copies of submittals required for the Operations and Maintenance Manuals (OMM) shall consist of
a printed copy of the approved electronic submittal or an electronic copy of the file. 10. This process shall be used for all documents including Subcontractor and Material Listing,
Schedules of Values, Requests for Information (RFI) and Cash Flow documents. 11. Contractors that do not submit files (those smaller than 11-inch by 17-inch) via electronic processing
will be backcharged through their retainage for the costs of scanning documents. a. Cost for documents smaller than 11-inch by 17-inch is $0.25 per sheet. b. Cost for documents larger
than 11-inch by 17-inch is $2.00 per sheet. D. Large Format Submittal Processing Methodology: Submit drawings as described below: 1. Large Format Submittal Processing (LFSP) is limited
to those submittals formatted larger than 11-inch by 17-inch that cannot be submitted as an electronic file or CD-ROM (these will generally be hand-drawn documents). Even large format
submittals created electronically can be processed electronically. See Division 00 Section “Communications Technology Requirements” for electronic file formatting. 2. Large Format Submittals
are compiled by the originating contractor, subcontractor or supplier and sent to the Prime Contractor for review via normal shipping modes. 3. Limit each large format submittal to a
single specification section of the contract documents. 4. The submittal coversheet of each large format submittal shall use the transmittal coversheet provided by the Architect/Engineer.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -5 5. Contractors receiving the submittal from lower tier (Sub) Contractors shall review the submittal and add their approval mark or stamp on the submittal
prior to forwarding it to the upper tier Contractor Prime Contractor or Architect/Engineer. a. The large format submittal shall consist of at least one hard copy of the actual large
format submittal, plus a submittal coversheet. The hard copy may be bond paper or a reproducible medium such as vellum or sepia. Provide multiple copies if necessary for distribution
to lower tier Subcontractors. 6. The Architect/Engineer will review the submittal, making any comments necessary, mark the submittal with the appropriate approval or rejection, scan
the marked up original documents as a record and distribute the original(s) to the appropriate Prime Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier for distribution to lower tier Subcontractors
or for insertion in the Operations and Maintenance Manuals (OMM). a. Comments will consist of annotations applied manually to the document. b. The scanned file copy shall be the only
copy of the reviewed document on file with the Architect/Engineer. c. Resubmittals shall be processed in the same manner as the original submittal. 7. The receiving Prime Contractor,
Subcontractor or Supplier shall then take the required action noted on the submittal. 8. Copies of submittals required for the Operations and Maintenance Manuals (OMM) are also available
from Design Media Communications, Inc. (DMC) for the charges noted above. E. Common practices for both submittal methodologies: 1. All submittals shall be clearly labeled as to equipment
being proposed and shall be for this specific project. 2. Data of a general nature will not be accepted. 3. Periodic submittals of individual components within a specified section will
be returned returned to the Contractor unapproved. 4. All submittals shall contain complete data on each section at the time of submission for approval. 5. Arrange product data, drawings
and information for submission in complete and separate sets for each Project Manual section listed. a. When more than one product is specified in a specific section, a complete set
of literature shall be collated into a single brochure containing information on each product. b. When only one product is specified in a given section, a brochure is not necessary.
c. The first page of each brochure shall contain an index of the products enclosed in addition to all the required information. d. Submit number of samples specified in each of Project
Manual sections. 6. Architect/Engineer will review these instructions to Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers on the detailed use of this process during the Pre-construction meeting.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -6 F. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Reporting" for list of submittals and time requirements
for scheduled performance of related construction activities. G. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review
shall commence on Architect/Engineer's receipt of submittal. 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed
to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect/Engineer will advise Contractor when a submittal must be delayed for coordination. 2. If intermediate submittal is necessary,
process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Allow 15 days for processing each resubmittal. 4. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. H. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm
or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Retain space on the Submittal Cover Sheet to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect/Engineer
. 3. Include the following information on for each submittal: a. Project name and Architect/Engineer’s project number. b. Date and revision date. c. Name and address of Architect/Engineer.
d. Name and address of Prime Contractor. e. Name and address of Subcontractor. f. Name and address of Supplier. g. Name of separate detailer when appropriate. h. Name of manufacturer.
i. Unique identifier, including revision number. j. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section as described in the Project Manual. k. Drawing number and detail references,
as appropriate. l. m. Quantity of each Shop Drawing, Project Data and Sample submitted. n. Notification of deviations from Contract Documents. o. Other necessary identification. I. Deviations:
Encircle or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. J. Additional Copies: If additional copies are required, they may be obtained from Design Media Communications,
Inc. (DMC) for the charges noted above..
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -7 K. Transmittal Form: Package each submittal and large format submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each
submittal using the transmittal form (Submittal Cover Sheet) provided by the Architect/Engineer. 1. Architect/Engineer will return submittals, without review if the proper transmittal
is not used. 2. Architect/Engineer will discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor. 3. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record
relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect/Engineer on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents,
including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label information as the related submittal. 4. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies
with requirements of the Contract Documents. 5. Transmittal Form: See Division 01 Section, “Submittal Cover Sheet” for the form. L. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to
manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution
on transmittal forms. M. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect/Engineer in connection with construction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1
ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections in accordance with submittal procedures above. B. Product Data: Collect
information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed
data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Where possible, use manufacturer’s standard electronic printed data for submittals. 3. Mark each submittal
to show which products and options are applicable. 4. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -8 g. Printed performance curves. h. Operational range diagrams. i. Mill reports. j. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals. k. Compliance
with recognized trade association standards. l. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. m. Application of testing agency labels and seals. n. Notation of coordination requirements.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation:
Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products or materials. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams.
e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, signal, and control wiring. f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules.
i. Design calculations. j. Compliance with specified standards. k. Notation of coordination requirements. l. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. m. Relationship
to adjacent structure or materials. n. Applicable standards, such as ASTM number or Federal Specification. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed
wiring. 3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm) but no larger than 30
by 40 inches (750 by 1000 mm). a. Preferred electronic submittal size is 11 by 17 inches (280 by 330 mm). 4. Number of Copies: a. A single electronic submittal file. b. Submit one black-line
or print of each submittal larger than 11 by 17 inches (280 by 330 mm). Architect/Engineer will return the marked up print. D. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements in Division
01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." E. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section
"Quality Requirements" for mockups.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -9 2. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and
finished in manner specified, and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are
not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches
showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. 3. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified
to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect/Engineer's sample sample where so indicated. Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following:
a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name or name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. 4. Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead,
provide the following: a. Size limitations. b. Compliance with recognized standards. c. Availability. d. Delivery time. 5. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture
for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
a. If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in the product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate
limits of the variations. b. Refer to individual Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections,
operation, and similar construction characteristics. 6. Number of Samples for Initial Selection: Submit one full set of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics
are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect/Engineer will return submittal with options selected. 7. Number of Samples for Verification: Submit three sets
of Samples. Architect/Engineer will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. a. Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections,
operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -10 8. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for qualitycontrol comparisons throughout the course of construction
activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual
Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the
property of Contractor. F. Delegated-Design Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." G. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements
in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for Construction Manager's action. H. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction
Progress Documentation." I. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." J. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements in Division
01 Section "Payment Procedures." K. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish
products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying
products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. 2.2 INFORMATIONAL
SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. Use electronic submittal process (ESP) for all documents where possible for
Architect/Engineer review. Paper originals are required in OMM Manuals. Refer to Article SUBMITTAL PROCESS above. 1. Number of Copies: Submit one copy of each submittal, unless otherwise
indicated. Architect/Engineer will not return copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification.
Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -11 3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply
with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." C. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm
or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. D. Product Certificates:
Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements. E. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures
and personnel comply with requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel
certified. F. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized
for this specific Project. G. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence
of manufacturing experience where required. H. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements. I.
Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with
requirements. J. Preconstruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests
performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements. K. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed for adhesion. L. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by
a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is
installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -12 M. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements. Base reports on
evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. N. Research/Evaluation Reports:
Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following
information: 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers' names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test
procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. O. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment.
Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures and Operation and Maintenance Data." P. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not
limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary
of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. Q. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written
or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name,
address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Preparation of substrates. 2. Required substrate tolerances. 3. Sequence of installation or erection.
4. Required installation tolerances. 5. Required adjustments. 6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection. R. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting
factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative
making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -13 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results
of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. S. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding
coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage. Signed originals must be submitted to Architect/Engineer.
T. Material Safety Data Sheets: Submit information directly to Owner. If submitted to Architect/Engineer, Architect/Engineer will not review this information but will return it with
no action taken. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark
with approval stamp before submitting to Architect/Engineer. B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number,
Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance
with the Contract Documents. 3.2 ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S ACTION A. General: Architect/Engineer will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them
without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect/Engineer will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect/Engineer will
stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows: 1. Final Unrestricted Release: Where the submittal is marked “FURNISH
AS SUBMITTED,” the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with the Contract Documents. Final acceptance will depend on that compliance. 2. Final-but-Restricted
Release: Where the submittal is marked “FURNISH AS CORRECTED (RESUBMITTAL REQUIRED),” the Work covered by the submittal may
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 -14 proceed provided it complies with both the Architect/Engineer’s notations and corrections on the submittal and the Contract Documents. Final acceptance
will depend on that compliance. Prepare a new submittal that incorporates the Architect/Engineer’s notations and corrections on the submittal. 3. Rejected: Where the submittal is marked
“REVISE AND RESUBMIT,” do not proceed with the Work covered by the submittal. Prepare a new submittal that complies with the Contract Documents. 4. As stated on the submittal stamp,
all submittals are “Checked only for compliance with design concept of Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents, Quantities,
dimensional suitability for installation, coordination with other trades, and performing work in a safe, workmanlike and satisfactory manner.” C. Informational Submittals: Architect/Engineer
will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect/Engineer will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D.
Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION 01330
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-1 SECTION 01 35 33 -INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including
General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes policies and procedures required of the Contractor
to prevent transmission of infectious agents to vulnerable patient populations, health care workers and visitors within the Hospital environment. B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for additional procedures and construction of temporary barriers. 2. Division 15 Sections for cleaning heating, ventilation
and air-conditioning systems and ductwork prior to operation. C. Alternates: Refer to Division 1 Section "Alternates" for description of Work in this Section affected by alternates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Aspergillus: A thermotolerant fungus that causes significant disease among immunocompromised hosts that will disseminate to other organs including the skin and the
brain. These fungi are ubiquitous, found in soil, water, dust and decaying material. Aspergillus have been cultured from unfiltered air, ventilation systems, contaminated dust dislodged
during hospital renovation and construction, horizontal surfaces, food, and ornamental plants. Aspergillus spores are easily suspended in the air and survive for prolonged periods. Because
of their size, they are easily inhaled, which can lead to invasive infection of both the upper and lower respiratory tracts in a susceptible host. B. Biocide: A physical or chemical
agent that is capable of killing microorganisms. C. Immunocompromised: A condition where a patient’s immune response is reduced or absent. Because defense mechanisms are limited in immunocompromised
patients, they are susceptible to infections by microorganisms that are present everywhere, but do not cause disease in healthy people.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-2 D. Nosocomial: An infection that is acquired in a hospital or as a result of medical care. E. Negative Pressure: The relative air pressure difference
between two areas in a healthcare facility. A space that is at negative pressure has a lower pressure than adjacent areas, ensuring that any directional air movement is from the clean
air environment into the contained area and preventing contaminated air from escaping into adjacent rooms or areas through doors, openings and cracks. F. HEPA: An acronym that stands
for high efficiency particulate air. A HEPA filter is an air filter capable of capturing 99.97% of particles as small as .3 microns. G. Multi-Stage Filtering: Successive, filtering that
prevents early loading of filters with contaminants and thereby delaying reduced airflow. Typical multi-stage filters might consist of a large particulate filter (10 microns), a smaller
particulate filter (5 microns), an activated charcoal filter (odors) and a HEPA filter (.3 microns). H. Negative Pressure Machine: Freestanding, portable device that creates a negative
air pressure within a space. It does so by removing air via flexible ductwork from the containment area. The units can also be placed remotely from the containment area and use ductwork
to remove air from the controlled environment. I. Portable Air Scrubber: Freestanding, portable device that removes airborne contaminants by recirculating air through a HEPA filter.
Portable air scrubbers can also serve as negative pressure machines by exhausting the recirculated air from the containment area. J. Containment: The process of isolating a contaminated
area from the rest of the facility. Depending on the work to be done and the equipment required, airlocks, pass throughs, and equipment rooms may be necessary. Full containment always
requires that negative pressure be maintained inside the containment area. 1. Containment Requiring Activities include, but are not limited to the following: a. Demolition and removal
of walls, floors, ceilings and other building finish materials. b. Demolition of plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems and equipment. c. Finish operations such as sanding, painting
and application of special surface coatings. d. All routine construction activity that can generate dust. e. Sitework operations. 2. Source containment can also be used with localized
negative pressure if a very small area is involved. A small piece of plastic sheet can be taped around the area to be removed. A small HEPA vacuum is used for this purpose by inserting
the inlet nozzle inside this small containment to create a negative pressure and to vacuum up released particles. K. Containment Area: The construction activity area, adjacent staging
and storage areas, passages for construction personnel to access the project site and delivery and removal of supplies and waste. It includes the entire volume of the project area including
ceilings spaces above and
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-3 adjacent to the construction area. Containment areas are determined by the Owner’s Representative and the Hospital’s Infection Control Committee.
L. Pressure Differential: The difference in magnitude between a reference pressure and a variable pressure. M. Source containment can also be used with localized negative pressure if
a very small area is involved. A small piece of poly sheet can be taped around the area to be removed. A small HEPA vacuum is used for this purpose by inserting the inlet nozzle inside
this small containment to create a negative pressure and to vacuum up released particles. N. Air changes per hour is equal to the air filtered (in cubic feet) in one hour divided by
the containment area size (in cubic feet), or Air Changes Per Hour (AC/H) = Cubic Feet of Air filtered in 1 Hour Containment Area Size in Cubic Feet O. Protection Area: The designated
project limits, hospital areas adjacent to containment area, either occupied or used for passage and areas connected to construction areas by mechanical system intake, exhaust and ductwork.
Protection areas are determined by the Owner’s Representative and the Hospital’s Infection Control Committee. P. Minor Ceiling Access: Removal of limited ceiling or access panels for
visual observation, minor adjustments or other activities that do not disturb dust. All acoustical and access panels shall be closed immediately upon leaving the worksite. Q. Major Ceiling
Access: Removal of ceiling panels or systems that is not defined as “minor”. R. Thorough Cleaning: Cleaning of surfaces that become exposed to dust shall be accomplished by the use of
either a HEPA-filtered vacuum cleaner or a wet mop. S. Infection Control Risk Assessment (ICRA): A broad, long-range involvement of a Hospital’s infection control/epidemiology leadership
to assess the risk to patients and the Hospital environment to airborne contamination. 1.4 POLICY A. The intent of this policy is to minimize nosocomial infections in patients that may
arise as a result of exposure to organisms released into the environment during construction and renovation activities. Controlling the dispersal of airborne or waterborne infectious
agents concealed within building components is critical in all St. Vincent Carmel Hospital facilities. B. Patient Care Objectives: All construction and renovation activities shall be
defined and managed in such a way that patients’ and occupants’ exposure to dust, moisture and their accompanying hazards is limited.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-4 1. Aspergillosis and related nosocomial fungal infections are caused through inhalation by immunocompromised patients of aspergillus spores, or
other related spores, that can be present in the construction environment. The spores are known to be prolifically present in construction dust, debris and earthwork excavation dust.
Outbreaks are associated with unfiltered air, contaminated ventilation systems at intake and exhaust ducts, and dust that is dislodged by renovation and construction. Control of construction
dust, debris and excavation dust is imperative to help prevent outbreaks of aspergillosis or related nosocomial fungal infections in immunocompromised patients. a. Inhalation of aspergillus
spores or other fungal spores by immunocompromised patients can lead to serious complications and death. b. Aspergillus and other related spores are present in the natural environment
and are not a risk to healthy construction workers. 2. Airborne contaminant control is critical in all Hospital areas. Contractor shall limit dissemination of airborne contaminants produced
by construction-related activities, in order to provide protection of immunocompromised patients, other patients, staff, diagnostic operations and sensitive procedures and medical equipment
from possible undesirable effects of exposure to such contaminants. 3. Dust in ceilings and construction debris contains fungus spores. Construction activities causing disturbance of
existing dust, or creating new dust, or other airborne contaminants, must be conducted in tight enclosures cutting off any flow of particles into patient areas. 4. Ceilings and walls
in protected areas and other areas within Hospital as indicated on Drawings must be secure from airborne transmissions at all times. If access into the ceiling in occupied areas is is
required, procedures described within this Section shall be followed. 5. Enclosed carts must be used when transporting construction debris and materials throughout the Hospital environment.
The Owner Representative and Infection Control Committee shall approve the transportation path and destination terminus prior to commencing the project. 1.5 PROCEDURES A. The Owner’s
Representative in conjunction with the Hospital’s Infection Control Committee will: 1. Determine the infection control project classification using the matrices (located below). 2. Coordinate
the relocation of affected patients and pedestrian traffic routes to areas where there is less potential for exposure to airborne contaminants with the responsible departments. 3. Coordinate
the preparation of the project area, including the removal of medical supplies, waste, and equipment, prior to the commencement of project activities with the responsible departments.
B. Infection Control Risk Assessment Guidelines
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-5 1. STEP 1: Identify the Type of Construction Project Activity (Types A-D) by selecting the construction activity type from the table below. Construction
activity type is determined by the amount of dust that is generated, the duration of the activity and the involvement with HVAC systems. Construction Project Activity by Type A Non-invasive
activities, including, but not limited to: a. Removal of ceiling tiles where no dust is expected b. Painting, but not sanding c. Wall covering, electrical trim work, minor plumbing,
and activities which do not generate dust or require cutting of walls or access to ceilings other than for visual inspection B Small scale, short duration activities which create minimal
dust, including but not limited to: a. Installation of telephone and computer cabling b. Access to chase spaces c. Cutting of walls or ceiling where dust migration can be controlled.
C Work that generates a moderate to high level of dust or requires demolition or removal of any fixed building components or assemblies, including but not limited to: a. Sanding of walls
for painting or wall covering b. Removal of floor coverings, ceiling tiles, and casework c. New wall construction d. Minor duct work or electrical work above ceilings e. Major cabling
activities f. Any type A, B or C activity that cannot be completed within a single work shift. D Major demolition and construction projects, including but not limited to: a. Activities
requiring heavy demolition, removal of ductwork or removal of a complete engineering system b. New construction C. STEP 2: Identify the Patient Risk Group that will be affected by selecting
the appropriate Patient Risk Group from the table below. The Patient Risk Groups defined are based on project location and occupancy. If more than one risk group will be affected, select
the higher risk group. For all construction classes, patients must be removed from the room while work is performed. Patient Risk Group Low (L) Medium (M) High (H) Maximum (X)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-6 Patient Risk Group Low (L) Medium (M) High (H) Maximum (X) All outpatient clinics and offices, except outpatient transplant clinics and outpatient
cancer center clinics Cardiology Echocardiography Endoscopy Nuclear Medicine Physical Therapy Radiology/MRI Respiratory Therapy CCU Emergency Room Labor & Delivery Laboratories (specimen)
Newborn Nursery Outpatient Surgery Pediatrics Pharmacy Post Anesthesia Care Unit (PACU) Surgical Units Any area caring for immunocompromised patients Burn Unit Cardiac Cath Lab Central
Sterile Intensive Care Units Medical Unit Negative pressure isolation rooms Oncology Surgery ORs, including C-Section D. STEP 3: Match the Patient Risk Group (L, M, H, X) with the Construction
Project Type (A, B, C, D) to find the Class of Precautions (I – IV). Using the Construction Activity Type and the Patient Risk Group selected from the tables above, use the matrix below
to determine Construction Classification (Class). Construction Classification (Class) determines the procedures to be followed during construction and renovation projects. Patient Risk
Group/Construction Project Type Comparison Patient Risk Group Type A Type B Type C Type D Low Risk I II II III/IV Medium Risk I II III IV High Risk I II III/IV IV Maximum Risk II III/IV
III/IV IV E. STEP 4: Description of Required Infection Control Precautions by Class. Implement the appropriate Construction Guideline based on the project classification selected from
the Construction Activity matrix (listed above) in STEP 3. Construction Classification (Class) Guidelines are procedures to control release(s) of airborne contaminants resulting from
construction, demolition, or renovation activities.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-7 Required Infection Control Precautions by Class Class During Construction Project Upon Completion of Project Class I 1. Execute work by methods
to minimize raising dust from construction operations. 2. Immediately replace ceiling panel if displaced. 3. Place a small plastic sheet immediately underneath the work area (about 5
feet by 5 feet). Temporarily tape to the floor with duct tape. 4. For ceilings, cover the floor immediately under the work area with plastic. 5. Keep all doors closed and do not let
patients or other unauthorized employees or occupants into the area. 6. If visible dust has the potential to be generated outside of the immediate work area, cover all air return or
exhaust vents if within 5 feet of the work area with plastic sheeting and duct tape. 7. Complete construction/renovation task minimizing dust production. Lightly mist with water in a
spray bottle to minimize dust. 8. High Risk patients must remain out of room for one hour after completion of work. 1. When the work is completed, wetwipe the plastic sheeting and, if
necessary, other areas close by with a damp rag. 2. Place rags on the plastic sheeting and tightly roll from the corners to the middle. Seal the rolled plastic sheeting and wet rags
with duct tape. See Step #10 for disposal guidelines. 3. Visually inspect the area for any remaining dust and wet-wipe as necessary. 4. If installed, remove the plastic sheeting from
all air returns and exhausts. Roll-up for disposal. 5. Transport debris to the outside storage area using the following guidelines; • Seal all waste in plastic bags or use a debris cart
to transport waste to the storage area. • Transport debris during the hours of least activity in the building and along the most direct, but least congested route. • If using a debris
cart, ensure the lid is tightly secured and the wheels are clean prior to exiting the work area. • If removing rolled plastic sheeting that cannot fit into the cart, ensure that the
ends are sealed so no debris will fall out during transport to the storage area. This may be a two-person operation. • If any debris is spilled outside of the work area, immediately
wetwipe the debris and seal in a bag. Contact Environmental Services if necessary for assistance or if required for sanitation. 6. Clean all tools and equipment before
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-8 Required Infection Control Precautions by Class Class During Construction Project Upon Completion of Project removal from the work area. Class
II 1. Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust. 2. Immediately replace ceiling tile if displaced 3. Provide active means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into atmosphere.
4. Water-mist work surfaces to control dust while cutting. 5. Seal unused doors with duct tape. 6. Block off and seal HVAC diffusers and return grills. 7. Place dust mat at entrance
and exit of work area. 9. Place a small plastic sheet immediately underneath the work area (about 5 feet by 5 feet). Temporarily tape to the floor with duct tape. 10. For ceilings, cover
the floor immediately under the work area with plastic. 11. Keep all doors closed and do not let let patients or other unauthorized employees or occupants into the area. 12. If visible
dust has the potential to be generated outside of the immediate work area, cover all air return or exhaust vents if within 5 feet of the work area with plastic sheeting and duct tape.
13. Complete construction/renovation task minimizing dust production. Lightly mist with water in a spray bottle to minimize dust. 14. Cover construction waste before transport in covered
containers. 1. When the work is completed, wetwipe the plastic sheeting and, if necessary, other areas close by with a damp rag. 2. Place rags on the plastic sheeting and tightly roll
from the corners to the middle. Seal the rolled plastic sheeting and wet rags with duct tape. 3. Visually inspect the area for any remaining dust and wet-wipe as necessary. 4. If installed,
remove the plastic sheeting from all air returns and exhausts. Roll-up for disposal. 5. Transport debris to the outside storage area using the following guidelines; • Seal all waste
in plastic bags or use a debris cart to transport waste to the storage area. • Transport debris during the hours of least activity in the building and along the most direct, but least
congested route. • If using a debris cart, ensure the lid is tightly secured and the wheels are clean prior to exiting the work area. • If removing rolled plastic sheeting that cannot
fit into the cart, ensure that the ends are sealed so no debris will fall out during transport to the storage area. This may be a two-person operation. • If any debris is spilled outside
of the work area, immediately wetwipe the debris and seal in a bag. Contact Environmental Services if necessary for assistance or if required for sanitation. 6. Clean all tools and equipment
before
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-9 Required Infection Control Precautions by Class Class During Construction Project Upon Completion of Project removal from the work area. 7. Wet
mop and/or vacuum with HEPA-filtered vacuum before leaving work area. 8. Open previously sealed HVAC diffusers and return grills. 9. Hospital Environmental Services to wipe work surfaces
with disinfectant. Class III 1. Install plastic dust barriers to seal area from non-work area or implement Kontrol Kube method (cart with plastic covering and sealed connection to work
site with HEPA vacuum for vacuuming prior to exit) before construction begins. 2. Should work above ceiling in an occupied area need to occur, the area must be tented prior to removing
any ceiling tiles or ceiling access panels. A dust control tent must be utilized that is adjustable up to the ceiling height. 3. Isolate HVAC system in areas where work is being performed
to prevent contamination of duct system. 4. Maintain negative pressure within work site utilizing HEPA-equipped air filtration units. Maintain the unit in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions. 5. Place dust mat at entrance and exit of work area. 6. Cover construction waste before transport in covered containers. 1. Cover construction waste before transport in
covered containers following guidelines above. 2. Do not remove barriers from work area until Owner’s Representative and Infection Control person inspects completed project. 3. Remove
barrier materials carefully to minimize spread of dirt and debris associated with construction. 4. Wet mop and vacuum with HEPAfiltered vacuum before leaving work area. 5. Remove isolation
of HVAC system in areas where work was being performed. 6. Hospital Environmental Services to wipe work surfaces with disinfectant. Class IV 1. Construct gypsum board/metal stud dust
partition, extend and seal to ceiling. Consider performing after hours and isolate the area from the rest of the building, if possible, following established procedures. 2. Post “DO
NOT ENTER: CONSTRUCTION AREA” signs. 1. Cover construction waste before transport in covered containers following guidelines above. 2. Do not remove barriers from work area until Owner’s
Representative and Infection Control person inspects completed project. 3. Remove barrier materials carefully
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-10 Required Infection Control Precautions by Class Class During Construction Project Upon Completion of Project Do not let unauthorized employees
or other personnel into the area. 3. Wear approved construction coveralls while in Containment Area. 4. Remove all objects from the room or work area to a storage area. Prior to removal,
wet-wipe any excessively dusty items with a rag misted with water. Cover large items or immovable objects remaining in the work area with plastic sheeting. Seal the rags in a zip-lock
bag for disposal. 5. Isolate HVAC system within work areas to prevent contamination of duct system. 6. Seal doors opening to adjacent areas with duct tape. 7. Block off and seal HVAC
diffusers, return grills and any openings in ductwork to remain. 8. Maintain negative pressure within work site utilizing HEPA equipped air filtration units. Maintain the unit in accordance
with manufacturer’s instructions. 9. Place dust mat at entrance and exit of work area. 10. Cover construction waste before transport in covered containers. to minimize spread of dirt
and debris associated with construction. 4. Wet mop and vacuum with HEPAfiltered vacuum before leaving work area. 5. Remove isolation of HVAC system in areas where work was being performed.
6. Hospital Environmental Services to wipe work surfaces with disinfectant. F. Infection Control Risk Assessment (ICRA) has categorized the project as follows: 1. Construction Project
Activity Type: C. 2. Patient Risk Group Type: M. 3. Infection Control Precautions Class: III. 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Owner’s Representative Responsibilities:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-11 1. Determine that the Containment and Protection Areas are properly defined and adequately enclosed by the Contractor. 2. Issue a Statement of
Requirements in both graphic and written form to communicate the above, based upon an evaluation of the construction area and the impact of the project on patient care. 3. Approve all
enclosures constructed by the Contractor. B. Owner’s Responsibilities: 1. Assist Owner’s Representative to determine the Containment and Protection Areas. C. Contractor’s Responsibilities:
1. Comply with applicable codes and referenced controls and to use installation procedures and methods that satisfy code requirements and referenced infection control procedures. 2.
Determine specific means and methods of achieving and maintaining control of airborne contaminants during construction. 3. Propose work plan and procedures for control of airborne contaminants.
4. Submit Contractor’s work plan for control of contamination for review in advance of performing any construction activities, following procedures established for product shop drawing
submittal. a. Owner’s Representative and Architect/Engineer shall review work Plan Submittal for general compliance. 5. Provide notification in conformance with requirements in Quality
Assurance Article. 6. Provide and maintain all dustproof enclosures, measurement devices, warning signs and warning lighting to protect the patients, Hospital staff and public. Contractor
shall remain responsible for compliance with all contamination control requirements. 7. Verify using sign-in methods that all construction personnel have reviewed infection control procedures.
1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Progress Schedule: Submit work and procedure schedules for temporary containment construction. Incorporate infection control milestones within the master project schedule
as described in Division 1 Section, “Project Management And Coordination.” B. Work Plan: Submit drawings and construction details of temporary barriers, descriptions of procedures to
be used to achieve and maintain control of construction-related airborne contaminants. C. Product Data: Include standard specifications, material descriptions, furnished specialties
and accessories, rated capacities and capabilities of individual components for achieving containment. D. Special Reports:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-12 1. Provide written report of Infection Control procedures, including locations, exit routes, details of dust barriers, and means of creating
negative pressure prior to commencing the project. 2. Provide written report confirming specified air velocity whenever enclosure is erected or modified in designated Protection Area.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified for testing indicated. B. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to
test air quality and pressure for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods. 1. Air samples: Test weekly and prior and after each modification in the enclosure.
2. Air pressure differential testing: A pressure differential of .02-inches of water column shall be maintained between the containment area and the surrounding area to achieve the necessary
negative pressure for containment areas. Test weekly and prior and after each modification in the enclosure. C. Information in specification and indicated on the drawings establishes
requirements for enclosure's performance characteristics. Drawings indicate locations of enclosure assemblies as they relate to adjoining construction. Performance characteristics of
air quality are indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or more methods including preconstruction testing, field testing, and in-service performance. D. Notification: Contractor
shall provide 24-hour notification to Owner’s Representative of construction activity causing possible airborne contaminants in Protection Area. 1. Schedule work in ceiling spaces above
occupied rooms after hours. E. Contingency Plan: Prepare a contingency plan for emergencies including fire, accident, power failure, negative air system failure, supplied air failure,
or any other event that may require modification or abridgement of decontamination or work area infection control procedures. Include in the plan specific procedures for decontamination
of work area. Nothing shall impede safe exiting or providing of adequate medical attention in the event of an emergency. F. Pre-Construction Conference: Conduct conference at Project
site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to Infection Control Risk Assessment (ICRA) including,
but not limited to, the following: 1. Review infection control policy. 2. Identify Infection Control Risk Assessment. 3. Review infection control procedures.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-13 G. Attendees shall include the Owner’s Representative, the Hospital’s Infection Control Coordinator, the Architect/Engineer and any other parties
involved with the project. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Provide products and materials that comply with stated requirements for each type of products and materials specified.
B. Products identified below are recommended as appropriate to the task at hand. Other manufacturers than those listed may be submitted for approval, but it is the Contractor’s responsibility
to provide effective documentation that adequately supports a substitute product and material. 2.2 INFECTION CONTROL PRODUCTS A. Walk-Off Mats: Sanitary walk-off mat consisting of multi-layered,
disposable, 2 mil, nonallergenic, non-odorous, polyethylene sheets with non-drying solid adhesive and anti-microbial germicide. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of
the following: 1. Controlled Environment Equipment Corporation; Cleanline® Sticky Mats. 2. Curtainwall.Com; CleanStep® Contamination Mat. 3. Liberty Industries, Inc.; Tacky Mat®. B.
Polyethylene Sheet: Provide 6 mil, internally reinforced polyethylene laminate, fire-retardant sheet, UL listed, sealed with fire-retardant tape at joints and penetrations above the
ceiling. 1. Reef Industries, Inc.; Griffolyn® T55 FR. 2. Raven Industries; DURA-SKRIM® 2FR. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Biocide or Fungicide: Morton International Inc.; Cunilate 2002. B. Spray
Adhesive: Aramsco; Ram-Tack Adhesive. C. Disinfectant Wipes: Provide one of the following: 1. Clorox® Disinfecting Wipes. 2. CiDecon® Wipes. 3. RobinsonCare Wipe Downs. 4. TriGene® Surface
Disinfecting Wipes.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-14 D. Protective Clothing: The Owner will provide disposable paper jumpsuits, head and shoe coverings for use by construction personnel in the Containment
Area. E. Respiratory Gear: Provide respiratory gear as required by OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1926 (Construction Safety Regulations). 2.4 EQUIPMENT A. Hospital will provide the Portable
Air Scrubbers and Negative Air Machines for Contractor installation and use during the project. B. Portable Air Scrubbers and Negative Air Machines: 1. Product[s]: Multi-filtered, including
99.9% efficient HEPA filter, variable-speed motor, static pressure-monitored, equipped with electrical or mechanical lockout to prevent fan from operating without a HEPA filter, powered
mechanical equipment utilized to create a dust-free environment. Subject to compliance with infection control requirements, provide one of the following: a. Abatement Technologies, Inc.;
HEPA-AIRE® Portable Air Scrubbers. b. Micro-Trap Inc.; Micro Trap™ 2000 Negative Air Filtration Unit. c. Mintie Technologies, Inc.; MiniforceII Negative Air Machine (350-425 CFM). C.
Hospital will provide the HEPA-filtered vacuum for Contractor use during the project. D. HEPA-Filtered Vacuum: 1. Product[s]: Multi-stage, 99.9% efficient HEPA filtration system, grounded,
interference suppressed, 110/120V or 220/240V motor, minimum 4-gallon 120 CFM capacity or Contractor’s option, powered mechanical equipment utilized to negative pressurize small temporary
dust enclosures to create a dust-free environment or in use to clean surfaces or construction personnel. . Subject to compliance with infection control requirements, provide one of the
following: a. Nilfisk-Advance Group, Inc.; Model GM 810. b. Nilfisk-Advance Group, Inc.; CFM 127. c. Mintie Technologies, Inc.; Alto SQ 10 (120 CFM). d. Miele, Inc.; Model S558i Silver
Moon Canister. E. Air Pressure Monitor: 1. Product[s]: Differential switch/gauge to monitor differential pressure between the containment area and the protection area. Diaphragm type
with dial and pointer in metal case, vent valves, black figures on white background and front recalibration adjustment with a range of plus/minus 0-to .50-inches water gauge and high-low
adjustable set points. Subject to compliance with infection control requirements, provide one of the following:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-15 a. Dwyer Instruments, Inc.; Model #3000-0. 2. Install the differential pressure switch/gauge in a NEMA-rated enclosure. Provide all necessary
power wiring, transformers and relays to operate the system. Provide a switch that will enable activation of audio, visual, or both alarms that activates upon sensing pressure differences
beyond the range set points. Provide a manual reset gauge after an alarm condition. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine containment area and protection area, with Owner Representative
present, for compliance with Infection Control requirements. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Owner Representative, listing conditions detrimental to Infection
Control performance. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Notify the Owner’s Representative according to time line requirements identified
previously before commencing work. 3.2 MONITORING A. Before commencing any demolition or construction in occupied areas, a complete review of all airborne contaminant control policies
will be conducted. The Owner’s Representative and Infection Control Representative will confirm that the area is ready for work to begin. B. Owner will monitor conditions in the vicinity
of project in Protection Areas. Such areas are identified by the Owner’s Representative. Whenever unsafe conditions are observed, Contractor will be notified to correct conditions immediately
to avoid work stoppage. 1. All work shall be stopped immediately whenever a hazardous containment control deficiency exists on the project. 2. The Contractor shall take immediate action
to correct all deficiencies. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Contractor shall install dust proof enclosures for work as directed by the Owner’s Representative and when required to protect areas occupied
by the Owner from dust, debris, and damage.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-16 B. Provide a temporary work surface to provide a safe working platform and protect the ceiling and the spaces below from falling objects and
materials. Construction must be conducted in tight enclosures cutting off any flow of dust particles into patient areas. 1. Airborne contaminant control requirements: Floor to structure,
airtight enclosures, drywall barriers, using tape and foam padding to seal all joints and penetrations. 2. Keep enclosure door closed at all times. 3. Traffic between Containment Area
and open areas shall be kept to a minimum. 4. Transport materials and refuse into an area from an external site without violating patient care areas by transporting in covered containers.
5. Provide negative pressure in construction area. 6. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas to cure installed materials, to prevent excessive humidity, and to prevent
hazardous accumulations of dust fumes, vapors, or gases. 7. Ductwork Dust Caps: Block off all existing ventilation ducts within the construction area. Method of capping ducts shall be
dust-tight and withstand airflow pressures. C. Dust Proof Enclosures: 1. Full height, noncombustible construction with minimum 5/8” gypsumboard both sides with 3-1/2 inch R-11 insulation
batts to reduce noise. Use tape to tightly seal top, bottom, penetrations and seams, to prevent spread of dust to occupied areas, including above ceiling. Secure all tape with spray
adhesive. Dust proof enclosures adjacent to or in public areas shall be taped and painted on the side exposed to public view. 2. Enclosure Doors: 4’-0” minimum width, unless shown otherwise,
solid core wood with metal frame and hardware, closer and tightly weatherstripped to prevent flow of dust. Locate as indicated on drawing and swing out of the construction area. Keep
enclosures locked outside of working hours. Coordinate with the Owner for access. 3. Install disposable, multi-layered floor mats on both sides of construction entrance prior to commencing
demolition or construction. Remove old tacky surface as needed to prevent tracking, daily as minimum. 4. Obtain Owner’s approval of exact location and details of enclosure construction.
5. Materials for enclosure shall be precut in unoccupied areas before delivering to project site. No explosive or pneumatic drive fasteners permitted. 6. Provide entrance vestibules
as described. Provide floor mats inside vestibule and inside enclosures at door to vestibule. D. Enclosure outside of work area (including spaces above ceilings): Whenever work is necessary
outside of the construction enclosures, the space where work is being done, including ladders, shall be contained within a full-height portable enclosure. At Contractor’s option, a prefabricated
unit may be used. 1. All work performed outside the construction enclosure shown on drawings, including all work in corridors and lobbies, shall be performed outside of normal working
hours and shall be scheduled in advance with Owner, except where specified otherwise. 2. At no time shall any construction equipment or material be stored outside the construction enclosure.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-17 3. Any dust tracked outside of construction area shall be cleaned up immediately. Contractor shall have the necessary personnel and equipment
(HEPA-filtered vacuum, dust and wet mops, brooms, and clean wiping rags) to keep adjacent occupied areas clean at all times. E. Power and Lighting: Provide sufficient temporary lighting
and power ventilating equipment to ensure proper workmanship and safety. F. Access Provisions: Provide ramps, stairs, ladders and similar temporary access elements as reasonably required
to perform the work and facilitate its inspection during installation. G. Airborne dust generation of significant quantities of dust will not be tolerated. Clean the work area prior
to starting work to minimize existing dust becoming airborne during construction. Provide drop cloths and dust partitions as necessary to contain dust and debris generated by the work.
H. Demolition material, dust and dirt shall be removed in covered, tightly sealed, rubber tired, polyethylene dump carts. Containers shall be fitted with clean polyethylene covers, completely
sealed at perimeter by wire tying or taping. Before leaving area, all containers shall be wiped clean with biocide to prevent tracking of dust. Provide debris chutes if required. I.
If work is being performed above an accessible ceiling and if work must be performed while the space below is occupied, spray top of ceiling panels to be removed and surrounding affected
panels, with fine detergent/water mist to settle dust prior to removal. J. A portable vinyl tunnel or a polyethylene enclosure for larger openings shall be used for each single ceiling
access outside of the Containment Area. The enclosure’s opening shall have a 3-foot overlap of polyethylene to decrease risk of airborne dust. The portable vinyl tunnel, or portable
enclosure, shall remain in place until the ceiling is secured (all accesses closed). In patient care areas, the apparatus (tunnel or enclosure) shall be dismantled and access panels
replaced or remodeling of access completed at the end of each day. K. If the contractor needs to crawl about pipes, ducts, or other building infrastructure to investigate a condition,
the Contractor shall use additional procedures, (i.e., put on a mask, disposable coverall and disposable shoe covers) before going into the access. The surfaces that will be disturbed
shall be vacuumed with a HEPA-filtered vacuum before proceeding. Afterwards the contractor shall strip off the coverall, and shoe covers carefully, turning the coverall “insideout” and
deposit the mask, coverall, and shoe covers into a plastic trash bag inside the enclosure. This plastic trash bag shall be secured (tied off) and discarded as directed by Owner’s Representative
and may not be discarded within any patient care area. L. Exercise caution when handling fluids, or piping systems, in the space above ceilings and other Hospital operations. When working
with fluids, provide a watertight barrier beneath the work area to catch and retain all spillage before it reaches the ceiling below. M. Water leaks must be cleaned up and repaired as
soon as possible, but within 72 hours to prevent mold proliferation in floor and wall coverings, ceiling panels and cabinetry in patient care areas.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-18 If cleanup and repair are delayed more than 72 hours after the water leak, the involved materials must be assumed to contain fungi and handled
accordingly. Use of a moisture meter to detect water penetration of walls should be used whenever possible to guide decision-making. If the wall or other component does not have less
than 20% moisture content more than 72 hours after water penetration, it shall be removed. N. Contractor is responsible for determining when a dust proof enclosure is required to protect
any adjoining area; however, the Contractor shall provide a dust proof enclosure where indicated and whenever requested by the Owner’s Representative, Architect/Engineer. Take all necessary
precautions to protect the people and spaces below from injury or damage due to Contractor’s operations. O. Notify department manager so that patient room doors near ceiling work will
be kept closed while the work is in progress. 3.4 CONTAINMENT AREA A. Maintain levels of airborne contaminants within Containment Area and Protective Area limits as defined. B. Portable
Air Scrubbers and Negative air machines shall remove airflow from construction area at not less than 100 FPM at enclosure entrances with all doors fully open. As an alternative, provide
adequate exhaust air volume to provide 6 air changes per hour. C. Dust Control: The Contractor shall take appropriate steps throughout the term of the Project to prevent airborne dust
due to work under this contract. Water shall be applied wherever practical to settle and hold dust to a minimum, particularly during demolition and moving of materials. Care must be
taken to prevent the accumulation of standing water or the saturation of any materials. No chemical palliatives shall be used without permission of the Owner’s Representative. 1. Spray
surfaces with water during dust-producing interior demolition activities. Hard surface floors in work area, adjacent hallways and passage areas require vacuuming with HEPA-filtered vacuum
cleaners and frequent wet-mopping during demolition and construction; protect adjacent carpeted areas with plastic and plywood and vacuum with HEPA-filtered vacuum cleaners. 2. Execute
work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. 3. Any dust tracked outside enclosure
shall be removed immediately, using HEPA-filtered vacuum. 4. All cleaning outside enclosure shall be by HEPA-filtered vacuum or other approved method. D. The following procedure shall
be implemented when construction personnel are required to pass through a Protected Area to enter the Containment Area:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-19 1. Provide airlock entry vestibules to dustproof enclosures when shown on Drawings or required by Owner’s Representative or Architect/Engineer.
2. Construction personnel shall wear protective clothing when passing through the Protective Area or when directed by the Owner’s Representative. The protective clothing shall be removed
in the airlock vestibule prior to entering the Containment Area and stored for reuse. a. When exiting the Containment Area the protective clothing shall again be worn when passing through
the Protective Area. 3. Construction personnel shall wear protective clothing at all times when passing through the Protective Area and while working in the Containment Area. E. Construction
Personnel: Instruct personnel to refrain from tracking dust into adjacent Hospital areas or opening windows or doors allowing airborne contaminants into the adjacent Hospital area. F.
Exterior Work: Direct exhaust from equipment away from building air intakes; assure that filters on building air intakes are operational and protected from excessive amounts of airborne
contaminants. G. Any ceiling panels opened for investigation beyond sealed areas shall be replaced immediately when unattended or covered with an appropriate temporary barrier. H. Removal
of construction barriers and ceiling protection shall be done carefully outside of normal working hours. 3.5 EQUIPMENT A. Connect portable air scrubbers and negative air machines to
emergency power and run continuously. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform air quality tests and inspections
and prepare test reports. B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of completed phases of the work shall take place in successive stages, in areas of extent and using methods described
in Quality Assurance article. Do not proceed with removal or construction of each enclosure for the next area until Owner’s Representative is satisfied that work is completed and clean
up procedure has been performed. C. Repair or replace construction enclosures where test results indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. D. Additional testing and
inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of repaired or replaced work with specified requirements.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 35 33-20 3.7 CLEANING A. Provide thorough cleaning of existing surfaces that become exposed to dust each day. Thoroughly clean each temporary access when
work is completed or at the end of each work shift, using approved methods. B. Provide thorough cleaning of existing surfaces that become exposed to dust, before turning space over to
Owner for final cleaning. C. Final cleaning of construction (to medically clean standards) shall be performed by the Owner’s own housekeeping forces. 3.8 ENFORCEMENT A. Failure to maintain
containment areas will result in issuance of a written warning. If the situation is not corrected within (8) eight hours of receipt of warning, Owner will have cause to stop the work
as provided in the General Conditions. 1. Failure of Contractor to correct deficiencies in containment will result in corrective action taken by Owner and all costs deducted from the
Contractor. B. The Owner’s Representative will perform periodic inspections to determine compliance with infection control procedures. Written documentation will be flied as part of
the project documentation. Photographs may be taken to document work site conditions. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -1 SECTION 01 40 00 -QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality
assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor
of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections
that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit
Contractor's quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required
by Architect/Engineer, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Allowances"
for testing and inspecting allowances. 2. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Reporting" for developing a schedule of required tests and inspections. 3. Division 01 Section "Cutting
and Patching" for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by testing and inspecting activities. 4. Divisions 02 through 16 Sections for specific mock-up, test and inspection
requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies
and ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -2 B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction
complies with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect/Engineer. C. Mockups: Full-size, physical example assemblies to illustrate
finishes and materials. Mockups are used to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution,
and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. D. Testing Agency: An entity engaged
to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. 1.4 DELEGATED DESIGN A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional
design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance
and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect/Engineer.
1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design
professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance
with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. B. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular
form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Description of test and inspection. 3. Identification of applicable standards. 4. Identification of test
and inspection methods. 5. Number of tests and inspections required. 6. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 7. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.
8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. C. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -3 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and Architect/Engineer number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of
samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification
Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations
on retesting and reinspecting. D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional
settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance
of the Work. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful
in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. B. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative
of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for
this Project. C. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for
this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products
or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is
legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined
as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -4 F. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized
experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirement for specialists shall not
supersede building codes and similar regulations governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade-union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. G. Testing Agency Qualifications:
An agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed.
H. Preconstruction Testing: Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing for for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods. 1. Contractor responsibilities
include the following: a. Provide test specimens and assemblies representative of proposed materials and construction. Provide sizes and configurations of assemblies to adequately demonstrate
capability of product to comply with performance requirements. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.
c. Fabricate and install test assemblies using installers who will perform the same tasks for Project. d. When testing is complete, remove assemblies; do not reuse materials on Project.
2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect/Engineer, with copy to Contractor.
Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. I. Mockups: Before installing portions
of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed
Work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect/Engineer. 2. Notify Architect/Engineer seven days in advance of dates and times
when mockups will be constructed. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain Architect/Engineer's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication,
or construction. 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless
otherwise indicated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -5 1.7 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified
testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of the types of
testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspecting allowances, as authorized by Change Orders. 3. Costs for retesting
and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. B. Contractor Responsibilities:
Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility,
engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 2.
Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's
responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents
are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Special Tests and Inspections:
Owner will engage a testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner. 1. Testing agency will notify
Architect/Engineer and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Testing agency will submit a certified written
report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect/Engineer with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Testing agency will submit
a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 4. Testing agency will interpret tests and inspections and
state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 5. Testing agency will retest and reinspect corrected work.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -6 D. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment
installation, including service connections. Report results in writing. E. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility,
provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract
Documents. F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect/Engineer and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1. Notify Architect/Engineer and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Interpret tests and inspections and
state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and
similar quality-control service through Contractor. 4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work.
5. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide
reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental
labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in
obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field-curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes
that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities
to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and
inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar
qualitycontrol services required by the Contract Documents. Submit schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 -7 1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect/Engineer, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where
tests and inspections are required. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 ACCEPTABLE TESTING AGENCIES A. Alt & Witzig Engineering, Inc., 4105 W 99th St, Carmel, Indiana 46032,
(317) 875-7000, FAX (317) 876-3705. B. Arsee Engineers, Incorporated, 9715 Kincaid Drive, Fishers, Indiana 46038, (317) 594-5152. C. ATEC Associates, Inc., 8665 Bash Street, Indianapolis,
Indiana 46256, (317) 577-1761, FAX (317) 842-7308. D. Patriot Engineering, 39 E 9th St, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204, (317) 624-0614. E. PSI, 5362 West 78th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46268,
(317) 876-7723. F. Hanson Professional Services, Inc., 1525 South Sixth Street, Springfield, Illinois 62703-2886, (217) 788-2450, FAX (217) 788-2503. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General:
On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation
requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching.
2. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair
and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION 01 40 00
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -1 SECTION 01 42 00 -REFERENCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved":
When used to convey Architect/Engineer's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect/Engineer's duties and responsibilities as stated
in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect/Engineer. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required,"
and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other
Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful
orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and
deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing,
unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Provide": Furnish and install,
complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not
be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -2 J. "Installer": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation,
including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited
or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople of the corresponding
generic name. K. "Experienced": When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project;
being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. L. “Concealed” refers to installations that are hidden from
sight in walls, chases, crawl spaces, furred spaces, above ceilings or embedded within construction. M. “Exposed” refers to installations that are not hidden from sight. N. “Day”: Unless
otherwise defined in the Contract Documents, shall refer to a calendar day or period of 24 hours. O. “Working Day”: Unless otherwise defined in the Contract Documents, shall refer to
a normal business working day, consisting of the days Monday through Friday, excluding recognized business holidays, including: New Year’s Eve and New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence
Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and the day after Thanksgiving, Christmas Eve and Christmas Day. P. "OFCI" (Owner Furnished -Contractor Installed) refers to equipment delivered FOB to project
site by the Owner. Contractor shall receive, rig, unload, store, uncrate, set in place and connect complete ready for operation. All labor and materials necessary for final connections
shall be by the Contractor. The Owner will supply necessary framing, anchorage, utility services and rough-in details to accommodate such installation to Contractor. Contractor shall
coordinate with the Owner to determine suitable time for submittal of such construction information and suitable time for delivery of equipment, and shall be responsible for damage from
time of receipt. Owner furnished equipment shall be placed in operation in its final location only by a representative of the Owner in the presence of a representative of the Contractor,
and after inspection of equipment and installation by Owner's representative and subsequent acceptance. Q. "OFCR" (Owner Furnish -Contractor Relocate) refers to existing equipment that
is to be relocated and Contractor shall disconnect, store, place, and reinstall such equipment. Owner will identify equipment by its present and planned location and Contractor shall
be responsible for all necessary framing, anchorage utility services and rough-in details taken and/or adapted with Owner's approval from existing installation. Contractor and Owner
shall agree on a statement of condition of each piece of such equipment before Contractor starts Work on removal, and Contractor shall be responsible for change in agreed condition after
start of removals. Owner furnished equipment shall be placed in operation in its final location only by
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -3 a representative of the Owner in the presence of a representative of the Contractor, and after inspection of equipment and installation by Owner's representative
and subsequent acceptance. R. "OFOI" (Owner Furnish -Owner Installed) refers to the equipment delivered to the Project Site and installed by the Owner. S. "CFCI" (Contractor Furnished
-Contractor Installed) refers to equipment furnished and installed by the Contractor. T. “Work” refers to any equipment, systems and installations required for the Project. 1.3 INDUSTRY
STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect
as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply
with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated. C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the
standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that
are different, but apparently equal, to Architect/Engineer for a decision before proceeding. D. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall
be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits.
To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect/Engineer for a decision
before proceeding. E. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of
applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication
source. F. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized
name of the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and upto-date as of
the date of the Contract Documents. PRIVATE tbl1
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -4 ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872-2253 Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (202) 272-0080 Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov
CFR Code of Federal Regulations (888) 293-6498 Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-1530 www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr CRD Handbook for Concrete and Cement (601) 634-2355
Available from Army Corps of Engineers Waterways Experiment Station www.wes.army.mil DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards (215) 697-6257 Available from Department
of Defense Single Stock Point www.dodssp.daps.mil DSCC Defense Supply Center Columbus (See FS) FED-STD Federal Standard (See FS) FS Federal Specification (215) 697-6257 Available from
Department of Defense Single Stock Point www.dodssp.daps.mil Available from General Services Administration (202) 501-1021 www.fss.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building
Sciences (202) 289-7800 www.nibs.org FTMS Federal Test Method Standard (See FS) IAC Illinois Accessibility Code www.ilga.gov/commission/jcar/admincode/071/07100400sections .html MIL
See MILSPEC MS MIL See MILSPEC MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards (215) 697-6257 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point www.dodssp.daps.mil
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -5 OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, NW (202) 693-1707 Washington, D.C. 20210 www.osha.gov UFAS
Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253 Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080 www.access-board.gov 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where
abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations"
or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S." PRIVATE tbl2 AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (202) 862-5100 www.aluminum.org AAADM American Association
of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333 www.aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847)
303-5664 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State
Highway and (202) 624-5800 Transportation Officials www.transportation.org AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141 www.aatcc.org ABMA American
Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155 www.abma-dc.org ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700 (American Concrete Institute) www.aci-int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association
(972) 506-7216
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -6 www.concrete-pipe.org AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530 www.aeic.org AFPA American Forest & Paper Association (See AF&PA)
AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878 www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700 AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AGC Associated General Contractors of
America (The) (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org AHA American Hardboard Association (Now part of CPA) AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955 www.aham.org AI Asphalt
Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org (202) 626-7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800)
644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559 www.aitc-glulam.org
ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (800) 395-2522 www.alca.org (703) 736-9666 ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700 www.alsc.org AMCA Air
Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -7 ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts (505) 522-1437 www.aosaseed.com APA APA -The
Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000 www.api.org
ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800 www.ari.org ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917 www.asphaltroofing.org ASCE American Society of
Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723 Air-Conditioning Engineers www.ashrae.org (404) 636-8400
ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (212) 591-7722 www.asme.org ASRE American Society of Refrigeration Engineers ASSE
American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040 www.asse-plumbing.org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585 (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www.astm.org
AWCI AWCI International (703) 534-8300 (Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industries International) www.awci.org AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -8 (See WCSC) AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600 AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800 www.awpa.com
AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353 www.aws.org (305) 443-9353 AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers
Association (212) 297-2122 www.buildershardware.com BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010 www.bia.org BICSI BICSI (813) 979-1991 www.bicsi.org BIFMA BIFMA International
(616) 285-3963 (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association International) www.bifma.com CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312 www.carpetcushion.org CCFSS Center
for Cold-Formed Steel Structures (573) 341-4471 www.umr.edu/~ccfss CDA Copper Development Association Inc. (800) 232-3282 www.copper.org (212) 251-7200 CEA Canadian Electricity Association
(613) 230-9263 www.canelect.ca CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc. (216) 241-7333 www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700 www.cganet.com
CGSB Canadian General Standards Board (800) 665-2472
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -9 www.pwgsc.gc.ca/cgsb (819) 956-0425 CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462 www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462 CISCA Ceilings & Interior
Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919 www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137 www.cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583
www.chainlinkinfo.org CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604 www.pbmdf.com CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772 www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607 CRI Carpet
& Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846 www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org CSA CSA International (800) 463-6727 (Formerly:
IAS -International Approval Services) (416) 747-4000 www.csa-international.org CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 CSSB Cedar
Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700 www.cedarbureau.org CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087 (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute) www.cti.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute
(703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500 www.eia.org EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -10 www.eima.com (770) 968-7945 EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association,
Inc. (914) 332-0040 www.ejma.org ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937 FCI Fluid Controls Institute (216) 241-7333 www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org FIBA Federation Internationale de Basketball
Amateur 41 22 545 00 00 (The International Basketball Federation) www.fiba.com FIVB Federation Internationale de Volleyball 41 21 345 35 35 (The International Volleyball Federation)
www.fivb.ch FM Factory Mutual System (See FMG) FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000 (Formerly: FM -Factory Mutual System) www.fmglobal.com FRSA Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning
Contractors Association, Inc. (407) 671-3772 www.floridaroof.com FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850 www.fluidsealing.com FSC Forest Stewardship Council 52 951 5146905 www.fscoax.org
GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 www.glasswebsite.com GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute (See GSI)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -11 GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400 www.greenseal.org GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440 www.geosynthetic-institute.org HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744
www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700 HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 www.gamanet.org HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (See NAAMM) HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association
(703) 435-2900 www.hpva.org HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550 www.hpwhite.com IAS International Approval Services (See CSA) IBF International Badminton Federation (441-24)
223-4904 www.intbadfed.org IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiator Manufacturers ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369 www.icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair
Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830 www.icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The)
(212) 419-7900 www.ieee.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -12 IIA Incinerator Institute of America IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (The) (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America,
Inc. (812) 275-4426 www.iliai.com ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www.iso.ch ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (702) 567-8150
www.issfa.net ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851 www.intertek.com (607) 753-6711 ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www.itu.int/home KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers
Association (703) 264-1690 www.kcma.org LMA Laminating Materials Association (201) 664-2700 www.lma.org LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864 www.lightning.org (847) 577-7200
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association (847) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers
Association (312) 644-6610 www.metalframingmfg.org MH Material Handling Industry of America (See MHIA) MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815 www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190
MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222 www.marble-institute.com
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -13 MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937 www.paintinfo.com MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613 Fittings Industry Inc.
www.mss-hq.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naamm.org NACE NACE International (281) 228-6200 (National Association of Corrosion
Engineers International) www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926 www.nadca.com NAFM National Association of Fan Manufacturers NAGWS National Association
for Girls and Women in Sport (800) 213-7193, ext. 453 www.aahperd.org/nagws/NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (The) (703) 684-0084 www.naima.org NBFU National
Board of Fire Underwriters NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848 2848 www.nbgqa.com NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222
www.ncaa.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094 www.ncpi.org NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications
Association (202) 775-3550 www.ncta.com NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698 www.nebb.org NEC National Electrical Code (see National Fire Protection Association)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -14 NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110 www.necanet.org NEII National Elevator Industry, Inc. (518)-854-3100 www.neii.org NeLMA Northeastern
Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association
(303) 697-8441 www.netaworld.org NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900 www.nfhs.org NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 www.nfpa.org (617) 770-3000 NFRC National
Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776 www.nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (703) 442-4890 www.glass.org NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318 www.natlhardwood.org
(901) 377-1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org NOFMA Wood Flooring Manufacurers Association, (901) 526-5016 Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers
Association www.nofma.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622 www.nrmca.org
(301) 587-1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010 www.nsf.org
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -15 NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com
(540) 751-0930 NTRMA National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association (See RTI) NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (See WDMA) OPL Omega Point Laboratories, Inc. (800) 966-5253
www.opl.com (210) 635-8100 PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300 www.pci.org PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322
PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956 www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929 www.pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu PTI Post-Tensioning Institute (602)
870-7540 www.post-tensioning.org RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400 www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400 RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580
www.rfci.com RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339 www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662 RTI Roof Tile Institute (312) 670-4177 (Formerly: NTRMA -National Tile Roofing Manufacturers
Association) www.ntrma.org SAE SAE International (724) 776-4841 www.sae.org
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -16 SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 462-1930 www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association
(516) 294-5424 www.sefalabs.com SFBC South Florida Building Code SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075
www.siaonline.org SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (See IGMA) SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995 www.steeljoist.org SMA Screen Manufacturers Association
(561) 533-0991 www.smacentral.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980 National Association www.smacna.org SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television
Engineers (914) 761-1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154 (Formerly: SPI/SPFD -The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.; Spray Polyurethane Foam Division)
www.sprayfoam.org SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org SPI/SPFD Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc. (The) Spray Polyurethane Foam Division (See SPFA)
SPRI SPRI (781) 647-7026
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -17 (Single Ply Roofing Institute) www.spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 SSPC SSPC: The Society
for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265 www.steeltank.com SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333 www.steelwindows.com
SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org TCNA Tile Council of North America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com TIA/EIA Telecommunications
Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700 Industries Alliance www.tiaonline.org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700 www.masonrysociety.org TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (608)
833-5900 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers International (800) 405-8873 www.turfgrasssod.turfgrasssod.org (847) 705-9898 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (800) 285-4476 www.ul.com
(847) 272-8800 UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902 www.uni-bell.org USAV USA Volleyball (888) 786-5539 www.usavolleyball.org (719) 228-6800 USGBC U.S. Green Building Council
(202) 828-7422 www.usgbc.org USITT United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc. (800) 938-7488
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -18 www.usitt.org (315) 463-6463 WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869 www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700 WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
(800) 283-1486 www.wclib.org (503) 639-0651 WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association (See WCSC) WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 (Formerly: WCMA -Window Covering
Manufacturers (212) 661-4261 Association) www.windowcoverings.org WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 (Formerly: NWWDA -National Wood Window and (847) 299-5200
Door Association) www.wdma.com WI Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC -Woodwork Institute of California) (916) 372-9943 www.wicnet.org WIC Woodwork Institute of California (See WI) WMMPA
Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889 www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591 WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333 www.wsrca.com (650) 548-0112
WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall
mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date
as of the date of the Contract Documents. PRIVATE tbl3 BOCA BOCA International, Inc. (See ICC) CABO Council of American Building Officials (See ICC)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -19 IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100 www.iapmo.org ICBO International Conference of Building Officials (See ICC)
ICBO ES ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. (See ICC-ES) ICC International Code Council (703) 931-4533 (Formerly: CABO -Council of American Building Officials) www.iccsafe.org ICC-ES ICC Evaluation
Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543 SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. (See ICC) C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and
acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses
are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. PRIVATE tbl4 CE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil CPSC Consumer
Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-6816 DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000 www.commerce.gov DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220 www.eren.doe.gov
EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration (202) 366-4000 www.faa.gov
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -20 FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332 www.fda.gov GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111 www.gsa.gov (202) 501-1888 HUD Department of Housing
and Urban Development (202) 708-1112 www.hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory (510) 486-4000 www.lbl.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National
Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478 www.nist.gov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742 www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999 PBS Public Building Service
(See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694 //phs.os.dhhs.gov RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540 (See USDA) SD State Department (202) 647-4000 www.state.gov
TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934 www.nas.edu/trb USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791 www.usda.gov USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000 www.usps.com
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
REFERENCES 01 42 00 -21 PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 42 00
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -1 SECTION 01 50 00 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,
including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities
and controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Telephone
service. C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Field offices. 2. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. D. Security and protection
facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Temporary partitions. 2. Fire protection. E. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures"
for procedures for submitting copies of implementation and termination schedule and utility reports. 2. Division 1 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning requirements. 3. Division
1 Section "Infection Control Procedures" for infection control procedures during construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect/Engineer, permanent
or temporary roofing is complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary
closures.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -2 1.4 USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect/Engineer and shall be
included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Owner's construction forces.
2. Occupants of Project. 3. Architect/Engineer. 4. Testing agencies. 5. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage,
by all parties engaged in construction, at Project site. C. Water Service: Use water from Owner's existing water system without metering and without payment of use charges. D. Electric
Power Service: Use electric power from Owner's existing system without metering and without payment of use charges. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's
"Temporary Electrical Facilities," and NFPA 241. 1. Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities are not intended to interfere
with trade regulations and union jurisdictions. 2. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply
with NFPA 70. B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in
providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for the design of temporary and permanent protection installations that are
similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design and extent. C. Architect/Engineer’s Review: 1. Review by the Architect/Engineer of the Contractor’s proposed construction
to protect existing shall not relieve the Contractor of the full responsibility for this work. 2. The purpose of the Architect/Engineer’s review of the Contractor’s shop drawings and
calculations shall be only to protect the Owner from installation of inadequate and insufficient protection for existing construction and utilities. By reviewing the design and calculations,
the Architect/Engineer assumes no responsibility for the design or its adequacy.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -3 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use of temporary service
to use of permanent service. 1. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each
permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. B. Conditions of Use: The following conditions
apply to use of temporary services and facilities by all parties engaged in the Work: 1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat. 2. Relocate temporary services and facilities
as required by progress of the Work. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used if approved
by Architect/Engineer. Provide materials suitable for use intended. B. Gypsum Board: Minimum 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick by 48 inches (1219 mm) wide by maximum available lengths; regular-type
panels with tapered edges. Comply with ASTM C 36. C. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed
indices of 25 and 50, respectively. D. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section "Painting." E. Tarpaulins: Fire-resistive labeled with flame-spread rating of 15 or less.
F. Water: Potable. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent
as indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures. 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and and size required
by location and class of fire exposure.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -4 C. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110-to 120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets;
equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light. D. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wiring
circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will
serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. B. Provide each facility
ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent
facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period for common-use facilities used by all personnel
engaged in construction activities. Install separate telephone line for each field office and first-aid station. 1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. In field
office with more than two occupants, install a telephone for each additional occupant or pair of occupants. b. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and computer
with modem in each field office. c. Provide a separate telephone line for Owner's use. d. Install a telephone on every second or third story of construction. 2. At each telephone, post
a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Architect/Engineer's office. e. Owner's office. f. Principal
subcontractors' field and home offices
. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -5 3. Provide an answering machine, voice-mail service or messaging service on superintendent's telephone. 4. Furnish superintendent with electronic
paging device for use when away from field office. 5. Provide a portable cellular telephone for superintendent's use in making and receiving telephone calls when away from field office.
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction and support facilities
for easy access. 2. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241.
3. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent
facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Common-Use Field Office: Provide an insulated, weathertight, air-conditioned field office for use as a common facility by all personnel
engaged in construction activities; of sufficient size to accommodate required office personnel and meetings of 10 persons at Project site. Keep office clean and orderly. 1. Furnish
and equip offices as follows: a. Desk and four chairs, four-drawer file cabinet, a plan table, a plan rack, and bookcase. b. Water cooler and private toilet complete with water closet,
lavatory, and medicine cabinet with mirror. c. Coffee machine and supplies, including regular and decaffeinated coffee, filters, cups, stirring sticks, creamer, sugar, and sugar substitute.
d. Provide a room of not less than 240 sq. ft. (22.5 sq. m) for Project meetings. Furnish room with conference table, 12 folding chairs, and 4-foot-(1.2-m-) square tack board. C. Existing
Elevator Usage: Use of Owner's existing elevators will be permitted, as long as elevators are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore
elevators to condition existing before initial use, including replacing worn cables, guide shoes, and similar items of limited life. 1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices,
signs, or other procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator Installer to restore damaged work
so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -6 D. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, as long as stairs are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable
to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore stairs to condition existing before initial use. 1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect
stairs and to maintain means of egress. If, despite such protection, stairs become damaged, restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION
FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and
noise. 1. Construct dustproof partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch (100-mm) metal studs, 5/8-inch (16-mm) gypsum wallboard with joints taped on both sides. Where ductwork, conduit
and other services make wall construction impossible, provide 2 layers of 3-mil (0.07-mm) polyethylene sheets, inside and outside temporary enclosure above the ceiling line. 2. Insulate
partitions to provide noise protection to occupied areas. 3. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks. 4. Weatherstrip openings. B. Temporary
Fire Protection: Until fire-protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably
predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241. 1. Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and accessible from space being served,
with sign mounted above. a. Field Offices: Class A stored-pressure water-type extinguishers. b. Other Locations: Class ABC dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers
of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures. c. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose; provide not less than one extinguisher on each floor
at or near each usable stairwell. 2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. 3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary
fireprotection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire-exposure areas. 4. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary
heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition. 5. Permanent Fire Protection: At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fire-protection
facility, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00 -7 6. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and first-aid fire-protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with
local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 7. Provide hoses for fire protection of sufficient
length to reach construction areas. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size
and equip with suitable nozzles. 8. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only
and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use
of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating
condition until removal. Protect from damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. 2. Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. C.
Temporary Facility Changeover: Except for using permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent
facilities until Substantial Completion. D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of
a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials
and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. END OF SECTION 01 50 00
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -1 SECTION 01 60 00 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection
of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products.
B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified. 2. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures"
for submitting warranties for Contract closeout. 3. Divisions 02 through 34 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted.
1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the
terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation
shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated
into another project or facility, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other
projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through substitution process Prior to bidding, or where indicated as an approved,
acceptable product on the Documents, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics
that equal or exceed those of specified product.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -2 B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by
Contractor. C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number
or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics
for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product List: Submit a list, in tabular from, showing specified products. Include generic
names of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each product. 1. Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals
Schedule. 2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings: a. Specification Section number and title. b. Generic name used in the Contract Documents.
c. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. d. Manufacturer's name and address. e. Supplier's name and address. f. Installer's name and address. g. Projected delivery
date or time span of delivery period. h. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery date. 3. Initial Submittal: Within 24 hours after bid, submit
3 copies of initial product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements. Architect/Engineer and Owner can reject any suppliers
and manufacturers not listed in the Documents. 4. Completed List: Within 10 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of completed product list. Include a written
explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements. 5. Architect/Engineer's Action: Architect/Engineer will respond in writing to Contractor within 15 days
of receipt of completed product list. Architect/Engineer's response will include a list of unacceptable product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. Architect/Engineer's
response, or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement to comply with the Contract Documents. B. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration.
Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -3 1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided by Architect/Engineer. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the
following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed
to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant
qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific
features and requirements indicated. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. g. Material test reports from a qualified testing
agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project,
from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. i. Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution with products specified
for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer,
on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery. j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. k. Contractor's certification
that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated. l. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment
or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Architect/Engineer's Action: If necessary, Architect/Engineer
will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 5 days of receipt of request. a. Form of Acceptance: Change Order. b. Use product specified if Architect/Engineer
cannot make a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. C. Substitution Product Requests (after bid date): Submit three copies of each request for consideration.
Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Architect/Engineer's Action:
If necessary, Architect/Engineer will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -4 product request. Architect/Engineer will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt
of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for any claims made against the Owner by
the Architect/Engineer for review of Contractor requested substitutions. Reimbursement shall be made by Change Order for the direct costs incurred by the Owner. The Architect/Engineer
may make claims for substitutions requested by the Contractor for any reason except inability to obtain a specified product or material within the contract time, due to no fault of the
Contractor. b. Form of Approval: As specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." c. Use product specified if Architect/Engineer cannot make a decision on use of a comparable
product request within time allocated. D. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with
requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be
compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods
compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors. 2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect/Engineer
will determine which products shall be used. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration,
and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive
to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete
with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure
that products are undamaged and properly protected.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -5 C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not
endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
4. Store cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms. 5. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment.
6. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 7. Protect stored products from damage
and liquids from freezing. 8. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with
Owner. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's
disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written
warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated
into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that
contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific
information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using appropriate form properly executed.
3. Refer to Divisions 02 through 34 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements
in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures."
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -6 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are
undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a
complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of
types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict
with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect/Engineer will make selection. 5. Where products are accompanied by
the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Architect/Engineer's. 6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics"
of products. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single product and manufacturer, provide the named product that complies with requirements. 2. Manufacturer/Sourc
e: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. 3. Products: Where Specifications
include a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. 4. Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list
of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. 5. Available Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of
both both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products"
Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 6. Available Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed,
or an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 7. Product Options:
Where Specifications indicate that sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a specific product or system, provide the specified product or system. Comply
with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions" Article for consideration of an unnamed product or system. 8. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product and include
a list of manufacturers, provide the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions,
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -7 and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an
unnamed product by the other named manufacturers. 9. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, select a product that complies with requirements
and matches Architect/Engineer's sample. Architect/Engineer's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. a. If no product available within specified category matches
and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions" Article for proposal of product. 10. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications
include the phrase "as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product that complies with other specified requirements. a. Standard Range:
Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect/Engineer will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's
product line that does not include premium items. b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect/Engineer
will select color, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Timing: Architect/Engineer
will consider requests for substitution if received 10 days prior to commencement of the. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect/Engineer.
B. Conditions: Architect/Engineer will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect/Engineer
will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation,
or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect/Engineer for redesign
and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. 2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. 4. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. 5. Requested
substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 -8 6. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. 7. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions
of the Work. 8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. 9. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. 10. If requested substitution involves
more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable
to all contractors involved. 2.3 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions: Architect/Engineer will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied.
If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect/Engineer will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that the proposed
product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible
with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes
such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List
of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. PART 3 -EXECUTION
(Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 60 00
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -1 SECTION 01 73 00 -EXECUTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but
not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. General installation of products. 3. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 4. Progress cleaning. 5. Starting and adjusting.
6. Protection of installed construction. 7. Correction of the Work. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for procedures
for coordinating field engineering with other construction activities. 2. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Division 01 Section “Special Project Procedures
for Clean Room Construction” for procedural requirements for clean room construction and cleaning. 4. Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" for procedural requirements for cutting
and patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work. 5. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project
Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -2 PART 2 -PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other construction
indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting
the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services. B. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer
or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Written Report:
Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: a. Description of the Work. b. List of detrimental
conditions, including substrates. c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. d. Recommended corrections. 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility
with existing finishes or primers. 3. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 4.
Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 5. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by
Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. 1. Notify
Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -3 B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the
Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress
to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions:
Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect/Engineer. Include a detailed description of problem encountered,
together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. Use RFI form form provided by Architect/Engineer. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay
out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect/Engineer promptly. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components
of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to
maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Secure work true to
line and level, and within recognized industry tolerances. Allow for expansion and building movement. Provide uniform joint width in exposed work. Arrange joints in exposed work to obtain
the best visual effect. Refer questionable visual effect choices to the Owner’s Engineer for final decision. 5. Adjustments to Work in Field: a. The Architect/Engineer reserves reserves
the right to make minor adjustments (maximum of 10’-0”) in location of switches, blocking, ductwork, conduit, drains, piping, outlets, and/or equipment at no additional charge if so
directed prior to their installation. b. Where the drawings show equipment, casework, or the like, Contractors shall layout the work to prevent conflicts.l c. Where offsets in piping,
additional fittings, necessary drains, minor valves, traps and devices are required to complete the installation, to clear obstructions[ or the Work of other Contractors], or for the
proper operation of the system, these shall be deemed to be included in the Contract and shall be furnished and installed complete by the Contractor at no additional charge.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -4 B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated, to the extent that these instructions
and recommendations are more explicit or more stringent than requirements indicated on the contract documents. Inspect each item of material or equipment immediately prior to installation.
Reject damaged and defective items. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance
until Substantial Completion. D. Accessibility: 1. All installations shall be made to maintain maximum headroom and clearance around equipment. When space and/or headroom appear inadequate,
Contractor shall notify Architect/Engineer prior to proceeding with installation. No claims for additional compensation shall be approved due to failure of the Contractor or his Subcontractor
to comply with this requirement. 2. The Contractor shall locate all equipment, which must be serviced, operated or maintained in fully accessible positions. Minor deviations from the
contract drawings may be made to allow for better accessibility, but changes of magnitude or which involve extra cost shall not be made without approval. 3. Ample space shall be allowed
for removal of all parts that may require replacement or service in the future. 4. The Contractor shall extend all grease fitting to an accessible location. E. Conduct construction operations
so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment
that produce harmful noise levels. G. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with
other portions of the Work. 1. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work
are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation
materials that are not considered hazardous. J. Coordinate enclosure of the work with required inspections and tests, so as to minimize the necessity of uncovering work for that purpose.
K. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount individual units of work at industry recognized standard mounting heights for the particular application indicated
as required to comply with the provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 1. Confirm mounting heights with Architect/Engineer.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -5 3.5 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction forces and Owner's subcontracted services not within this contract.
B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction forces and Owner's subcontracted services not within this contract. 1.
Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable.
Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction forces and Owner's subcontracted
services not within this contract at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's
construction forces and Owner's subcontracted services not within this contract if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction. 3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project
site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of
materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or
3 days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately
and dispose of legally, according to regulations. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level
of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire
work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed,
using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that
will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -6 F. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Cutting
and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. 1. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit,
and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. H. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials
on-site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted. I. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress
and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. J. Clean and provide maintenance
on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging
effects. K. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or
otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. L. It is a requirement for supervision and administration of the work that construction operations be carried out with
the maximum possible consideration given to conservation of energy, water and materials. In addition, maximum consideration shall be given to salvaging materials and equipment involved
in performance of the work but not incorporated therein. 3.7 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units,
replace with new units, and retest. B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper operation. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify
proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative
is required to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -7 3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time
of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. 1. Construction personnel shall exercise care and shall provide whatever
protective measures are required to assure that their particular portions of the Work do not damage or alter portions of the Work that have been previously installed, either partially
or completely. 2. All Work so damaged or altered shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer by the party whose Work has been affected, and expense thereof
shall be borne by the party who caused the damage or alteration. 3. Water infiltration and mold control: a. In the event of water or moisture infiltration, the Prime Contractor shall
immediately take actions necessary to stop the infiltration at its source, remove the water or moisture and thoroughly dry any affected materials, in accordance with The Institute of
Inspection, Cleaning and Restoration Certification (IICRC) S500, Standard and Reference Guide for Professional Water Damage Restoration. This action must be taken no later than 24 hours
after the occurrence of the infiltration. All damaged material shall be replaced with new material unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner and Architect/Engineer in writing. b. If water
or moisture results in the development of mold or fungal growth on an exposed or unexposed material surface, the material shall be fully replaced with new material. Attempting to eliminate
or contain the mold or fungal growth by applying products to the mold, covering over the mold, or otherwise “removing” the mold from the surface is not acceptable. c. In the event of
the occurrence of mold, the Prime Contractor shall employ the services of a qualified environmental firm or industrial hygienist specializing in mold remediation and indoor air quality
to determine the cause of the problem, recommend a program for remediation, confirm that the problem has been remediated and that the mold has been removed entirely. 1) Firms specializing
in water damage and mold remediation and indoor air quality include: a) Micro Air, Inc., 317-293-1533, email-microair@microair.com, b) Bolden’s Cleaning and Restoration, Noblesville,
IN, 317-773-7683 c) Clean Air Management, 877-449-7470 or 765-449-7470 d) Paul Davis Restoration, Springfield, IL, (217) 544-4667, emaile) J. C. Restoration, Inc., Bensenville, IL, (630)
773-6699, emailf) Multi-Maintenance Cleaning and Restoration, Grays Lake, IL, (847) 548-1911, emailg) Multi-Maintenance Cleaning and Restoration, Lake Forest, IL, (847) 295-0911, email
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -8 4. Mold discovered on existing materials during construction: If mold or fungus growth is discovered on existing materials during construction activities, the Contractor
shall: a. Notify the Owner and Architect/Engineer immediately, and in writing, detailing the location, apparent extent and potential moisture source. b. Defer Work in the area of contamination
until an abatement plan is formulated and implemented. c. Assist the Owner and Architect/Engineer in creating and implementing a remediation plan. The plan shall conform to the New York
City Guidelines on Assessment and Remediation of Fungi in Indoor Environments (available at ). C. Limit Exposures of the Work: To the extent possible through reasonable control and protection
methods, supervise performance of the work in such a manner and by such means which will ensure that none of the work, whether completed or in progress, will be subjected to harmful,
dangerous, damaging or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Such exposures include, where applicable, but are in no way limited to the following: 1. abrasion
2. air contamination 3. bacteria 4. chemicals 5. combustion 6. destructive testing 7. electrical current 8. excessive weathering 9. excessive static loading 10. improper shipping or
handing 11. incompatible interface 12. excessive internal or dynamic loading 13. excessively high or low external pressures 14. heavy traffic 15. high speed operation 16. humidity 17.
improper lubrication 18. insect and/or vermin infestation 19. light 20. misalignment 21. pollution 22. puncture 23. radiation 24. soiling 25. solvents 26. temperatures 27. theft 28.
thermal shock 29. unprotected storage 30. unusual wear or other misuse 31. vandalism 32. water or ice
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTION 01 73 00 -9 3.9 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division
01 Section "Cutting and Patching." 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating
equipment. B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be
repaired without visible evidence of repair. D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace
chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 -1 SECTION 01 73 29 -CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B.
The Contractor or trade responsible for cutting or damaging existing work shall patch the Work to match its unaltered condition. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division
01 Section "Selective Demolition" for demolition of selected portions of the building for alterations. 2. Division 07 Section "Firestopping" for patching fire-rated construction. 3.
Divisions 02 through 31 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of existing
construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation
of other Work. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting
approval to proceed. Include the following information: 1. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate why they cannot be avoided.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 -2 2. Changes to Existing Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes
in building's appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work. 4. Dates: Indicate when cutting
and patching will be performed. 5. Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List utilities that will be relocated and those that will be
temporarily out of service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. 6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit
details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with original structure. 7. 7. Architect/Engineer's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal
before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and
patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related
components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. C. Miscellaneous
Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform
as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3. Exterior curtain-wall
construction. 4. Equipment supports. 5. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. 6. Noise-and vibration-control elements and systems. D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction
in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect/Engineer's
opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. E. Cutting and Patching Conference:
Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict.
Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 -3 1.6 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations,
by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.
B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials. PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility
with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and
patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Adjoining Areas:
Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 -4 D. Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to minimize or
avoid interruption of services to occupied areas. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest
feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as
required to restore surfaces to their original condition. 2. Costs for cutting and patching due to ill-timed or defective work shall be the responsibility of party responsible for ill-timed,
rejected or non-conforming work. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods
least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with
minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
3. Concrete: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections where
required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining
remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are
complete. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are
as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect
patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining
construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another,
patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 -5 surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to
achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken
surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane
surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition. 6. Fire Separation: Patched areas shall
maintain original or proposed fire separation ratings. END OF SECTION 01 73 29
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -1 SECTION 01 77 00 -CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract
closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Occupancy notification of authorities with jurisdiction. 3. Project Record Documents. 4. Operation
and maintenance manuals. 5. Warranties. 6. Instruction of Owner's personnel. 7. Final cleaning. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures"
for requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial and Final Completion. 2. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Reporting" for submitting Final Completion construction
photographs and negatives. 3. Division 01 Section "Photographic Documentation" for submitting Final Completion construction photographs and negatives. 4. Division 01 Section "Execution"
for progress cleaning of Project site. 5. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 6. Division 01
Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 7. Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instruction of Owner's
personnel. 8. Divisions 2 through 33 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for products of those Sections. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -2 A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that
are incomplete in request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. Proceed to
complete all incomplete items on list. 2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents in the Operation
and Maintenance Manuals. 3. Complete all systems testing, obtain and submit releases/certifications permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities.
Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases, including but not limited to the following: a. Medical gas system certification of testing & operation. b. Fire
Protection system certification of testing & operation. c. Fire alarm system certification of testing & operation. d. Elevator permits from state agency. e. Approval certificate from
local Fire Marshal or Agency having jurisdiction. f. Certificate of Occupancy from local government agency. g. Generator certification of testing and operation. h. Statement of Conditions
Compliance Document, Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Facilities, Part 3A, with current conditions noted in Comments column. (Architect will furnish copy of initial report
for Contractor’s use.) i. Fire proofing material test reports for thickness and density required by the contract documents. 4. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys
to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 5. Complete startup testing of systems. 6. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along
with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 7. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 8. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed
finishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion when noted incomplete items are complete. On receipt of request,
Architect/Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect/Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after
inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect/Engineer, that must be completed or corrected before certificate
will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when all Work items identified in previous inspections as incomplete are completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection
will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -3 C. Substantial Completion Inspection Report: The following items may be included in the Inspection Report attached to the Certificate of Substantial Completion:
1. Minor items that require completion and/or repair for the Work to comply with the Contract Documents. 2. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals,
Final Completion construction photographs [and photographic negatives], damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Deliver tools, spare
parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. Obtain Owner’s signed receipt for delivered
items. 4. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 5. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and and other utilities. 6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation,
and maintenance. 1.4 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final
Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." 2. Submit certified copy of Architect/Engineer's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be
completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect/Engineer. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for
acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty. 5. Instruct
Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. B. Final Inspection: When all items have been completed, submit a written request for
final inspection for acceptance and stating that all work is complete. 1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation: Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification
of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the
limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -4 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS > A. General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project Record Documents from deterioration and loss. Provide access
to Project Record Documents for Architect/Engineer's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of black-line white prints of Contract Drawings
and Shop Drawings. 1. Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data,
whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-marked-up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements
that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. d. Mark Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely
and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on Contract Drawings. 2. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between
changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. 3. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 4.
Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate numbers, and similar identification where applicable. 5. Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the
designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. Organize into manageable sets; bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. C.
Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. Mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options
selected. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, where applicable.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -5 D. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal. Mark one set to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies
substantially from that indicated in Product Data. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded
later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record
Drawings, where applicable. E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal
in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include
operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as follows: 1. Operation Data: a. Emergency instructions and procedures. b. System, subsystem, and equipment
descriptions, including operating standards. c. Operating procedures, including startup, shutdown, seasonal, and weekend operations. d. Description of controls and sequence of operations.
e. Piping diagrams. 2. Maintenance Data: a. Manufacturer's information, including list of spare parts. b. Name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier. c. Maintenance
procedures. d. Maintenance and service schedules for preventive and routine maintenance. e. Maintenance record forms. f. Sources of spare parts and maintenance materials. g. Copies of
maintenance maintenance service agreements. h. Copies of warranties and bonds. B. Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind and index data
in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, with pocket inside the covers to receive folded oversized sheets. Identify each
binder on front and spine with the printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," and the following:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -6 1. Project name 2. Building name 3. Floor 4. Trade/Specification division 1.8 WARRANTIES A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect/Engineer
for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties
within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C.
Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf
binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-by-11-inch (115-by-280-mm) paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for
each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name,
address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. D. Provide
additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by
manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART
3 -EXECUTION 3.1 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -7 A. Instruction: Instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 1. Provide instructors
experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. 2. Provide factory-authorized service instruction at mutually agreed-upon times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation,
provide similar instruction at the start of each season. 3. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice. 4. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification
of dates, times, length of instruction, and course content. B. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and equipment
not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. For each training training module, develop a learning objective and teaching outline. Include instruction for
the following: 1. System design and operational philosophy. 2. Review of documentation. 3. Operations. 4. Adjustments. 5. Troubleshooting. 6. Maintenance. 7. Repair. 3.2 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance
program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire
Project or for a portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste
material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted
nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00 -8 e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free
of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris
and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean
in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including
mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials.
Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. l. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces.
Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels,
including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint so applied. m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, [elevator equipment,] and similar equipment. Remove
excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. n. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. o. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition,
free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. p. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and
grills. q. Clean Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. r. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full
efficiency. Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements
for new fixtures. s. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on
Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION 01
77 00
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -1 SECTION 01 78 23 -OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,
including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural
requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Operation manuals
for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 4. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, and finishes and systems and equipment. B. Related Sections include
the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for
submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 3. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for preparing Record Drawings for operation and maintenance manuals. 4. Divisions 2 through
16 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for products in those Sections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems
united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Initial Submittal: Submit 2 draft copies of each manual
at least 15 days before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion. Include a complete operation and maintenance
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -2 directory. Architect/Engineer will return 1 copy of draft and mark whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable. B. Final Submittal:
Submit 1 copy of each manual in final form at least 15 days before final inspection. Architect/Engineer will return copy with comments within 15 days after final inspection. 1. Correct
or modify each manual to comply with Architect/Engineer's comments. Submit 3 copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect/Engineer's comments. 1.5 COORDINATION
A. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information on installations by more than one factory-authorized service representative, assemble and coordinate information
furnished by representatives and prepare manuals. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY A. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each
of the following: 1. List of documents. 2. List of systems. 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents. B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references
to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces
of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. E. Identification:
In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with the same designation used in the Contract Documents.
If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." 2.2 MANUALS, GENER
AL ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -3 A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section
for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B.
Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3.
Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor. 6. Name and address of Architect/Engineer. 7. Architect/Engineer’s project number.
8. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the
content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate
data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by
system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered,
loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch (115-by-280-mm) paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing
contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings
by subsystem subsystem and related components. Crossreference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system.
b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume
sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -4 equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective
Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software diskettes or CD-ROMs for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch
(115-by-280-mm), 20-lb/sq. ft. (75-g/sq. m) white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary,
fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in
rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. 2.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Content:
Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: 1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures. B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for
each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak.
5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill. C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications,
error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.
D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions
outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -5 2.4 OPERATION MANUALS A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification
Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating
standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements
including inspection and renewal dates. 11. Final processed submittals of all Division 21, 22, 23, 26, 27, and 28 specification sections. 12. Subcontractor contact list including name,
phone number and email contact information. B. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial
number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature
and number of replacement parts. C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal
operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required
sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls
as installed.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -6 E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification. 2.5 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials
and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table
of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title
in Project Manual. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material
and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:
1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine
cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds:
Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications
for warranty claims. 2.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers'
maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information,
as described below.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -7 B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in the manual, identified by product name and arranged
to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification
Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component
part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component
removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance Procedures:
Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper
maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training
videotape, if available. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive
and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual
frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair
parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. G. Maintenance Service
Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances
and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 3 -EXECUTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 -8 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference
to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. B. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's
operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. C. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material,
and finish incorporated into the Work. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system,
subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 1. Engage a factory-authorized authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem,
and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.
E. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each
product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents.
Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. 1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and
where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate
the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings
to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Comply with requirements of
newly prepared Record Drawings in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents." G. Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for the schedule for submitting operation and
maintenance documentation. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 -1 SECTION 01 78 39 -PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General
and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project
Record Documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Multiple
Contract Summary" for coordinating Project Record Documents covering the Work of multiple contracts. 2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 3. Division
1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 4. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents
of products in those Sections. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows: a. Submit one sets of marked-up
Record black-line drawings. b. When submitting any portion of the Record Drawings using electronic media, submit in AutoCAD, version 2000 or 2007 on CD-ROM. Reference Division 01 Section
”Submittal Procedures” for Record shop drawing requirements. B. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record
Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 -2 1. Where Record Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit marked-up Product Data as an insert in the manual instead
of submittal as Record Product Data. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1.
Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual
or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult
to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check
the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order. k. Changes
made following Architect/Engineer's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on
the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately.
If If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes
for different categories of the Work at the same location.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 -3 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Alternate numbers, Change
Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Record Drawings: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up Record Prints
with Architect/Engineer. 2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications,
addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark
copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of the manufacturer,
supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether Record Product Data has been submitted in
operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as Record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data where applicable. 2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular
attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project
site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data where applicable. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD
RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the
Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. PART 3 -EXECUTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 -4 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record Document purposes.
Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents
and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good
order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect/Engineer's reference during normal working
hours. END OF SECTION 01 78 39
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 79 00 -1 SECTION 01 79 00 -DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including
General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements
for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems,
subsystems, and equipment. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for administrative and procedural requirements for demonstration and training
allowances. 2. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements for preinstruction conferences. 3. Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation" for preparing
and submitting demonstration and training videotapes. C. Allowances: Furnish demonstration and training instruction time under the Demonstration and Training Allowance as specified in
Division 1 Section "Allowances." D. Unit Price for Instruction Time: Length of instruction time will be measured by actual time spent performing demonstration and training in required
location. No payment will be made for time spent assembling educational materials, setting up, or cleaning up. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Instruction Program: Submit two copies of outline of
instructional program for demonstration and training, including a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include
learning objective and outline for each training module. 1. At completion of training, submit one complete training manual for Owner's use.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 79 00 -2 B. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include
lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. C. Attendance Record: For each training module,
submit list of participants and length of instruction time. D. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of performance-based test.
E. Demonstration and Training Videotape: Submit two copies at end of each training module. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training
or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a
record of successful learning performance. B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements,"
experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. C. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project
Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspect and discuss locations and other
facilities required for instruction. 2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and
facilities needed to avoid delays. 3. Review required content of instruction. 4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures
to follow if conditions are unfavorable. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations.
B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 79 00 -3 C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program
until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes
individual training modules for each system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections, and as follows: 1. Motorized doors, including overhead
coiling grilles and automatic entrance doors. 2. Equipment, including projection screens. 3. Fire-protection systems, including fire alarm and fire-extinguishing systems. 4. HVAC systems,
including air distribution systems and terminal equipment and devices. 5. HVAC instrumentation and controls. 6. Electrical service and distribution, including panelboards and motor controls.
7. Lighting equipment and controls. 8. Communication systems, including intercommunication, surveillance, clocks and programming, voice and data and television equipment. B. Training
Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module,
include instruction for the following: 1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b.
Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics.
g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. 2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Operations manuals. c. Maintenance manuals. d. Project
Record Documents. e. Identification systems. f. Warranties and bonds.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 79 00 -4 g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. 3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on
meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions
outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. 4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable:
a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety
procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment
failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures. 5. Adjustments: Include
the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic
instructions. b. Test and inspection
procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of
cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 79 00 -5 g. Instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs: Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component
removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. PART
3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a combined training
manual. B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. 3.2 INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules,
to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location. B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's
personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 1. Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational
requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements. 2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy. 3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions
of participants. C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.
1. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice. D. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module
by use of an oral performance-based test.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 79 00 -6 E. Demonstration and Training Videotape: Record each training module separately. Include classroom instructions and demonstrations, board diagrams,
and other visual aids, but not student practice. 1. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation." 2. At beginning of each training module, record each
chart containing learning objective and lesson outline. F. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to Owner. Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems
and equipment to condition existing before initial training use. END OF SECTION
Division 02 Existing Conditions
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 01 00 -1 SECTION 02 01 00 -MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Protection of existing buildings,
facilities, utilities and site improvements to remain. 2. Verification of existing utilities, site improvements and site conditions. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 02 Section “Selective
Site Demolition” 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: submit drawings showing details of any proposed construction which is necessary to protect existing construction and utilities. B. Engineering
design: 1. If required by job conditions, Contractor shall design, or retain the services of a Registered Engineer to design, temporary and permanent installations as required to protect
existing improvements and conditions. 2. All information required for the design shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to obtain. 3. Submit design to the Architect/Engineer for review.
Review by the Architect/Engineer shall not relieve Contractor of full responsibility for design or work. The purpose of the Architect/Engineer review shall be only to protect the Owner
from inadequate or insufficient protection for existing improvements and conditions. By reviewing the design, the Architect/Engineer assumes no responsibility for the design or adequacy
thereof. 4. Underpinning calculations, if required, shall be reviewed by the Geotechnical Engineer. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing site conditions: 1. The Drawings do not propose
to show all existing improvements on the site. 2. Information shown on the Drawings was obtained from drawings of previous construction projects and/or a site survey provided by the
Owner.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 01 00 -2 3. Recorded information concerning existing construction is available for examination in the Architect/Engineer office. 4. Existing structures:
a. Bottom of existing footing elevations are unknown. b. Loads on existing footings and foundations are unknown. c. Dimensions of existing foundations are unknown. 5. Information regarding
existing subsurface conditions is unconfirmed. 6. Information concerning the approximate locations of known existing underground utilities is shown on the Drawings. Depths and locations
of existing utilities are unconfirmed. 7. Utilities include all underground and above ground piping, conduits, cables and related structures and appurtenances. Utilities also include
sewers. B. Contractor is responsible for field verifying all existing site conditions. conditions. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Contractor may use materials and systems
recognized as suitable for protection of existing improvements and conditions. 2. Untreated wood may only be used for temporary protection, bracing, supports, shores, etc. 3. The Owner
or Architect/Engineer may prohibit certain materials and systems if they interfere with the Owner’s operations. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Pre-bid site inspection: 1. Bidders
shall examine the site, inspect existing buildings, review existing plans and become familiar with all conditions under which the contract work will be performed. 2. This shall be completed
during the bidding phase in order that bids include all costs for protection of existing improvements and conditions. 3. Contractor shall notify Architect/Engineer during the bidding
phase of any discrepancies in bidding documents, existing conditions documents and field conditions.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 01 00 -3 4. No later claim for extra compensation will be allowed, unless it is determined by the Owner and Architect/Engineer to be unforeseen
conditions. B. Pre-construction verification of existing conditions: 1. Contractor shall verify all existing site conditions and improvements prior to construction, which includes field
verifying locations of existing utilities and all other existing above grade and below grade improvements which may affect proposed construction activities. 2. Contractor shall notify
Architect/Engineer immediately with conflicts or discrepancies from existing field conditions, existing conditions documentation and proposed new construction. 3. These verifications
are to be done well in advance of construction activities in order to allow time for revising design design if required. 3.2 GENERAL A. Contractor shall have underground utilities marked
prior to beginning any excavation or other underground work in area of proposed activity. B. Provide all permanent and temporary construction necessary to protect existing improvements
and conditions as required by construction activities. C. Install all protection in a manner which will not interfere with the Owner’s operations or adjacent work. D. If at any time
movement or other failure is observed in existing improvements or conditions, cease operations, provide all additional protection necessary to stabilize and retain said existing installations
and notify Owner immediately. 3.3 JOB COMPLETION A. Upon completion of construction activities, leave the site in a neat and orderly condition. B. Restore all areas disrupted by construction
activities, which were to remain and not be altered, to their original condition at no additional cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 02 01 00
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 13 -1 SECTION 02 41 13 — SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Demolition of existing site improvements made obsolete
by this project, as indicated or implied by the contract documents. 2. Removal of demolition items and debris from site. 3. Protection of items to remain. 4. Abandonment of items indicated
in contract documents. 5. Removal, storage and protection of items to be salvaged. 6. The removal of asbestos or lead containing products is not included in this scope of work. If such
materials are discovered during demolition, notify the Owner immediately. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section “Maintenance of Existing Conditions” 1.2 REQUIREMENTS: A. General:
1. Proper access and function of existing facility operations must be maintained at all times. 2. Demolition activities shall not interfere with or interrupt the operations of the facility,
employees or the public. 3. A complete and operable utility system must be maintained at all times. 4. Sufficient parking and site access must be maintained at all times. 5. The route
for construction traffic and the removal of debris shall be limited to specific areas. See Drawings for further information. 6. Contractor is solely responsible for providing all permanent
and temporary means to ensure site access, utility services and other required conditions are maintained at all times. B. Miscellaneous: 1. On-site burning is not permitted. 2. Blasting
or any other use of explosives is not permitted. 3. Use of heavy vibratory or other similar means that cause excessive nuisance to the public or compromise safety of existing facilities
is not permitted. 4. Comply with NFPA 241 (Latest Edition).
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 13 -2 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete: If required, shall comply with Division 32 Section “Site Concrete”. B. Flowable Fill: If required, shall
comply with Division 31 Section “Flowable Fill”. C. All other materials not specifically described but required for proper completion of the Work, shall be selected by the Contractor
subject to approval of the Architect/Engineer and Owner. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Refer to Division 02 Section “Maintenance of Existing Conditions” for verification and maintenance
of existing site conditions. B. Coordination: 1. Contact Owner prior to site mobilization to discuss and verify site access and routing requirements. Prepare a schedule if requested
by Owner. 2. Before commencing the work of this Section, verify with the Architect/Engineer and Owner all items to be removed, all items to remain and all items to be salvaged. 3.2 GENERAL
A. Protection: 1. Demolition shall be done in such a manner to protect adjacent materials. 2. Use all necessary and appropriate means to prevent the spread of dust during demolition.
3. Protect employees and public from dust, noise, light, vibration, odor and all other types of nuisances and hazards. 4. Protect all existing items to remain. If such items are damaged,
they shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor to the Owner’s satisfaction at no additional cost to Owner. 5. Items to be demolished as indicated in contract documents or made
obsolete per field conditions shall be removed and disposed of off the project site. Abandoning such items in place shall not be permitted unless specifically indicated in the contract
documents or approved by Architect/Engineer and Owner. 6. Avoid overloading of existing structures by either a build-up of demolished items or by impact loading of demolished items on
the the existing structure. 7. Bracing and shoring and other similar and appropriate mean shall be used where necessary to avoid collapse or other compromising of structures or materials.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 13 -3 B. Demolition: 1. Items indicated in contract documents to be demolished shall be removed, demounted or disconnected in the best possible manner
to ensure that no damage will result to other adjacent items or surfaces to remain. 2. Abandoning demolished items in place is not permitted unless specifically indicated in the contract
documents or approved by Architect/Engineer and Owner. 3. For items indicated or approved as being abandoned in place, the means of abandonment shall be reviewed and approved by the
Architect/Engineer and Owner prior to abandonment. 4. Phase demolition as described in the contract documents, as required per field conditions and per Owner’s request. C. Salvage: 1.
Protect items to be salvaged during removal, handling and storage. 2. All reusable items salvaged during demolition operations shall be retained for the Owner’s inspection. Only items
so inspected and rejected by the Owner shall be disposed. All other such items shall be turned over to the Owner. D. Cleaning: 1. Areas in which demolition and salvage work are being
done shall be cleaned daily. 2. All dirt, dust, debris, unsalvageable and non-reusable items and similar items shall be removed from the project site daily. 3. Under no circumstances
shall such refuse be allowed to collect for longer periods. 4. Refuse shall not be allowed to block or otherwise impair circulation in corridors, stairs, sidewalks or other traffic areas
at any time. E. Disposal: 1. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled or otherwise indicated to remain Owner’s property, remove demolished materials
from Project site and legally dispose of them at an EPA-approved landfill. 3.3 JOB COMPLETION A. At the completion of demolition activities, ensure all demolition debris is removed from
site. Restore adjacent areas to original condition and repair any damaged items to Owner’s satisfaction at no additional cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 02 41 13
Division 03 Concrete
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 45 50 -1 SECTION 03 45 50 – PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Precast architectural concrete column
covers, anchorages and attachments to building structure. 2. Erection of precast architectural concrete. 3. Design of precast architectural concrete to resist the loads indicated on
the Construction Documents. a. Design of reinforcement b. Design of all connections of precast to steel. Contractor shall follow the general connection type and method outlined in the
Contract Documents. 4. Miscellaneous steel connection materials shall be supplied by the precast concrete contractor, or his subcontractor, unless specifically defined on the Contract
Documents as by others, for all connections of precast to precast or to other materials. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants” 1.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design
and construct architectural precast members to support erection loads and dead loads plus additional live loads without exceeding the working stresses permitted for the materials by
State and Municipal Codes. 1. Design architectural precast members, and connections in accordance with local Building Codes, ACSE 7, and ACI 318. 2. Refer to Drawing S001 for general
load requirements and lateral load design criteria. 3. All loads shall be applied to each member and shall transfer through supporting elements to the structure of the building. 4. Structural
designs shall be prepared by a qualified Professional Engineer registered in the State of Indiana. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 45 50 -2 1. Show sizes, shapes, cast-in features, finish, connection details, weld sizes, and reinforcing on shop drawings. Submit adequate erection
drawings. 2. Comprehensive engineering analysis signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for its preparation. a. Show governing panel types, connections,
and types of reinforcement, including special reinforcement. b. Indicate location, type, magnitude, and direction of loads imposed on the building structural frame from architectural
precast concrete. B. Samples: 1. Samples for verification: Prior to production of precast concrete, the fabricator shall submit for approval, samples of sufficient size and shape to
represent the actual material and casting with regard to appearance and tolerable imperfections and variations. a. A minimum of 2 samples shall be submitted to define the range of texture
and color. C. Design Data: 1. Thermal performance calculations: Provide calculations complying with ASHRAE/IES Standard 90.1 and indicating the effective thermal resistance for the concrete
sandwich wall system. 2. Dew point calculations: Provide calculations complying with the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals – Theory of Water Vapor Migration and confirming the requirements
for effective moisture condensation prevention. D. Certificates: 1. Submit current copy of PCI membership and plant certification. 2. Certificate from architectural concrete fabricator
indicating design and materials comply with specification requirements. 3. Certificate from registered engineer indicating compliance with qualification requirements. E. Test reports:
Submit to the Architect/Engineer timely reports of all quality assurance testing. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicable Standards: 1. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes
and regulations, comply with all pertinent requirements of the latest editions of the referenced tests or publications: a. ACI -American Concrete Institute:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 45 50 -3 1) ACI-318 -Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 2) ACI-504 -Guide to Joint Sealants for Concrete Structures 3) ACI-523 -Precast
Concrete Wall Panels b. AWS -American Welding Society: 1) AWS-D1.0 -Code for Welding in Building Construction 2) AWS-D12.1 -Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal
Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Construction c. PCI -Prestressed Concrete Institute: 1) MNL 117 – Manual for Plants and Production of Precast architectural concrete Products 2)
MNL 120 – PCI Design Handbook -Precast and Prestressed Concrete B. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm that assumes responsibility for engineering architectural precast concrete units
to comply with performance requirements. This responsibility includes preparation of Shop Drawings and comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer. 1. Participates
in PCI's plant certification program at time of bidding and is designated a PCI-certified plant for Group A, Category A1 -Architectural Cladding and Load Bearing Units or participates
in APA's "Plant Certification Program for Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products" and is designated an APA-certified plant. 2. Precast fabricator shall have a minimum
of five years of successful experience in the fabrication of precast architectural concrete units, similar to units required for this project. 3. Fabricator shall have sufficient production
capacity to produce, transport and deliver required units without causing delay in the work. 4. Fabricator shall be a producer member of the Precast Concrete Institute (PCI), or the
Architectural Precast Association (APA) and participate in the PCI or APA Plant Certification Program, prior to the start of production and during the manufacture of the product. 5.
Professional Professional Engineer shall be registered in the state where architectural precast work shall be erected and shall have a minimum of 5 years experience in the design of
architectural precast work of similar complexity. C. Erector Qualifications: A precast concrete erector Qualified by the Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) prior to beginning
work at the project site. 1. Submit a current Certificate of Compliance furnished by PCI designating qualification in Category A (Architectural Systems) for non-load-bearing members.
D. Erector Qualifications: An erector with a minimum of 5 years of experience who has completed architectural precast concrete work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated
for
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 45 50 -4 this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance and who meets the following requirements:
1. Retains a PCI Certified Field Auditor, at erector’s expense, to conduct a field audit of a project in the same category as this Project prior to start of erection. Submits Erectors
Post Audit Declaration. 2. The basis of the audit is the “PCI Erector’s Manual -Standards and Guidelines for the Erection of Precast Concrete Products” MNL 127. E. Welding: Qualify procedures
and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D.1.1M, "Structural Welding Code -Steel"; and AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code -Reinforcing Steel." F. Testing and Inspection: 1. All quality assurance
sampling and testing shall be the responsibility of the Precast Contractor. 2. Testing procedures shall be in general compliance with recommendations in PCI Manual MNL 117. 3. Report
stripping and 28 day concrete compressive strength, slump, percent of air entrainment, and temperature of concrete to the Architect/Engineer. 1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. Ship precast
concrete pieces to site with adequate protection to prevent chipping, breaking, and other damage. B. Materials shall be marked giving proper identifications and location. C. Store materials
in protected areas to prevent damage, injurious effects of weather and inclusion of foreign matter. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer shall warrant precast architectural concrete work, including
anchorage, joint treatment and related components to be free from defects in materials and workmanship, including cracking and spalling. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Verification:
1. Confirm all dimensions necessary to make all precast concrete fit accurately. 2. Do not produce concrete prior to confirmation of field dimension.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 45 50 -5 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete: 1. Cement: ASTM C 150, white portland cements. 2. Aggregate: ASTM C33 standard specifications for
concrete aggregates, except as to gradation for the face mix. 3. Water: Clean, fresh, potable 4. Admixtures: ASTM C494 and/or C260, as recommended by the precast fabricator. a. Architect/Engineer
reserves the right to review and approve all admixtures. b. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chlorides or soluble chlorides shall not be used. 5. 5000 psi regular mix;
4000 psi face mix minimum 6. Required mix: a. Column covers (light sandblast finish) 1) Lehigh Type III Gray Cement – 16% 2) Phillipsburg #57 – 57% 3) Weidle Concrete Sand – 13.5% 4)
Colonial Red Sand – 13.5% 5) Davis #5447 Pigment – 12 lbs. B. Concrete Reinforcement: 1. Reinforcement shall conform with PCI MNL 117. 2. Reinforcing bars shall conform with PCI MNL
117. C. Miscellaneous Metals: 1. Provide miscellaneous metal fabrications in accordance with Section 05500. 2. Provide inserts, plates, angles, beams, tubes, etc., as required for precast
concrete fabricator designed connections. 3. All connection material not protected within the building or under a watertight roof system shall be galvanized. D. Pigments: 1. The use
of pigments is discouraged if the color match can be obtained through the use of naturally colored fine aggregates. 2. Pigments shall: a. Be resistant to lime and other alkalis.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 45 50 -6 b. Not reduce the quality of the concrete below that specified c. Be resistant to fading E. Bearing Pads, Neoprene Fillers: 1. Provide per
fabricator's instructions as required. F. Structural Composite Connectors: 1. Provide corrosion and alkali resistant fiber composite connectors having the following physical properties:
a. Structural component of connector comprising long glass fiber composite pultrusion with 76% (by weight) glass fibers in a thermoset vinyl-ester resin matrix. b. Connector shall have
been shown, by testing laboratory certified by ICBO ES, to provide static pullout capacities exceeding 1600 lbs, static shear capacities exceeding 500 lbs, and post-dynamic tension and
shear capacities exceeding 80 percent of their static capacities, when tested in accordance with ICBO ES AC01 c. Connector shall have been shown, by testing laboratory certified by ICBO
ES, to resist 300 lb tension loads for over 90 minutes when embedded in 3 inches of concrete and subjected to a furnace exposure per Section 7.8 of ASTM E1512. d. Upon request, connector
supplier shall provide documentation of alkali resistance of connector and long-term shear capacity of connector. e. Coefficient of thermal expansion: 5x10-6 in/in/°F, nominal. f. Central
body of connector shall be provided with flange to limit insertion depth into insulation. g. Central body of connector shall have serrated profile to provide interference fit with pre-formed
holes in the insulation so as to prevent connector from backing out of insulation after installation h. Thermal Conductivity: 2.1 Btu/(°F•ft2•h) per inch of length. i. Thermoplastic
molded sealing collar in the center section of the connectors to provide friction fit with the pre-formed holes in the insulation; and to provide a retention collar at the topside insulation
face to assure proper depth of embedment. j. Accelerated aging testing. Connectors shall pass accelerated aging equivalent to up to 100 years of service in concrete. k. Proven fire resistance
testing. Provide reports or analysis showing compliance with a minimum fire resistance of <SPECIFIER> hours. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspection:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 45 50 -7 1. Prior to installation of the work in this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that such work is
complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that structural steel may be produced and erected in strict accordance with the original design, the shop
drawings, and the referenced
standards. B. Discrepancies: 1. Do not proceed with production or installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2 PRODUCTION A. General:
1. Produce all precast architectural concrete in strict accordance with the shop drawings and the reference standards. B. Finish: 1. The finish of exposed surfaces of the units shall
be as noted in mix design. C. Repair: 1. Repair of damaged units shall shall be done by a representative of the fabricator to the Architect/Engineer's satisfaction. D. Tolerances: 1.
Acceptable tolerances shall be as defined in PCI MNL 117. 3.3 HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION: A. Unit shall be transferred, lifted, and supported as required by fabricator. B. Precast units
shall be supplied to the job site completely finished, free of dirt, stains, and damage. 3.4 ERECTION A. General: 1. Erect all precast units in strict accordance with the drawings, the
shop drawings, and all pertinent regulations and standards.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 45 50 -8 B. Precast Architectural Concrete Installation: 1. All precast concrete units shall be erected level, plumb, square, and true within the allowable
tolerances. They must be positioned so that cumulative dimensional error is not allowed. 2. Horizontal and vertical joints shall be correctly aligned and uniform joint width maintained.
Each unit shall be connected as shown on the shop drawings. Adjustments, or changes in the connections, shall not be permitted without the written consent of the precast fabricator and
the Architect/Engineer. C. Tolerances: 1. Acceptable tolerances shall be as defined in PCI MNL 127. D. Damage and Repairs: 1. The erector shall be responsible for any chipping, spalling,
cracking, or other damage to the precast units. a. Precast fabricator's representative shall execute all repairs to the precast units, with the approval of the Architect/Engineer of
the specific repair method. b. Severely damaged units may require replacement. The Architect/Engineer/Owner shall determine what action is to be taken. His decision shall be final authority.
E. Protection of Work: 1. Protect finish face of units from field welding and cutting. 2. Adequately protect work of other trades. 3. Recoat welded or cut edges of metal with paint or
liquid galvanizing as required. F. Welding: 1. All structural welds to be performed by a certified welder in accordance with the erection drawings which shall clearly show type, extent,
sequence, and locations of weld. G. Acceptance: 1. All temporary lifting and handling devices cast into the precast concrete units shall be completely removed, protectively treated,
or removed only where they interfere with the work of any other trade, or affect the appearance. 2. After all precast architectural concrete units have been set in place and before joint
treatment, cleaning, or waterproofing the work shall be inspected by the Architect/Engineer. 3. Units found to be slightly damaged may be authorized for repair at this time. 4. All repairs
shall conform to the Architect/Engineer's requirements (for matching the original finish) and shall be structurally sound.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 03 45 50 -9 H. Joints and Joint Sealants: 1. All sealants shall be applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations or the particular installation.
2. Seal exterior and interior sides of panel joints. For panels where joint is inaccessible from the interior, provide a double exterior seal with a 1/2 inch minimum gap between seals.
3. Comply with requirements of Section 07920 – Sealants. I. Cleaning: 1. After erection, installation procedures, and joint treatments, the exposed surfaces shall be cleaned per fabricator's
instructions. END OF SECTION 03 45 50
Division 06 Wood, Plastics, and Composites
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WOOD TREATMENT 06 05 73 -1 SECTION 06 05 73 — WOOD TREATMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Fire-retardant treatment for wood products furnished under other sections.
B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Rough Carpentry” 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Lumber Standards Committee (ALSC): 1. Treated Wood Program B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. E
84 – Methods of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2. E 136 – Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C C. American
Wood Preservers Association (AWPA): 1. C 2 – Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties -Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes 2. C 20 – Structural Lumber -Fire-Retardant Treatment
by Pressure Processes 3. C 27 – Plywood -Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes 4. C C 31 – Lumber Used Out of Contact with the Ground and Continuously Protected From Liquid
Water -Treatment by Pressure Processes 5. E 12 – Standard Method of Determining Corrosion of Metal in Contact with Treated Wood 6. M 4 – Standard for the Care of Preservative-Treated
Wood Products D. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): 1. UL-723 – Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fastener corrosion:
AWPA E 12; products shall not promote increased rate of corrosion over untreated wood. B. Preservatives shall not be more toxic or irritating to humans or animals than untreated wood.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WOOD TREATMENT 06 05 73 -2 C. Structural properties: 1. Wood treatment shall not reduce structural properties of wood less than 65 percent of untreated wood of the same species. 2. Span
rating for plywood products: wood treatment shall not reduce span ratings of plywood Span-Rated Sturd-I-Floor and Sheathing products. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit the following
for each type of wood treatment specified: 1. Product data 2. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) information 3. Storage, handling, and disposal instructions B. Material Certificates:
For dimension lumber, indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.
Manufacturer qualifications: provide products manufactured in compliance with the ALSC Treated Lumber Program. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Fire retardant treated wood products: 1. Provide manufacturer’s
standard 40-year minimum warranty against structural failure due to the affects of heat or humidity. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide wood products treated with the treatment
products of one of the following manufacturers: 1. Arch Wood Protection 2. Chemical Specialties, Inc. 3. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc. 4. Osmose, Inc.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WOOD TREATMENT 06 05 73 -3 2.2 FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT A. General: Comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). 1. Use Interior Type A, unless otherwise
indicated. 2. Comply with requirements of UL 753 or ASTM E 84, when tested for 30 minutes: a. Flame spread: less than 25, travel less than 10.5 feet. b. Smoke developed: less than 25
B. Moisture content: 1. Lumber products: Kiln-dry after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. 2. Panel products: Kiln-dry after treatment to maximum moisture content of
18 percent. C. Identification: 1. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Fire retardant treatment shall include a distinctive color dye, shaded from pink to to red, except for wood exposed to view in occupied areas. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A.
Furring, blocking & framing: 1. All concealed wood within ceilings, interior partitions, etc., shall have fire retardant treatment. 2. Work within exterior veneers, walls, or roof assemblies
shall have fire retardant treatment. B. Work in contact with grade, below grade, and/or subject to contact with moisture shall have preservative treatment. 3.2 FABRICATION A. Comply
with manufacturer’s instructions for handling, fabricating and disposing of treated wood products. B. Fire retardant treated wood members shall not be milled or ripped. C. Fire retardant
treated products may be cut or drilled in accordance with treatment manufacturer’s written instructions. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-1 SECTION 06 10 00 — ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Rough carpentry 2. Wood blocking and nailers. 3. Wood furring and grounds.
4. Coordinate locations and install concealed wood blocking for items included in other Sections of the Specifications. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Wood Treatment” 2.
Division 06 Section “Finish Carpentry” 3. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Assemblies” 4. Division 10 Section “Toilet Accessories” 5. Division 12 Section “Manufactured Plastic-Laminated-Clad
Casework” 1.2 REFERENCES A. Publications of the following institutes, associates, societies, and agencies are referenced in this section. 1. AF&PA/AWC – American Forest & Paper Association
/AWC – American Wood Council a. NDS – National Design Specification for Wood Construction b. Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction 2. ALSC – American Lumber Standard Committee
3. APA – The Engineered Wood Association 4. U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology a. DOC PS 1 – U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial
Plywood b. DOC PS 2 – Performance Standard for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels c. DOC PS 20 – American Softwood Lumber Standard 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Forest Certification: For the
following wood products, provide materials produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria":
1. Dimension lumber framing. 2. Laminated veneer lumber.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-2 3. Miscellaneous lumber. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. Provide lumber that complies
with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade
lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Grounds, furring,
and blocking: Kiln dried, 15% M.C., No. 2 Southern Pine in accordance with SPA grading rules a. Manufactured blocking for metal stud walls: At Contractor’s option, provide manufactured
wood blocking system: 1) Acceptable products: Dietrich Metal Framing, Danback Wood Backing Plate 4. Species: Locally available, or as indicated. 2.2 PLYWOOD A. General: 1. DOC PS1, of
type, veneer grade, and glue type indicated. 2. Thickness: As required for span rating or as indicated on Drawings. 3. Species: Locally available, or in accordance with grade and performance
requirements. B. Plywood for blocking or interior wall use: 1. APA C-C plugged Interior, Exposure 1 2.3 FASTENERS A. Fasteners used for anchorage of wood blocking, framing and sheathing
shall consist of nails, screws, bolts and nuts, toggle bolts, expansion anchors, powder-actuated anchors, and the like of types and sizes best suited for each particular condition B.
Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272. D. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A
(ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, unless otherwise indicated, flat washers.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-3 2.4 TREATMENT A. Fire retardant treatment application: Treat all rough carpentry, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Concealed blocking. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1
EXAMINATION A. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of all other trades and verify that all Work is complete to the point where this installation may
properly commence. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Selection of lumber pieces: 1. Carefully select all members; select individual pieces so that knots and obvious defects will not interfere with
placing bolts or proper nailing or making proper connections. 2. Cut out and discard all defects which will render a piece unable to serve its intended function; lumber may be rejected
by the Architect/Engineer, whether or not it has been installed, for excessive warp, twist, bow, crook, mildew, fungus, or mold, as well as for improper cutting and fitting. B. Installation:
1. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA/AWC "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. 2. Fastening Standard: Comply with AF&PA/AWC "National Design
Specification for Wood Construction" 3. Utilize materials and workmanship techniques in accordance with the best acceptable practices of the trade. 4. Framing shall be cut square and
produce joints true, tight and securely anchored with all members assembled in accordance and with all pertinent codes, regulations, and standards. 5. Blocking shall be kerfed as required
to fit flush with face of stud when installed. 6. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. 7. Locate furring, nailers, blocking,
grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. 8. Use wood members of sizes indicated on the Drawings or of adequate sizes to provide adequate
adequate anchorage or support for each particular condition. 9. Take care not to split or otherwise damage materials or weaken anchorage. a. Anchor materials directly; do not "clench"
or bend fasteners around materials for purposes of anchorage 10. Fastening and anchorage: a. Provide all metal fastenings required to secure items in place and to each other.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00-4 b. Typical anchorage of wood items shall be with flat-head wood or general purpose screws, unless otherwise indicated. 1) Use No. 8 screws for 2x3 lumber and
smaller and for plywood panels. 2) Fully countersink all screws, except toed screws in concealed locations. 3) Use screws of size and type required for installation of sheathing, in
accordance with panel manufacturer’s recommendations c. Bolting of wood items, where not otherwise indicated, shall be minimum 1/2 inch diameter at 48 inches on center. 1) Recess heads
of bolts to be flush or slightly below surface. d. Use toggle bolts in hollow masonry and expansion anchors in solid masonry and concrete, 1/4 inch diameter minimum. e. No fasteners
shall be exposed in the completed work. 11. Refer to Division 06 Section “Wood Treatment” for treatment of cut edges of treated wood. Treat cut edges prior to assembly. 3.3 APPLICATION
A. Blocking, Grounds and Screeds: 1. Blocking locations, include, but are not limited to: a. Door wall stops b. Wall mounted toilet accessories c. Casework d. Where required by other
Sections of this Specification. 2. Blocking shall be installed the full width of stud space at height to center on attached item anchorage, kerfed at metal stud flanges to fit flush
with studs, and be anchored with a minimum of 2 fasteners at each stud. 3. Furnish sufficient blocking to support ceiling mounted I.V. tracks, cubicle curtains, drapery tracks and miscellaneous
items. Coordinate with installation of ceiling framing, grid and ceiling panels. B. Grounds: 1. Install where indicated. 2. Grounds shall be of thickness indicated and of sufficient
width for the purpose intended. C. Screeds: 1. Screeds shall be set where alignment of surfaces is necessary. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -1 SECTION 06 40 00 — ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Standing and running trim 2. Wood paneling 3. Custom
wood casework a. Manufactured casework is permissible if constructed to conform to these specifications and casework matches elevations and details. 4. Countertops installed on wood
casework 5. Custom wood handrails, bumprails and guardrails 6. Finishing of woodwork B. Related sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Rough Carpentry” 2. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board
Assemblies”, for tile backer board 3. Division 23 – Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning 4. Division 26 – Electrical 1.2 REFERENCES A. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): 1.
Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, Eighth Edition 2. Quality Certification Program B. B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): LD-3 – High-Pressure
Decorative Laminates 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For manufactured casework, submit manufacturer's catalogs showing their complete line of casework, including their standard specifications.
2. Submit manufacturer’s literature, including installation instructions, for all products furnished under this Section. B. Shop Drawings:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -2 1. Submit shop drawings, in plan, elevation, and section, of all woodwork and custom casework showing materials, methods of construction, and methods
of attachment to adjacent work. a. Indicate product manufacturers, model numbers and colors on shop drawings. b. Show details full size for ornate or complex work. 2. Show casework in
complete elevations showing all interconnected units, corresponding base and upper units, tops, casework supported equipment, and building elements on same elevation. 3. Show centerlines
of all cutouts, locating them from adjacent finished walls or floors, or both. 4. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed blocking and
reinforcing specified in other Sections. C. Samples: 1. Custom Casework: a. Submit plastic laminate samples for cabinet panels and countertops. b. Submit color samples for edge moldings
c. Submit samples of all cabinet hardware items in selected colors. d. Submit solid surface material samples; 6 inch by 6 inch. 2. Woodwork: a. Lumber with or for transparent finish:
6 x 3/4” x 18” (300 x 19 x 450 mm) for each species and cut, finished on one side and one edge. b. Wood-veneer-faced panel products, with or for transparent finish, 8 by 10 inches (200
by 250 mm), for each species and cut. Include at least one face-veneer seam and finish one-half of face as specified. 1) Step finish materials on sample to show and clearly define each
coat. 2) Provide separate samples of unfaced panel product used for core. D. Test Reports: Fire-test-response characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM test
method indicated by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. E. Fabricator qualifications: 1. Provide copy of current
AWI Quality Certification Program Certification letter. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricators Qualifications: 1. AWI Quality Certification Program (QCP) Certified B. Installer Qualifications:
An experienced installer who has completed architectural woodwork similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction
with a record of successful in-service performance.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -3 C. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated" for indicated grades of interior
architectural woodwork, casework, construction, installation, finishes, and other requirements. 1. Provide AWI Quality Certification Program certificate indicating that woodwork, including
finishing and installation, complies with requirements of grades specified. a. Certify work under AWI “Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated” sections 400, 500, 1500,
1600, 1700 D. Custom casework and countertops: 1. General Fabrication Quality: a. AWI Premium Grade: Factory assembled 1) Work may be sectionalized for a job site reconnection b. Follow
AWI standards unless the requirements of this section are more stringent. 2. Plastic Laminate: a. International Organization of Standardization (ISO) 3. Solid Surface Materials: a. Fabricators
and installers of these materials must comply with manufacturer's certification program. E. Woodwork: 1. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with
"Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Guide Specification and Quality Certification Program," published by the Architectural Woodwork Institute. 2. Work shall comply with Premium
Grade, unless otherwise indicated. F. Forest Certification: Provide interior architectural woodwork produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification
body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria." 1. Dimension lumber framing. 2. Laminated veneer lumber. 3. Miscellaneous lumber. G. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Finished
products shall not exceed values indicated below, tested per ASTM E 84 for standard time period (10 minutes). 1. Flame Spread: 75. 2. Smoke Developed: 450. 3. Identify fire-retardant-treated
material with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency in the form of separable paper label or, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, imprint on
surfaces of materials that will be concealed from view after installation. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Protection:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -4 1. Store materials in fabricator’s protective packaging or covered with tarps or covers suitable to prevent damage from incidental moisture, abrasion,
or other mechanical damage. a. Tarps shall permit the passage of water vapor and shall not accumulate moisture beneath them. 2. Store materials indoors at temperatures between 60° F
and 80° F and less than 60 percent relative humidity. a. Provide temporary heating, cooling or humidity control if necessary to maintain required conditions. B. Before installing woodwork,
permit it to reach room temperature and stabilized moisture content. C. Handle products carefully to avoid damaging edges or units in any way. 1. Replace damaged materials with new materials
prior to installation in the Work. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wetwork is completed,
work above ceilings is complete, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.
1. Maintain temperature and humidity, so that woodwork will be within plus or minus 1.0 percent of optimum moisture content from date of installation through remainder of construction
period. B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication,
and show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Verify locations of concealed framing,
blocking, reinforcements, and furring that support woodwork by accurate field measurements before being enclosed. Record measurements on final shop drawings. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Mechanical
and electrical provisions: 1. Sinks, trim, traps, drain lines, and foot control valves shall be integrated into casework construction. 2. Lights, film viewers, outlets, switches, communications,
and alarms shall be integrated into casework construction. a. Lamps and ballasts shall comply with the requirements of Division 26 Section “Interior Lighting”.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -5 B. Blocking: 1. Coordinate location of blocking behind all casework mounting. 2. Provide all blocking required for anchorage or support of all woodwork
items where such blocking is not to be installed concealed in walls or bulkheads. 3. Coordinate all concealed blocking to be provided under Division 06 Section ”Rough Carpentry”. 1.8
FIELD MEASUREMENT A. Responsibility: 1. Measure actual room dimension at the site, prior to fabrication, to assure proper fit and installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 FABRICATORS: A. Available
Fabricators: Subject to compliance with requirements, fabricators offering millwork that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Antreasian
Design 317 546-3234 2. American Commercial Cabinetry 317 788-9533 3. Cabinets Plus By Patrick Geer 765 642-0329 4. Folkening Construction Services, LLC 317 253-1385 5. Fredericks, Inc.
765 778-7588 AWI Certified 6. Indianapolis Woodworking, Inc. 317 841-7800 7. Laminique 317 263-0172 8. Marc Woodworking, Inc. 317 635-9663 9. Midwest Cabinet Solutions 765 664-3942 10.
Möbelwerks, Inc. 317 299-6000 11. P. R. Bean Co. LLC 812 254-3761 12. Sims Cabinet Company, Inc. 317 634-1747 13. Southeastern Supply Co., Inc. 317 359-9551 14. Southern Indiana Millwork,
Inc. 812 346-6129 B. AWI Certified Fabricators: For Work specified to comply with the AWI Quality Certification Program, fabricator shall be currently listed as an AWI Certified Fabricator
for the type of work specified. C. Available manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, modular casework manufacturers offering woodwork that may be incorporated into the
Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Advanced Cabinet Systems 2. Case Systems, Inc. 3. LSI Corporation of America, Inc.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -6 4. Stevens Industries, Inc. 5. TMI 2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried
to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Screws: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with ASME B18.6.1 for applicable requirements. 1. For metal
framing supports, provide screws as recommended by metal-framing manufacturer. C. Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF-N-105 for applicable
requirements. D. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure
anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide Provide toothed
steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. 2.3 STANDING & RUNNING TRIM A. Interior: 1. AWI quality grade: Premium grade for clear finish 2. Solid wood: Quarter
sawn, white oak 2.4 FLUSH PANELING/WOOD VENEER A. Hardwood veneer finished wall panels: 1. AWI quality grade: Premium grade for clear finish 2. Panel thickness: nominal 3/4 inch 3. Core:
Medium density overlay (MDO), Class A rated per ASTM E84 4. Face: Plain sliced cherry; AA-Grade 5. Book match between veneer leaves 6. Balance match assembly of veneer leaves on panel
faces. 7. Continuous match veneers at vertically adjacent panels. a. Panel match using premanufactured sets, full width 8. Jointing: a. Panel joints: Butt joint with hardwood spline.
b. Outside corner joints: Splined miter joint c. Inside corner joints: Cut to fit.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -7 2.5 ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS A. Adhesives, General: 1. Do not use adhesives that contain urea formaldehyde. 2. Acceptable types: a. Polyvinyl Acetate:
white glue b. Contact cements c. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Unpigmented contact cement, Contact cement, PVA, Resorcinol. B. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives, Glues,
and Sealants: Use installation adhesives and sealants that comply with SCAQMD Rule 1168 limits for VOC content, calculated in accordance with Rule 1168, less water and exempt compounds:
1. Wood Glues: 30 g/L. 2. Contact Adhesive: 250 g/L. 3. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L 4. Plastic Cement Welding: 250 g/L 5. Adhesive Primer for Plastic: 550 g/L 6. Aerosol
Adhesives: Comply with GreenSeal GS-36 -Standard for Commercial Adhesives, VOC content by weight, weight, minus water: a. General Purpose Mist Spray: 65 percent b. General Purpose Web
Spray: 55 percent c. Special Purpose Aerosol Adhesives, all types: 70 percent 7. Sealants and Sealant Primers: a. Sealants: 250 g/L b. Sealant primers, non-porous substrates: 250 g/L
c. Sealant primers, porous substrates: 775 g/L 2.6 COUNTERTOPS AND PLASTIC LAMINATE FABRICATIONS A. Plastic laminate: 1. Description: Melamine impregnated surface papers pressed over
phenolic-resin impregnated kraft paper layers at high pressure and temperature, manufactured by one of the following manufacturers: a. Formica b. Laminart c. Wilsonart d. Nevamar e.
Pionite 2. Types and uses: a. General purpose: 1) Grade 10/HGS (ISO), GP50 (NEMA) 2) Thickness: 0.048 inches 3) Finish: Matte b. Colors: As noted on Drawings. Provide only the product
indicated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -8 3. Postformed plastic laminate: a. Grade 12/HGP (ISO), PF42 (NEMA) b. Thickness: 0.038 inches c. Finish: Matte d. Colors: As noted on Drawings. Provide
only the product indicated. 4. Core board: a. Flexible-core board: 1) Manufacturer kerfed particle board panel with treated face paper suitable for use with plastic laminates and contact
adhesives. 2) Reference standard: a) Interior Products Incorporated; Kerfkore 3) Thickness: 3/4 inch 4) Use with postformed plastic laminate B. Solid surface material: 1. Description:
A solid non-porous homogeneous surfacing material composed of natural material and high-performance acrylic or polyester. 2. Products: Refer to the Interior Finish Schedule on the Drawings
for indication of product. 3. Thickness: 1/2 inch minimum for horizontal application, 1/4 inch minimum for vertical application a. Colors: As noted on Drawings. Provide only the product
indicated. 2.7 CUSTOM CASEWORK A. Plastic laminate: 1. Description: Melamine impregnated surface papers pressed over phenolic-resin impregnated kraft layers at high pressure and temperature.
2. Manufacturers: Refer to the Interior Finish Schedule on the Drawings for indication of product manufacturer. 3. Types and uses: a. General purpose: 1) Grade 10/HGS (1SO), GP50 (NEMA)
2) Thickness: 0.048" 3) Finish: Matte 4) Colors: As indicated on the Drawings. b. Vertical surfacing: 1) Grade 55/HGS (1SO), GP28 (NEMA) 2) Thickness: 0.028" 3) Finish: Matte 4) Colors:
As indicated on the Drawings. c. Cabinet liner: 1) Factory applied melamine 2) Colors: Neutral; color to be approved by the Interior Designer. 4. Laboratory grade plastic laminate shall
be provided where indicated on Drawings. 5. Laminate edge banding: Apply edge band after face laminates.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -9 B. Coreboard: 1. Description: Unless otherwise indicated, all cabinet components shall be constructed of three-ply fine surfaced, particleboard or
no-added formaldehyde particle board of at least 45 lbs. per cubic foot, complying with ANSI A208.1, Grade M-3 or M-2. a. Plastic laminate finished casework or cabinets at locations
with sinks, ice machines, or other water producing appliances shall be constructed of water resistant particleboard. b. Plastic laminate finished casework or cabinets at locations with
sinks, ice machines, or other water producing appliances shall be constructed of A-C plywood with waterproof type glues. 2. Typical thickness shall be 3/4 inch; 1/2 inch for cabinet
backs and drawer bottoms unless noted otherwise. 3. Shelves over 36 inches but under 48 inches in unsupported length shall have a minimum thickness of 1 inch. All shelving shall be supported
at 48" O.C. maximum. 4. Drawer bottoms in file drawers and drawers over 36 inches wide shall be 3/4 inch thick. 5. Seal all faces and edges prior to lamination C. Special construction:
1. Casework indicated to receive ceramic or porcelain tile: Provide 1/2 inch tile backer board over 1/2 inch plywood. 2. Core board: a. Description: Unless noted otherwise on Drawings,
all cabinet components shall be constructed of three-ply fine surfaced, Industrial Grade particleboard. 1) Provide panels complying with ANSI A208.1 M3, Industrial Grade 2) Density:
45 lbs. per cubic foot, minimum 3) Thickness: 3/4", unless noted otherwise 4) Seal all faces and edges prior to lamination. b. Special construction: 1) Plastic laminate finished sink
base cabinets shall be constructed of water resistant particleboard. 2) Plastic laminate finished countertops at locations with sinks, ice machines, or other water producing appliances
shall be constructed of water resistant particleboard. D. Laminate edging: 1. Match face sheet laminate grade and thickness. 2. Apply after face laminates. 3. Apply to cabinet doors
before face laminate. E. Adhesive: Non-flammable contact cement F. 3mm PVC edging: 1. 3mm thick solid, high impact, through-color, acid resistant PVC 2. Apply on exposed edges of doors,
drawers, countertops, and exposed shelving 3. Color shall match plastic laminate. 4. Machine-apply edging with hot melt adhesives. a. Machine and buff corners and edges to a consistent
3mm radius
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -10 G. 1mm PVC edging: 1. 0.018-0.020 inch (1mm) thick solid, high-impact, through-color, acid resistant PVC 2. Apply on cabinet face and edges of interior
shelving 3. Color shall match plastic laminate 4. Machine-apply edging with hot melt adhesives. 2.8 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and
accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets, except as otherwise indicated. B. Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.9 for items indicated by reference to BHMA numbers
or referenced to this standard. C. Cabinet Hardware Schedule: Refer to schedule at end of this Section for cabinet hardware required for architectural cabinets. D. Exposed Hardware Finishes:
For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code number indicated. 1. Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 652 for steel base.
2. Satin Stainless Steel, Stainless-Steel Base: BHMA 630. 3. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements of BHMA A156.9.
E. Door bumpers: Self-adhesive applied clear or coordinating color polyurethane bumper, hemispherical or cylindrical shape. 1. Reference Standard: 3M; Bumpon Quiet Clear Protective Products
2.9 CLOSET AND UTILITY SHELVING A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 600. B. Shelving with High Pressure Plastic Laminate Finish 1. Grade: Custom 2. All surfaces, except edges
against walls, covered with GP-50 plastic laminate. C. Hardware: 1. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Related Supports: Provide standards and supports of type indicated which comply with
ANSI/BHMA A156.9, extra heavy duty rating. a. Vertical Slotted Type Standards: Vertical slots spaced 2” on center, 7/8” wide x 11/16” high x length indicated, BHMA NO. B84102, satin
chrome finished steel. b. Shelf Brackets: Size required to support shelving widths indicated, BHMA No. B84112, satin chrome finished steel.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -11 D. Clothes Poles and Supports: Provide steel pipe or tubing cut to lengths required, with standard wrought steel flanges (one with open top), unless
otherwise indicated, any of the following: 1. Size: 1.05” O.D., 0.113” wall thickness (3/4”) 2. Size: 1.315” O.D., 0.1333” wall thickness (1”). 3. Size: 1.660” O.D., 0.14” wall thickness
(1-1/2”) E. Finish: Satin chrome plated, BHMA 652. 1. Center Brackets: Combination shelf and closet pole support wrought steel with manufacturer’s standard enamel finish; complying with
ANSI A156.16, Type B84051. Provide center brackets to limit spans of three pole sizes above to 42”, 54” and 66” respectively. 2.10 FINISHES A. Factory finishing: Shop finish woodwork
to the greatest extent possible. 1. Finish materials: Provide transparent stain wood finish specified in Division 09 Section “Painting”. a. Provide with clear Conversion Varnish topcoats.
2. Finish in accordance with AWI Section 1500 B. Field finishing and touch-up: 1. Use same or compatible materials as used for shop finishing. 2. Use application methods that minimize
differences in appearance between field and shop finishing. 2.11 SHOP FINISHING OF INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 1500, unless otherwise
indicated. 1. Grade: Provide finishes of same grades as items to be finished. B. General: The entire finish of interior architectural woodwork is specified in this Section, regardless
of whether shop applied or applied after installation. 1. Shop Finishing: To the greatest extent possible, finish architectural woodwork at the fabrication shop. Defer only final touch
up, cleaning, and polishing until after installation. C. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) content: Materials shall conform to current federal requirements for content of lead, zinc and
volatile organic compounds (VOC’s). 1. VOC Limits for clear wood finishes, stains and shellacs applied on the interior of the building: Use materials that comply with California South
Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1113 limits for VOC content, calculated in accordance with Rule #1113, less water and exempt compounds: a. Clear wood finishes: Varnish,
350 g/L; Lacquer 550 g/L b. Sealers: 1) Waterproofing sealers: 250 g/L
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -12 2) Sanding sealers: 275 g/L 3) All other sealers: 200 g/L c. Shellacs: Clear, 730 g/L; pigmented 550 g/L d. Stains: 250 g/L D. Preparations for Finishing:
Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing architectural woodwork, as applicable
to each unit of work. 1. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer compatible with finish coats to concealed surfaces of woodwork, including backs of trim, cabinets, paneling,
and ornamental work and the underside of countertops. 2. Apply 2 coats to back of paneling. 3. Concealed surfaces of plastic laminate-clad woodwork do not require backpriming when surfaced
with plastic laminate or thermoset decorative overlay. E. Open Finish for Open-Grain Grain Woods: Do not apply filler to open-grain woods. F. Transparent Finish: Comply with requirements
indicated below for grade, finish system, staining, and sheen, with sheen measured on 60-degree gloss meter per ASTM D 523. 1. Grade: Premium. 2. AWI Finish System TR-4: Conversion varnish.
3. Staining: Match color indicated. 4. Sheen: Satin 30-50 gloss units. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Field measurements: 1. Take all necessary measurements in the field to ensure
proper fitting for the work of this section. 2. Verify floors are flat and level within 1/4 inch in 10 feet. a. Determine high point of floor before installation of base cabinets. B.
Cleaning: 1. Sweep areas to receive custom casework clean before installing base cabinets. 2. Clean any spilled or dried liquids in areas to receive base cabinets prior to setting cabinets.
3.2 CUSTOM CASEWORK FABRICATION A. Design: 1. Details shall generally conform to FLUSH OVERLAY design. 2. Apply edge band after surface laminate.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -13 3. Provide backing or balance sheet for all panels. a. Backing sheet must match face laminate on doors. B. Cabinets: 1. Construct each cabinet as
an individual unit, completely integral and equipped with its own sides, back, bottom and top (separate from countertop). 2. Where cabinet ends are exposed to view, provide finished
end panels. 3. Conceal nailing, screwing, and other methods of fastening wherever possible or practical. Install such nails, screws, and other fasteners to securely join members together
and neatly and uniformly arrange them. 4. Use method of joinery that will permit easy removal of a panel should it be damaged. 5. Predrill system holes for hinge attachment only into
cabinet sides. 6. Trim rabbets for cabinet mounted shelf standards with plastic laminate before installing shelf standard and brackets . Exposed wood is not permitted. a. Install standards
flush with inside face of cabinet. 7. Make neat and accurate cutouts in cabinet backs and bottoms in order to accommodate piping and other work extending into or through, or both, cabinets.
8. Construct all wall cabinets 14 inches deep, with flush finished bottoms; no recess will be permitted unless specifically detailed or: a. Where under-cabinet light fixtures are indicated,
provide 3-inch high recessed bottom. 9. Sink base units shall have provisions for adequate ventilation. 10. Seal all base construction prior to installing laminate. 11. Provide wood
base to receive 4" vinyl base, furnished and installed under Division 09 Section “Resilient Flooring”. 12. Provide removable panels with four stainless steel screws and grommets at all
sink base cabinets and where necessary for access to service. 13. Provide door bumpers at both corners of doors, opposite hinge side. C. Hardware: 1. Adjustment: a. Keep items straight,
vertical, and horizontal and so that all items operate freely and smoothly without binding. Adjust items so that tops and bottoms of doors and drawers line up and so that vertical spaces
between doors and drawers are even. D. Plastic laminate countertops: 1. Tops, back and end splashes shall be fabricated as single, integral units complete with balance sheet. 2. Fabricate
tops to dimensions that will permit 1/8” sealant joints between tops and walls that they will abut. 3. Provide cutouts in tops to accommodate sinks, trim, accessories and the like, which
occur in tops. a. Seal cut edges around cutouts with silicone sealant. 4. Provide relieved corners on tops where shown on the Drawings. 5. The joint between countertop and backsplash
shall be fully bedded with sealant prior to installation of the backsplash. The vertical joint between back and end splashes shall also
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -14 be bedded with sealant. Remove any excess sealant from the surface of the plastic laminate. E. Solid surfacing material: 1. Factory fabricate components
to greatest extent practicable to sizes and shapes indicated in accordance with approved shop drawings. 2. Form joints between components using manufacturer's standard joint adhesive;
without conspicuous joints. 3. Provide factory cutouts for plumbing fittings and bath accessories as indicated on the drawings. 4. Cut and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns.
Route radii and contours to template. Repair or reject defective inaccurate work. a. Coved backsplashes; Field fabricate 1/2" (13 mm) radius cove at intersection of counters and backsplashes.
Form backsplashes using 1/2” (13mm) material. F. Application: 1. Apply plastic laminate finish to all surfaces except those surfaces abutting walls and underside of countertops. 3.3
SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Field measurements: 1. Take all necessary measurements in the filed to ensure proper dimensions for the work of this section. 3.4 CUSTOM CASEWORK INSTALLATION A.
General: 1. Comply with AWI QSI Section 1700, premium grade installation requirements. 2. Install casework before installation of finish flooring. B. Cabinets: 1. Anchor cabinets securely
and rigidly in place by using screws or bolts. 2. Perfectly align cabinets and doors and anchor them securely and rigidly together so that exposed joints are "hairline" tight. 3. Keep
all cabinets, shelves, doors, and hardware plumb and level. 4. Provide scribe molds or fillers where items abut walls and in accordance with the Shop Drawings. 5. Conceal anchorage wherever
possible or geometrically arrange as approved by Owner and Architect/Engineer. 6. Provide positive swing limiting control for cabinets doors that swing against obstructions. a. a. Provide
95 degree opening hinges C. Countertops, backsplashes, and endsplashes: 1. Plastic Laminate:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -15 a. Install countertops with concealed clips, screws, or other hidden fasteners. b. Seal joints with a clear, transparent silicone sealant; remove
all excess sealant c. Install so that backsplashes and endsplashes are within 1/8" of walls to accommodate sealant. d. Surfaces around sink shall not slope away from sink recess. Dead
level installation is required. e. Install a full bed of clear silicone sealant in the joint where the countertop abuts the backsplash or endsplash, in joints between endsplash and backsplash,
as well as between individual backsplash sections. Remove all excess sealant. 2. Solid Surfacing Material: a. Install components plumb and level, scribed to adjacent finishes, in accordance
with approved shop drawings and product installation data. b. Countertops, stools, and and shelves: 1) Countertops supported by casework: a) Provide fire retardant treated 1x4 slats
secured top perimeter of the countertop and base cabinets, at joint between base cabinets, and 18 to 24 inches on center. Slats shall extend full depth of countertop. b) Where indicated,
provide 1 inch fire retardant treated plywood or MDF sub-top secured to bottom of solid surface top. 2) Countertops supported by walls: Provide fire retardant treated 2x wood frame with
3/4 inch fire retardant treated plywood or MDF sub-top. 3) Provide water resistant sub-top at countertops with sinks or plumbing fixtures. 4) Stools: Adhere stools to 3/4 inch fire retardant
treated plywood, secured to stud wall. 5) Shelves: Provide fire retardant treated plywood or MDF substrate adhered to bottom of shelf, same depth as finished edges. c. Form field joints
using manufacturer's recommended adhesive, with joints inconspicuous in finished work. Keep components and hands clean when making joints. d. Adhere undermount sinks/bowls to countertops
using manufacturer's recommended adhesives and mounting hardware. e. Adhere topmount sinks/bowls to countertops using manufacturer's recommended adhesives and color-matched silicone
sealants. f. Provide backsplashes and sidesplashes as indicated on the drawings. Adhere to countertops using manufacturer's standard color-matched silicone sealant. g. Keep components
and hands clean during installation. Remove adhesives, sealants and other stains. Keep clean until Date of Substantial Completion. Replace stained components. h. Make plumbing connections
to sinks in accordance with Division 15, Mechanical. i. Protect surfaces from damage. Repair work or replace damaged work that cannot be repaired to Architect/Engineer's satisfaction.
D. Tack surface installation: 1. Field apply unframed tackboard material to casework, as shown on Drawings. 2. Anchor with top quality adhesive, as recommended by tackboard manufacturer.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -16 3.5 WOODWORK WORKMANSHIP A. Jointing and fastening of paneling: 1. Standard: AWI custom grade B. Fabrication of paneling: 1. Standard: AWI custom
grade 3.6 WOODWORK INSTALLATION A. Install per requirements of AWI QSI Section 1700, Premium grade installation requirements. 3.7 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Comply with installation
tolerances listed in AWI standards for type and grade of work indicated. B. Comply with additional installation tolerances as follows: 1. Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight
with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm) for plumb and level (including tops). 2. Install standing
and running trim with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) variation from a straight line. 3. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) sag,
bow, or other variation from a straight line. 4. Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 5. Install
flush paneling with no more than 1/16 inch in 96-inch (1.5 mm in 2400-mm) vertical cup or bow and 1/8 inch in 96-inch (3 mm in 2400-mm) horizontal variation from a true plane. 3.8 ADJUSTMENT
AND CLEANING A. Defective materials: 1. Replace all scratched, marred, or otherwise defective materials with new, undamaged materials to match adjacent woodwork. 2. Poor workmanship
of any component shall be sufficient cause for rejection of any fabricated unit. 3. Repair wood finishes using methods recommended by finish manufacturer. a. Repair using methods that
minimize differences in appearance between original and repaired finishes. b. Repair with same materials or compatible materials to the shop finish. B. Adjusting:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -17 1. Adjust hardware on all doors and drawers so that they operate freely, smoothly, and accurately. 2. Remove and reinstall casework or trim that is
out of plumb, out of square, not level, or misaligned with adjacent casework or trim. Repair or replace adjacent surfaces damaged due to removal and reinstallation. C. Cleaning: 1. Clean
all casework items free of dirt, dust, grease, oil, shop identification marks, and other foreign matter. 3.9 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner
acceptable to fabricator and Installer that ensures that woodwork is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 3.10 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY SCHEDULE
A. Drawer slide: self closing, roller bearing type: 1. Epoxy coated slide: 2. Drawers 6" deep or less: a. Grant Hardware Company; No. 328 b. Knape & Vogt Mfr. Co.; No. 1284 c. Accuride;
No. C3800 3. Drawers over 6" deep: a. Grant Hardware Company; No. 329 b. Knape & Vogt Mfr. Co.; No. 6505 c. Accuride; No. C3037 B. Drawer slide: Ball bearing slides: a. Standard: Accuride
Model 7432 b. File Drawers: Accuride 4032 c. Interlocking: Accuride 3641/3642 1) Gang locking system: Accuride 4180-0345-XE d. Length: full extension e. Finish: clear zinc C. Plastic
Shelf Brackets: Dual pin for 32 mm hole mounting, anti-tip shelf-retaining type. D. Metal Shelf standards and Brackets (End Support): 1. Acceptable products: a. Knape and Vogt Manufacturing
Company; Type 255-256 b. Stanley Hardware; Type 798-799 c. Grant Hardware Co.; Type 120-21 2. Material: Steel with satin chrome finish
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -18 3. Mortise mount in cabinet end panels, one pair per shelf end. E. Hinges 1. Concealed hinge with 170 degree opening (European type hinge): a. Reference
Standard: Blum Clip 120 b. Zinc die-cast to press in c. Self closing d. Finish: BHMA 652 /US 26D, chrome plated over satin nickel 2. Concealed hinge with 95º opening (European type hinge):
a. Reference Standard: Blum Clip Thick Door Hinge b. Zinc die-cast to press in c. Self closing d. Finish: BHMA 652 /US 26D, chrome plated over satin nickel e. Use where door swings against
an obstruction 3. Hinge requirements by door height: a. 2 hinges -up to 3'-0" b. 3 hinges -up to 5'-0" c. 4 hinges -up to 7'-0" F. Pulls: 1. Wire pulls: a. Type 1: Stanley 4484 1) Finish:
BHMA 652 /US 26D, chrome plated over satin nickel b. No. MC-4024 by Epco c. No. B6208 by National Lock & Cabinet Hardware 2. Decorative pull (use where indicated on elevation): a. Mocket
Dp105A/3 pull, stainless steel finish. G. Locks: 1. Drawers: Mortised twist cylinder a. Standard: Best 5E7 Series (keyed to system) 2. Cabinets: Mortised twist cylinder-handed function
a. Standard: Best 5E7 Series (keyed to system) 3. Strikes: a. Standard: Best A-451 surface mounted strike, with recessed notch in cabinetry to receive strike. b. Provide one strike for
each lock. 4. Finish: BHMA 626 /US 26D, chrome plated over satin nickel satin finish, stamped with identifying numbers. 5. Keys: minimum 3/32" thick stamped brass. 6. Providewhere indicated
on Drawings. 7. Locks shall be keyed alike within each room and masterkeyed. H. Counter brackets: 1. Heavy duty cantilever bracket a. Approved products: 1) Rangine Corporation; Rakks
Counter Support Bracket
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 00 -19 2) FastCap LLC; SpeedBrace 3) A & M Hardware Inc.; Workstation Brackets I. Concealed fitting shelf brackets: 1. Reference Standard: Hewi 400.300 J.
Division dividers: 1. White opaque1/4" acrylic 2. Reference standard: Rohm & Haas; Plexiglas 3. Polish all exposed edges. K. Wardrobe Rails: 1. Fixed rail: Chrome plated 1 inch diameter
welded steel tube with concealed mounting rail supports. a. Reference standard: 1) Rod: Häfele, 801.12.205 2) End supports: Häfele, 803.53.200 3) Center support, where indicated: Häfele,
802.02.250 L. Grommets for cable passage through countertops: 1 inch (25 mm) OD, molded-plastic
grommets with 3/4-inch (19 mm) hole and plastic cap with slot for wire passage. Color as selected by Architect. M. Paper Slots: 12 inches (305 mm) long by 1-3/4 inches (45 mm) wide by
1 inch (25 mm) deep; molded-plastic, paper-slot liner with 1/4-inch (6-mm) lip. Color as selected by Architect. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -1 SECTION 06 61 16 — SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes fabrication and installation of solid surfacing:
1. Standing and running trim 2. Panels applied to custom casework. 3. Countertops installed on casework 4. Countertops installed on wall brackets 5. Wall panels 6. Countertops with sinks
7. Lavatory tops with integral bowls 8. Installation of undermount sinks furnished by Others. 9. Cove backsplashes for countertops B. Products installed but not furnished under this
section: 1. Sinks furnished under Division 22 Section “Plumbing Fixtures”. C. Related sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Rough Carpentry”, for blocking 2. Division 06 Section “Finish
Carpentry” 3. Division 06 Section “Architectural Woodwork” 4. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”, for blocking and blocking installation. 5. Division 12 Section “Manufactured
Plastic-Laminate-Clad Casework” 6. Division 22 – Plumbing 7. Division 26 – Electrical 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Solid surface is a nonporous, homogeneous material with a composition of acrylic
polymer, aluminum trihydrate filler and pigment, maintaining the same composition throughout the part. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s literature, including
installation and maintenance instructions, for all products furnished under this Section. a. Indicate product description, fabrication information and compliance with specified performance
requirements.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -2 B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings, in plan, elevation, and section, of all solid surfacing fabrications, showing materials, methods of
construction, and methods of attachment to adjacent work. a. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, including concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections.
b. Show full-size details, edge details, thermoforming requirements, attachments, etc. c. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, faucets, soap dispensers,
waste receptacle and other items installed in solid surface. d. Show centerlines of all cutouts, locating them from adjacent finished walls or floors, or both. 2. For solid surfacing
installed on casework, show casework in complete elevations with all interconnected units, corresponding base and upper units, tops, casework supported equipment, and building elements
on same elevation. C. Samples: 1. For each type of product indicated. a. Submit minimum 6-inch by 6-inch sample in specified gloss. b. Cut sample and seam together for representation
of inconspicuous seam. c. Indicate full range of color and pattern variation. d. Approved samples will be retained as a standard for work. D. Test Reports: 1. Provide test reports indicating
compliance with specifications. 2. For fire-retardant products, provide test reports indicating compliance with ASTM E 84. E. Manufacturer certificates: 1. Signed by manufacturers certifying
that they comply with requirements. 2. For products requiring certification of fabricators by the manufacturer, furnish copies of certification or certification number. 3. NSF/ANSI standards:
Provide certification that products comply with requirements of NSF 51 for food contact, all food types. F. Maintenance data and materials: 1. Furnish manufacturer’s care and maintenance
data, including repair and cleaning instructions. 2. Provide maintenance kit for finishes with close-out submittals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: 1. Fabricator
that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those required for this project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. B. Installer
Qualifications:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -3 1. An experienced installer who has completed solid surfacing installation similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this
Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. 2. For work installed as part of casework, installation shall be performed by
the casework fabricator or manufacturer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Protection: 1. Store materials in fabricator’s protective packaging or covered with tarps
or covers suitable to prevent damage from incidental moisture, abrasion, or other mechanical damage. a. Tarps shall permit the passage of water vapor and shall not accumulate moisture
beneath them. 2. Store materials indoors at temperatures between 60° F and 80° F and less than 60 percent relative humidity. a. Provide temporary heating, cooling or humidity control
if necessary to maintain required conditions. B. Handle products carefully to avoid damaging edges or units in any way. 1. Repair or replace damaged materials with new materials prior
to installation in the Work. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install solid surfacing until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings
is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Mechanical and
electrical systems: Coordinate location and rough-in requirements for mechanical and electrical work installed in solid surfacing. 1. Sinks, trim, traps, drain lines, and foot control
valves shall be integrated into solid surfacing construction. 2. Lights, film viewers, outlets, switches, communications, and alarms shall be integrated into solid surfacing construction.
a. Lamps and ballasts shall comply with the requirements of Division 26 Section “Interior Lighting”. B. Blocking: 1. Coordinate location of blocking behind all solid surfacing mounting.
2. Provide all blocking required for anchorage or support of all solid surfacing items where such blocking is not to be installed concealed in walls or bulkheads.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -4 3. Coordinate all concealed blocking to be provided under Division 06 Section “Rough Carpentry”. C. Field measurement: 1. To the greatest extent
possible, measure actual room dimension at the site, prior to fabrication, to assure proper fit and installation. a. Where field measurements cannot be obtained, obtain “firm” dimensions
from Contractor and provide sufficient additional length or depth to permit scribing to walls. 1.8 WARRANTY: A. Provide manufacturer’s warranty against defects in materials. 1. Warranty
shall provide material and labor to repair or replace defective materials. 2. Damage caused by physical or chemical abuse or damage from excessive heat will not be warranted. 3. Warranty
period: 10 years from date of substantial completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide solid surfacing materials from the manufacturers noted on the Drawings. 2.2 MATERIALS:
A. Solid Surfacing Materiel: 1. Fire resistance: tested per ASTM E 84, NFPA 255 or UL 723: a. Flame Spread: less than 25 b. Smoke developed: less than 25 2. Thickness: a. Horizontal
surfaces: 1/2 inch, unless indicated otherwise. b. Vertical surfaces: 1/2 inch, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Colors: As noted on Drawings. Provide only the product indicated 4. Finish:
Matte, unless otherwise indicated. a. Matte; gloss range of 5–20. b. Semigloss; gloss range of 20–50. c. Polished; gloss range of 50–80. 2.3 SINKS AND LAVATORIES A. Integral sink:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -5 1. Single bowl, size indicated on drawings. 2. Color: White 3. Mounting: Seamed undermount. 2.4 ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS A. Joint adhesive: 1.
Manufacturer’s standard one-or two-part adhesive kit to create inconspicuous, nonporous joints. B. Sealant: 1. Manufacturer’s standard mildew-resistant, FDA-compliant, NSF 51-compliant
(food zone — any type), UL-listed silicone sealant in colors matching components. C. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives, Glues, and Sealants: Use installation adhesives and sealants
that comply with SCAQMD Rule 1168 limits for VOC content, calculated in accordance with Rule 1168, less water and exempt compounds: 1. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L 2.
Plastic Cement Welding: 250 g/L 3. Adhesive Primer for Plastic: 550 g/L 4. Adhesives, adhesive bonding primers, applied to substrates not listed above: If an adhesive is used to bond
dissimilar substrates together the adhesive with the highest VOC content shall be allowed. a. Porous Material (except wood): 50 g/L b. Wood: 30 g/L 5. Sealants and Sealant Primers: a.
Sealants: 250 g/L b. Sealant primers, non-porous substrates: 250 g/L c. Sealant primers, porous substrates: 775 g/L 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Sink/lavatory mounting hardware: 1. Manufacturer’s
standard bowl clips, panel inserts and fasteners for attachment of undermount sinks/lavatories. B. Conductive tape: 1. Manufacturer’s standard aluminum foil tape, with required thickness,
for use with cutouts near heat sources. C. Insulating felt tape: 1. Manufacturer’s standard for use with conductive tape in insulating solid surface material from adjacent heat source.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -6 2.6 FABRICATION A. Shop assembly: 1. Fabricate components to greatest extent practical to sizes and shapes indicated, in accordance with approved
shop drawings and manufacturer’s printed instructions and technical bulletins. 2. Form joints between components using manufacturer’s standard joint adhesive without conspicuous joints.
a. Reinforce with strip of solid polymer material, 2" wide. 3. Countertops, stools, and shelves: a. Countertops supported by casework: 1) Provide fire retardant treated 1x4 slats secured
top perimeter of the countertop and base cabinets, at joint between base cabinets, and 18 to 24 inches on center. Slats shall extend full depth of countertop. 2) Where indicated, provide
1 inch fire retardant treated plywood or MDF subtop secured to bottom of solid surface top. b. Countertops supported by walls: Provide fire retardant treated 2x wood frame with 3/4 inch
fire retardant treated plywood or MDF sub-top. c. Provide water resistant sub-top at countertops with sinks or plumbing fixtures. d. Stools: Adhere stools to 3/4 inch fire retardant
treated plywood, secured to stud wall. e. Shelves: Provide fire retardant treated plywood or MDF substrate adhered to bottom of shelf, same depth as finished edges. 4. Provide factory
cutouts for plumbing fittings and bath accessories as indicated on the drawings. a. Where recommneded by solid surface material manufacturer, reinforce corners of cutouts with 1/2 inch
solid surface sheet. 5. Rout and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns. a. Rout cutouts, radii and contours to template. b. Smooth edges. c. Repair or reject defective and
inaccurate work. B. Thermoforming: 1. Comply with manufacturer’s data. 2. Heat entire component. a. Heat material uniformly in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, during forming.
3. Form pieces to shape prior to seaming and joining. 4. Cut pieces to finished dimensions. 5. Sand edges and remove nicks and scratches. C. Vertical surfaces with silicone sealant joints:
1. Seal material with 1/8-inch-wide joints, sealed with manufacturer’s color-matching silicone sealant; adhesively applied to solid substrates with matching color. D. Vertical surfaces
with hard seams:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -7 1. 1/4 inch thick, with butt joints between sheets made with manufacturer’s joint adhesive matching color of solid surface material; adhesively
applied to solid substrates; 2. Provide 1/8 inch expansion joints at corners and every 10 to 15 feet with matching color silicone. E. Backsplash: Applied F. Sidesplash: Applied PART
3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with fabricator present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting
performance of work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field measurements: 1. Take all necessary measurements
in the field to ensure proper fitting for the work of this section. 2. Verify floors are flat and level within 1/4 inch in 10 feet. a. Determine high point of floor before installation
of base cabinets. B. Cleaning: 1. Remove debris, dust, contaminants or any spilled or dried liquids from areas to receive solid surfacing prior to installation. 2. Wipe down or vacuum
wall surfaces in manner to remove dust and debris prior to installation of wall panels. 3.3 INSTALLATION: A. Install components plumb and level, scribed to adjacent finishes, in accordance
with approved shop drawings and product installation data. 1. Form field joints using manufacturer's recommended adhesive, with joints inconspicuous in finished work. a. Keep components
and hands clean when making joints. b. Visible joints or seams in like material shall not be permitted 2. Reinforce field joints in wall and horizontal surfaces with solid surface strips
extending a minimum of 1 inch on either side of the seam with the strip being the same thickness as the pieces being joined.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -8 3. Cut and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns. 4. Rout radii and contours to template. 5. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove
surface scratches and clean entire surface. 6. Provide backsplashes and side splashes as indicated on the drawings. Adhere to countertops using manufacturer's standard color-matched
silicone sealant. B. Sink installation: 1. Adhere undermount sinks/bowls to countertops using manufacturer's recommended adhesives and mounting hardware. 2. Adhere topmount sinks/bowls
to countertops using manufacturer's recommended adhesives and color-matched silicone sealants. 3. Make plumbing connections to sinks in accordance with Division 22, Plumbing. 3.4 PROTECTION
A. Keep components and hands clean during installation. B. Remove adhesives, sealants and other other stains after fabrication. C. Keep clean until Date of Substantial Completion. 3.5
REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. Replace all scratched, marred, or otherwise damaged materials which cannot be restored to “like new” appearance with new, undamaged materials to work being
replaced. B. Fabrications exhibiting poor workmanship of any component shall be replaced with fabrications of new material. C. Repair solid surfacing using methods recommended by manufacturer.
1. Repair using methods that minimize differences in appearance between original and repaired finishes. 2. Repair with same materials or compatible materials. 3. Finish surface to match
adjacent surfaces. 3.6 ADJUSTING 1. Adjust hardware on all doors and drawers so that they operate freely, smoothly, and accurately. 2. Remove and reinstall solid surfacing or trim that
is out of plumb, out of square, not level, or misaligned with adjacent work or trim. a. Repair or replace adjacent surfaces damaged due to removal and reinstallation.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS 06 61 16 -9 3.7 CLEANING: A. Clean all work of dirt, dust, grease, oil, shop identification marks, and other foreign matter. END OF SECTION
Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 -1 SECTION 07 21 00 — THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish and install all insulation as indicated or implied by
the Contract Documents. 2. Rigid board insulation. 3. Metal stud insulation. 4. Sound attenuation batt insulation. 5. Insulation installed as part of a firestopping system (safing insulation).
6. Sill seals. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section “Firestopping”, for insulation installed as part of a fire-resistive joint system or a through-penetration firestop. 2. Division
09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”, for acoustical insulation installed in metal stud wall assemblies. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C 272 – Standard Test Method
for Water Absorption of Core Materials for Structural Sandwich Constructions 2. C 177 – Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties
by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus 3. C 518 – Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus 4. C 578 – Standard
Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation 5. C 612 – Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation 6. C 665 – Standard Specification
for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing 7. E 84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
8. E 814 – Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Curtainwall insulation installed as part of a fire-resistive joint system:
Provide curtainwall insulation coordinated with the firestopping system specified in Division 07 Section “Firestopping”. Curtainwall insulation, supporting accessories, and installation
shall be in accordance with the fire-resistive joint system listing.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 -2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s product data showing compliance with specifications and installation instructions. 2. Furnish
with Operating and Maintenance Manuals. B. Schedules: 1. Provide schedule indicating insulation designation, insulation description, manufacturer, product name, thickness, and locations
where insulation is used. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: 1. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original unopened packing, with all labels intact. 2. Store materials in area protected
from the elements and open flame or sparks. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION A. Foundation Insulation: 1. Description: Extruded polystyrene foam insulation 2. Acceptable products: a.
Dow Chemical Co., Styrofoam Square Edge. b. Owens Corning., Foamular 250 c. Pactiv Building Products, GreenGuard CM 3. Width: a. 48 inches, unless otherwise noted on Drawings 4. Thickness:
1 inch minimum, or as indicated on Drawings 5. Edge profile: Square 6. Physical Properties: a. Compressive strength: 25 psi. b. Water absorption: ASTM C 272, 0.1% by volume, maximum
c. Thermal resistance: R=5.4/inch (40 degrees F, aged) 7. Compliance: ASTM C 578, Type IV 8. Locations: foundation walls, without waterproofing membrane, below floor slabs, and interior
uses. B. Curtainwall Insulation: 1. Description: Mineral wool semi-rigid blanket 2. Acceptable Products: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Fibrex Curtainwall Insulation CW b. IIG MinWool,
LLC; MinWool -1200 Curtainwall
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 -3 c. Roxul Inc.; CurtainRock 40, 80 d. Thermafiber LLC; Thermafiber FireSpan 40, 90 3. Facing: scrim-reinforced aluminum foil faced 4. Widths: As required
for rated assembly, 24" minimum 5. 6. Density: As required for rated assembly, 4 pcf minimum 7. Thickness: 2 inches, except where otherwise indicated. 8. Color: Natural 9. Attachment:
a. Uncompressed with galvanized steel impaling pins as required for the fire-rated assembly test for the floor to wall condition. b. 1-1/2 inch by 1-1/2 inch, 20 gage galvanized steel
angles and back-to-back angle stiffening tees installed in accordance with assembly listing. 10. Thermal Resistance: ASTM C518, R=4.13/inch, k=0.23 11. Compliance: ASTM C665 Type 1,
ASTM C 612, Type 1 12. Locations: a. Aluminum curtainwall spandrels and over mullions in concealed spaces. C. Sound Attenuation Batts for Fire-rated Walls: 1. Description: Mineral wool
sound attenuation blanket 2. Acceptable products: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Fibrex Sound Attenuation Fire Batt b. Owens Corning: Sound Attenuation Fire Batt Insulation/MW c. Roxul
Inc.: Acoustical Fire Batt d. Thermafiber LLC: Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Fire Blanket SAFB 3. Facing: Unfaced 4. Widths: 16", or as indicated on drawings 5. Thickness: 3", or as
indicated on drawings 6. Attachment: Friction fit in studs, using adhesive, wire, or metal straps, as recommended by manufacturer. 7. Compliance: ASTM C665, Type 1 8. Locations: Full
height in all fire rated sound walls and as indicated on drawings. D. Sound Attenuation Batts for Non-Fire-Rated Walls: 1. Description: Flexible glass fiber sound attenuation batts 2.
Acceptable products: a. CertainTeed Corporation: CertaPro AcoustaTherm b. Johns Manville: Sound Control Batts c. Knauf Fiber Glass: QuietTherm d. Owens Corning: Sound Attenuation Batts
3. Facing: Unfaced 4. Widths: 16", or as indicated on drawings 5. Thickness: 3", or as indicated on drawings 6. Attachment: Friction fit in studs, using adhesive, wire, or metal straps,
as recommended by manufacturer. 7. Density: 2.5 lbs./cu. ft. 8. Compliance: ASTM C665, Type 1
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 -4 9. Locations: Full height in all non-fire rated sound walls and as indicated on drawings. E. Safing Insulation: 1. Description: Mineral wool semi-rigid
blanket 2. Acceptable products: a. Thermafiber LLC: Thermafiber Safing Insulation b. Owens Corning: Safety Insulation c. Roxul Inc.: RXL Safe 3. Facing: a. Scrim-reinforced aluminum
foil faced at exterior wall and floor intersection. b. Unfaced at interior head-of-wall and poke-through locations. 4. Density: 4.0 lbs./cu. ft. 5. Thickness: 4" 6. Widths: 24" 7. Attachment:
a. Compressed 25 percent friction fit, unless noted otherwise b. Uncompressed with galvanized steel impaling pins as required for the fire-rated assembly test for the floor to wall condition.
8. Compliance: a. ASTM C612, Class 1 b. ASTM E814 (with smoke seal), hour and temperature rating indicated on Drawings. 9. Locations: a. Exterior wall and floor intersections, and as
indicated on Drawings. b. Interior head-of-wall intersections with corrugated metal deck or as part of a headof-wall firestopping system. c. Interior "poke-thru" locations except where
protected by alternative Firestop systems. d. Coordinate with requirements of systems installed under Division 07 Section “Firestopping”. F. Sill Seal: 1. Description: Closed-cell foam
insulation in unfaced rolls 2. Reference Standard: Insulation Corporation of America; Sill Seal. 3. Size: 1/4 inch x 100 foot rolls in the width as required for the sill plate size.
4. Location: Install between sill plate and floor slabs. 2.2 ADHESIVE A. As recommended by insulation manufacturers. 2.3 MECHANICAL FASTENERS A. As recommended by insulation manufacturer.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 -5 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine surfaces to be covered with insulation; ensure preceding work is completed. B. Verify that available
space is of sufficient depth for required insulation thickness. C. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until such conditions are fully resolved. 3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Underslab and perimeter insulation: 1. Butt boards tightly. Install insulation both horizontally and vertically against the foundation walls at slab-on-grade locations as shown on
the drawings. 2. Interrupt insulation at expansion joints. 3. Installation of insulation in small pieces to fill holes or gaps is not acceptable. 4. Stagger joints to the greatest extent
possible. B. Faced mineral fiber blankets and batts: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's current recommendations. 2. Fit closely around penetrations. 3. Install foil tape over
all damaged facing. Install foil tape at joint between but ends of insulation. 4. Installation of insulation in small pieces to fill holes or gaps is not acceptable. C. Unfaced mineral
fiber blankets and batts: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's current recommendations. 2. Fit closely around penetrations. Install a full layer of insulation behind electrical
boxes and other partial wall penetrations. 3. Installation of insulation in small pieces to fill holes or gaps is not acceptable. 3.3 INSPECTION A. At completion of installation, visually
inspect each area of work and verify that all insulation is complete and properly installed. B. Replace damaged insulation with new material of same type. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove adhesive
splatters and smears.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
THERMAL INSULATION 07 21 00 -6 B. Remove debris from project site. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07 24 13 -1 SECTION 07 24 13 – POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes:
1. Materials and installation of Class PB Polymer Based Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) at all exterior soffit areas indicated or implied on the Contract Drawings. B. Products
installed but not supplied under this section: 1. Access panels: Division 15 or 16 Sections requiring access C. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section “Thermal Insulation” 2. Division
07 Section “Joint Sealants” 3. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C 1177 – Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum substrate for
Use as Sheathing. 2. C 1397 -Standard Practice for Application of Class PB Exterior Insulation and Finish System 3. D 4258 – Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating
4. D 4261 – Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete Unit Masonry for Coating. 5. E 108 – Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings 6. E 330 – Standard Test Method
for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference B. EIFS Industry
Members Association (EIMA): 1. Guideline Specification for Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Insulation Board. 2. Guideline Specification for Exterior Insulation and Finish systems (EIFS),
Class PB 3. Guide for use of Sealants with Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS), Class PB. 4. Guide to EIFS Construction C. FM Global (FM): 1. Property Loss Prevention Data
Sheets 1-63 – Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems D. Gypsum Association (GA) 1. GA-600 – Fire Resistance Design Manual. 2. GA-253 – Application of Gypsum Sheathing. 3. GA-254 – Fire
Resistant Gypsum Sheathing.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07 24 13 -2 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Class PB Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) is defined by ASTM C 1397 as a "nonload bearing,
exterior wall cladding system that consists of an insulation board attached either adhesively, mechanically, or both, to the substrate; an integrally reinforced base coat; and a textured
protective finish coat." B. System(s) refer to Class PB EIFS. C. System manufacturer refers to EIFS manufacturer. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. All components of the system and the
system itself must meet or exceed all performance standards listed in EIMA Guideline Specification for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS), Class PB, Section 2.03. B. Provide
system complying with requirements of ICC-ES AC235. C. Provide water-resistive barrier complying with requirements if ICC-ES AC212. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit system manufacturer's
specifications, product data, and installation instructions. 2. Submit sample copy of manufacturer's warranty. 3. Submit system manufacturer's certificate of compliance with EIMA standards.
4. Submit EPS Board manufacturer's certificate of compliance with the current edition of EIMA Guideline Specification for Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Insulation Board. 5. Submit Sealant
manufacturer's certificate of compliance with EIMA Standard 300.01. B. Shop drawings: 1. Submit drawings showing fabrication and installation of system including plans, elevations, section,
details of components, joint locations and configurations within system and between system and construction penetrating it, and attachments to construction behind system. C. Samples:
1. Submit full range of manufacturer's standard colors. 2. Submit 8" x 8" color and texture samples of preliminary selections for final color selection. 3. Submit 12" x 12" color and
texture sample on insulation board for final color and texture approval. a. Incorporate within each sample a typical control joint filled with sealant of color indicated or selected.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07 24 13 -3 D. Certificates: 1. Furnish a list of a minimum of 3 previous project references of similar scope and size of this project.
a. Furnish with Subcontractors and material list. 2. Furnish applicator's certificate of instruction from system manufacturer. 3. Submit system manufacturer's certificate of compliance
with EIMA standards. 4. Submit EPS Board manufacturer's certificate of compliance with the current edition of EIMA Guideline Specifications for EPS Insulation Board. 5. Submit code body
evaluation service certificate of system compliance with building code in effect for Project. Refer to Code Summary in Drawings for Building Code. 6. Submit Sealant manufacturer's certificate
of compliance with EIMA Standard 300.01. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. 1. Manufacturer qualifications: a. Member in good standing of the EIFS Industry Members Association
(EIMA). b. System manufacturer for a minimum of fifteen years. c. System recognized for intended use by the national codes and by the local code agency with jurisdiction over the project.
d. System listed by a nationally recognized test agency. e. System listed in GA (Gypsum Association) Fire Resistance Design Manual. 2. Installer qualifications: a. Engaged in application
of Class PB EIFS for a minimum of 5 years. b. Knowledgeable in the proper use and handling of manufacturer's materials. c. Employ skilled mechanics that are experienced and knowledgeable
in Class PB EIFS application, and familiar with the requirements of specified work. d. Successful completion of minimum of 3 projects of similar size and complexity to the specified
project. e. Provide proper equipment, manpower and supervision on the job site to install the system in compliance with manufacturer's published specifications and details and the Project
Drawings and Specifications. 3. Sealant installer qualifications: a. Shall be experienced and competent in the installation of high performance industrial and commercial sealants for
a minimum of 5 years. 4. Insulation board manufacturer qualifications: a. Recognized by the EIFS manufacturer as capable of producing insulation board to meet system requirements, and
hold a valid licensing agreement with system manufacturer. b. Listed by an approved agency. c. Label insulation board with information required by system manufacturer, the approved listing
agency and the applicable building code. B. Provide EIFS components and accessories from single source EIFS manufacturer.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07 24 13 -4 C. Installation shall comply with the most stringent applicable requirements of manufacturer’s installation instructions,
EIMA “Guide to EIFS Construction” and ASTM C 1397. D. Materials and installation shall comply with the requirements of FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-63. E. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics:
Provide system assemblies and components with the following fire-test-response characteristics as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Flame Spread
of Insulation Board and Finish Coats: 25 or less when tested individually per ASTM E 84. 2. Smoke Developed of Insulation Board and Finish Coats: 450 or less when tested individually
per ASTM E 84. 3. Full-Scale Fire Test: Tested mockup, in the form indicated below, that represents completed wall assembly of which system is a part, shows no tendency to propagate
flame over the surface or through finish to the core, or to cause delamination of finish when vertically mounted exterior face is exposed 15 minutes to a fire source using flame-spread
test per ASTM E 108 modified for testing vertical walls as indicated below: a. Provide two panels, 72 by 120 inches (1830 by 3050 mm), consisting of protective finish coat and 4-inch-(102-mm-)
thick insulation applied to 1/2-inch-(12.7-mm-) thick gypsum board; cured for 28 days; with protective finish coat removed to leave surface of insulation exposed on one panel in an area
4 inches (102 mm) high by 24 inches (610 mm) wide and centered 24 inches (610 mm) above the bottom edge of panel. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver all polymer-based EIFS
materials in their original sealed containers bearing manufacturer's name and identification of product. B. Store pail products where temperatures do not drop below 40 degrees F or exceed
90 degrees F. Store away from direct sunlight. C. Protect bagged products and insulation from moisture and humidity. Store products under cover off the ground; keep them dry and protected
from the weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, damaging temperatures, construction traffic, and other causes in a dry location. 1. Stack insulation board
flat. 2. Protect plastic insulation against ignition at all times. 3. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time. 4. Complete installation and
concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07 24 13 -5 1.8 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient and surface temperatures above 40 degrees (4 degrees C) during application
and drying period, minimum 24 hours after application of polymer-based EIFS materials. B. Provide supplemental heat for installation in temperatures less than 40 degrees F. 1. Provide
a means to monitor temperature in enclosure at furthest point from heat source. 2. Provide written log of enclosure temperatures at start and end of each work day while products are
in storage, before installation. 1.9 SEQUENCING AND COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of polymer-based EIFS with related Work specified in other Sections of these specifications
to ensure that wall assemblies, including sheathing, flashing, trim, joint sealers, windows, and doors, are protected against damage from the effects of weather, age, corrosion, moisture,
and other causes. Do not allow water to penetrate behind polymer-based EIFS. B. Coordinate installation of foundation waterproofing and roofing membrane to provide a continuous air seal
and waterproof membrane where wall system adjoins them. C. Install flashing, copings and sealant immediately after installation of the system and when polymer-based EIFS coatings are
dry. 1.10 WARRANTY: A. Submit a written warranty, executed by the manufacturer covering materials and labor to replace defective materials included in the system installation. 1. Warranty
period shall be 6 years from date of substantial completion. B. Submit a written warranty, executed by the installer covering labor and materials to repair or replace defective application
of the system. 1. Warranty period shall be 2 years from date of substantial completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reference standard: 1. STO Classic A100, Class PB System
Manufactured by STO Finish Systems, Inc. B. Acceptable manufacturers: Products by listed manufacturers may be furnished providing their systems, materials, and methods equal or exceed
the type, quality and performance of the Reference Standard specified.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07 24 13 -6 1. Dryvit Systems, Inc.; Outsulation System 2. Master Wall Inc.; Aggre-Flex System 3. Parex Incorporated.; Standard System
4. BASF Wall Systems; Senerflex Classic PB Wall System 5. Sto Corp.; Sto Finish Systems Div.; Classic A100 TEC Specialty Products, Inc.; Allegro 2000 2.2 SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Adhesives:
1. A noncementitious, ready-mixed 100% acrylic co-polymer emulsion based adhesive that is waterproof and vapor permeable, as manufactured for use with the insulation system. Adhesive
must be compatible with substrate. B. Insulation: 1. Nominal 1.0 lb/cu.ft Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Insulation board in compliance with ASTM C578 Type I requirements, and EIMA Guideline
Specification for Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Insulation Board. C. Base coat: 1. A polymer-based base coat, prepared as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Reinforcing meshes: 1. Standard
Fabric: a. Nominal 4.3 oz/sq. yd., symmetrical, interlaced open weave glass fiber fabric made with minimum 25 percent by weight alkaline resistant coating for compatibility with system
and achieving Standard Impact Classification under EIMA Impact Test Method 101.86. E. Finish and color 1. Finish shall match texture of existing beige precast panels. 2. Color: As selected
from manufacturer's standard color system. F. Accessories: 1. Starter Track: rigid PVC plastic track as approved by system manufacturer. 2. Soffit vent: rigid PVC plastic or formed aluminum,
manufactured for use in EIFS systems. a. Width: 2-5/8 to 3 inches b. Vent openings: 1) Slotted openings: 1/8 inch by 1 inch, spaced 1 inch by 1-1/2 inches 2) Round perforations: 1/8
inch diameter by 1/4 inch spacing c. Minimum vent opening: 14 square inches per 10 lineal feet d. Finish: Painted, to match EIFS finish coat color
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07 24 13 -7 2.3 EXTERIOR WALL SHEATHING A. Gypsum sheathing specified under Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”, where indicated
on Drawings. B. Fire-retardant treated plywood specified under Division 06 Section “Rough Carpentry”, where indicted on Drawings. 2.4 BACKER ROD AND SEALANT A. Sealant: 1 part silicone,
specified under Section 07 92 00. B. Backer Rod: Closed cell preformed rod C. Provide sealant and backer rod recommended or approved by finish system manufacturer for use with its products.
2.5 EXTRUDED METAL TRIM ASSEMBLIES A. Include metal reveals, trim, mouldings, and soffit vents related to EIFS. For example, refer to fry reglet. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of system.
Proceed with installation of system only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Verify that substrate and adjacent materials are dry and free of contaminants, and that
substrates have not been damaged by prolonged exposure. 2. Verify that substrate is flat, free of any fins or irregularities: a. Verify sheathing application is in compliance with GA
253 or for Dens-Glass Gold gypsum sheathing, with Georgia Pacific Publication A468. 3. Verify that no conflicts exist with adjacent materials. 4. Verify that mechanical and electrical
system above soffit assembly can be covered. Install access panels provided by others. B. Report deviations from the requirements of project specifications or other conditions that might
adversely affect the air barrier membrane or EIFS installation to the General Contractor.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07 24 13 -8 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protection: 1. Provide temporary means for protection of adjacent surfaces, horizontal and vertical,
not scheduled to receive system. 2. Mask or otherwise protect aluminum from contact with system components. B. Weather protection: 1. Protect system, substrates, and wall construction
behind them from inclement weather during installation. Prevent infiltration of moisture behind system and deterioration of substrates. 2. Erect temporary enclosures for weather protection
during application of Work when temperatures are forecast to fall below 40 degrees within 24 hours of application of materials, or in accordance with more stringent environmental requirements
of the system manufacturer. 3. Minimal enclosure shall consist of 6 mil fire-retardant retardant reinforced polyethylene sheet supported by and securely attached to a rigid framework.
a. Enclose exposed sides of the work area, both vertically and horizontally. b. Lap enclosure material a minimum of 12 inches. c. Provide an obvious means for access and egress from
the enclosure. d. Protect roof surfaces with 1/2-inch minimum plywood and 11-inch square wood setting blocks under framework legs. C. Surface preparation: 1. Concrete unit masonry: Clean
in conformance with ASTM D 4261. 2. Concrete: Clean in conformance with ASTM D 4258 3. Sheathing: a. Remove accumulated dust, dirt or debris from the surface of sheathing using dry methods.
b. Prime gypsum sheathing that has been exposed longer than 6 months, in accordance with the system manufacturer instructions. 3.3 MIXING A. Description: 1. Use clean containers and
a rust free high-speed mixer mix materials per manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Under no circumstances shall any of the products be altered by adding any additives, except for
small amounts of clean water as directed on label. Antifreeze, accelerants, rapid binders, etc. are not allowed. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. The surface to receive the system shall be structurally
sound, clean, dry and uniform. If the surface of the factory applied coating on the gypsum sheathing has been exposed longer than
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07 24 13 -9 the gypsum sheathing manufacturer's recommendations, then prime the entire surface as directed by the sheathing manufacturer.
B. Soffit vents: 1. Accurately lay out location of vents and install with equal borders, parallel to exterior wall line. 2. Install vents, screwing to soffit framing in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions, Using Type S-12 corrosion resistant stainless steel screws, with a minimum 3/8 inch penetration. 3. Use connector clips, PVC adhesive or butt joints between
sections. Miter cut corners. C. Backwrapping: 1. Apply a strip of detail mesh to the substrate at all system terminations (windows, doors, expansion joints, etc.) with adhesive. The
mesh must be wide enough to adhere approximately 4 inches of mesh onto the wall, be able to wrap around the insulation board edge and cover a minimum of 2-1/2 inches on the outside surface
of the insulation board. D. Insulation: 1. Precut insulation board to match profiles and to fit fixtures and corners of openings. a. Do not align board joints with corners of openings.
2. Apply insulation boards over dry substrates in courses with long edges oriented horizontally. a. Begin first course from a level base line and work upward. 3. Coordinate flashing
installation with installation of insulation to produce a wall system that does not allow water to penetrate behind protective coating. 4. Stagger vertical joints in successive courses
to produce running bond pattern. a. Locate joints so no piece of insulation is less than 12 inches (300 mm) wide or 6 inches (150 mm) high. b. Offset joints not less than 6 inches (150
mm) from corners of window and door openings. 5. Apply starter strip (detail mesh) or reinforcing fiber mesh to wall sheathing at all wall openings, expansion joints and base line to
back wrap wall insulation. 6. Apply adhesive to back of insulation boards and adhere to wall in a running bond pattern. a. Insulation board joints must overlap sheathing board joints
by a minimum 8 inches (200 mm) and insulation board joints must offset each other by a minimum 8 inches (200 mm). b. Interlock insulation boards at all inside and outside corners. E.
Slivering and rasping of insulation board surface: 1. Fill any open joints in the insulation board layer with slivers of insulation or approved spray foam. 2. Rasp entire EPS surface
after adhesive has dried and prior to applying any base coat or mesh layers. a. Rasp or sand flush entire surface of insulation to remove irregularities projecting more than 1/32 inch
(0.8 mm) from surface of insulation and to remove yellowed
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07 24 13 -10 areas due to sun exposure; do not create depressions deeper than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). F. Reveals/aesthetic grooves: 1.
Provide aesthetic "V" grooves, depths and location as indicated with correct groove tool or router. 2. Offset grooves a minimum 4 inches (100 mm) from insulation board joints. 3. Do
not locate reveals at high stress areas such as corners of windows, doors, etc. 4. Maintain minimum 3/4 inch insulation at the bottom of the groove. G. Base coat and mesh: 1. Complete
backwrapping procedure by applying base coat to exposed edges of insulation board and approximately 4 inches (100 mm) onto the face of the insulation board. a. Pull mesh tight around
the board and embed it in the base coat with a stainless steel trowel. b. Use a corner trowel for clean, straight lines. 2. Apply detail mesh imbedded in base coat at all inside and
outside corners, diagonally at all corners of openings, and on all grooves or details prior to the application of the field mesh. 3. Where use of impact mesh is indicated, apply base
coat material to wall and immediately imbed impact mesh into wet base coat by troweling from the center to the edge of the mesh. a. Butt the mesh at seams. b. Feather edge of base coat
where impact mesh ends, unless it ends at a change in the plane of the wall. 4. After base coat has dried, apply base coat material to wall and immediately imbed standard mesh into wet
base coat by troweling from the center to the edge of the mesh, overlapping mesh a minimum of 2-1/2 inches, and double wrapping all inside and outside corners. 5. Minimum base coat thickness
shall be 1/16 inches when dry. a. If using a base coat material that is not self-leveling at 1/16 inches minimum thickness, reskim the base coat with a second layer after the first coat
had dried. H. Seal all open joints with a backer rod and approved exterior grade sealant in color to match finish, prior to application of finish coat. I. After base coat has thoroughly
dried, apply finishes and texture per manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 CLEANING A. Remove temporary covering and protection of other work. Promptly remove coating materials from
window and door frames and other surfaces outside areas indicated to receive system coatings.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07 24 13 -11 3.6 PROTECTION A. Provide protection of installed polymer-based EIFS materials from water infiltration into or behind
the system. B. Provide protection of installed polymer-based EIFS from dust, dirt, precipitation, freezing and continuous high humidity until polymer-based EIFS coatings are fully dry.
C. Protect finished work from soiling or damage. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -1 SECTION 07 81 16 — CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Spray-applied cementitious fireproofing. 2. Preparation
of metal to receive fireproofing. B. Related sections: 1. Division 07 Section “Firestopping” 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. E84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burning
Characteristics of Building Materials 2. E119 – Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 3. E605 – Standard Test Methods for Thickness and Density
of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members 4. E736 – Standard Test Method for Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members
5. E759 – Standard Test Method for Effect of Deflection on Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material Material Applied to Structural Members 6. E760 – Standard Test Method for Effect of Impact
on Bonding of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members 7. E761 – Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material Applied to Structural
Members 8. E859 – Standard Test Method for Air Erosion of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials (SFRMs) Applied to Structural Members 9. E937 – Standard Test Method for Corrosion of Steel
by Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material (SFRM) Applied to Structural Members 10. G21 – Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi B. National Fire
Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 251 – Standard Methods of Tests of Fire Endurance of Building Construction and Materials C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. ANSI/UL 263 – Standard,
Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials D. Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC):
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -2 1. Standard 6-1 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious fireproofing: factory-mixed, dry formulation of gypsum or Portland cement binders and lightweight
mineral or synthetic aggregates mixed with water at the project site to form a slurry for conveyance and application. The product shall be free of asbestos and mineral wool. B. Primary
beams: Beams with a direct connection to a column. C. Secondary beams: Beams not directly connected to a column. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide UL Design rated systems according
to the hourly fire resistance rating required, manufacturer and product selected, system design indicated on the Drawings, and structural member sizes indicated. B. All beams shall be
considered unrestrained for fire-protection purposes, unless noted otherwise. C. Structural members smaller than U.L. classified assembly: determine the thickness of material for smaller
members for the appropriate hourly rating in accordance with the adjustment formula in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. D. Structural members larger than U.L. classified assembly (oversized
members): 1. Provide mechanical bond reinforcement on primed steel members in accordance with the UL/ANSI 263 requirements or conduct a minimum of 5 bond tests on similarly primed steel
plates or existing members in accordance with UL/ANSI 263 and ASTM E736. 2. Definition of oversized members: a. Beam flange width: 12 inches or greater b. Column flange width: 16 inches
or greater c. Beam or column web depth: 16 inches or greater d. Pipe diameter or tube width: greater than 12 inches 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer’s literature indicating
product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria. 2. Manufacturer's application instructions 3. Product MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -3 B. Application Schedule: Provide schedule indicating material to be used, building element or member size to be protected, hourly rating, material
thickness provided, and appropriate UL classification design number. C. Test Reports: Independent laboratory test results for fireproofing shall be submitted for the following performance
criteria: 1. Fire resistance: ASTM E119, ANSI/UL 263 for all hourly ratings indicated a. Submit evidence that the fireproofing has been subjected to full-scale ANSI/UL 263 fire testing
at Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. by the manufacturer. 2. Bond Strength: ASTM E736 3. Compressive Strength: ASTM E761 4. Deflection: ASTM E759 5. Bond Impact: ASTM E760 6. Air Erosion:
ASTM E859 7. Corrosion Resistance: ASTM E937 8. Abrasion Resistance (Test Method developed by City of San Francisco, Bureau of Building Inspection). 9. Impact Penetration (Test Method
developed by City of San Francisco, Bureau of Building Inspection) 10. High Speed Air Erosion: UMC Standard 6-1 and ASTM E859 11. Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E84 12. Combustibility
per ASTM E84 13. Mold Resistance per ASTM G21 and UMC Standard 6-1 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator shall be established firm specializing in applying the work of this section with
minimum of three years experience. Applicator shall be approved by the manufacturer. B. Fire Resistance Classification: The spray-applied fireproofing material shall have been tested
and reported by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. in accordance with the procedures of ASTM E119 and shall
be listed in the Underwriters Laboratories Fire Resistance Directory. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Material shall be delivered in original unopened packages, fully identified
as to manufacturer, brand or other identifying data and bearing the proper Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. labels for Surface Burning Characteristic and Fire Resistance Classification.
B. Material shall be stored off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location until ready for use. All bags that have been exposed to water before use shall be found unsuitable and
discarded. Stock of material is to be rotated and used prior to its expiration date.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -4 1.8 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. A minimum air and substrate temperature of 40 degrees F (4.4 degrees C) shall be present before application of spray-applied
fireproofing. A minimum air and substrate temperature of 40 degrees F (4.4 degrees C) must be maintained during and for 24 hours after application of the spray-applied fireproofing.
Provide enclosures with heat to maintain temperature. B. Provide ventilation in poorly ventilated areas to achieve a minimum total air exchange rate of 4 times per hour until the material
is substantially dry. 1.9 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Items Not fireproofed: 1. Coordinate with other trades to assure that fireproofing is complete prior to installation of ducts,
conduits, piping, and related components. B. Coordination with other Work: 1. Coordinate installation of Work directly attached to construction indicated to receive fireproofing to minimize
patching and repair work after fireproofing application. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Furnish material produced by one of the following manufacturers: 1. Reference
Standard: Grace Construction Products, Monokote Type MK-6 or MK-6/HY for concealed interior use, Z-106 or Z106/HY for exposed interior use, Z-146 for exterior use. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers
whose product must meet the minimum performance standard for each and every physical property listed. a. Isolatek International, CAFCO 300 interior concealed, CAFCO 400 interior exposed,
CAFCO 800 exterior. b. Carboline Company; southwest, Type 5GP concealed interior, Type 5MD exposed interior, 1XR for exterior. B. Physical Performance Characteristics: Fireproofing material
shall meet the following physical performance standards: 1. Dry Density: ASTM E605, Minimum average density shall be that listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory for each rating indicated,
or minimum average 15 pcf (240 kg/cubic meter), whichever is greater. 2. Deflection: ASTM E759, no cracks or delamination from the surface. 3. Bond Impact: ASTM E760, no cracks or delamination
from the surface 4. Bond Strength: ASTM E736: a. Minimum average bond strength: 200 psf (9.6 Kpa)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -5 b. Minimum individual bond strength: 150 psf (7.2 Kpa). 5. Air Erosion: ASTM E859: a. Maximum allowable total weight loss: 0.005 grams/square foot
(0.05 mgs/square meter) b. Sample surface shall be "as applied" (not pre-purged) c. Total reported weight loss shall be the total weight loss over a 24 hour period from the beginning
of the test. 6. High Speed Air Erosion: UMC Standard 6-1 and ASTM E859, material used in plenums or ducts shall exhibit no continued erosion after 4 hours at an air speed of 2500 ft/min
(29 mph) [12.7 m/s (47 km/h)] . 7. Compressive Strength: ASTM E761, deform not more than 10% when subjected to compressive forces of 1200 psf (57 Kpa ). 8. Corrosion Resistance: ASTM
E937, shall not promote corrosion of steel. 9. Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E84 a. Flame Spread: 0 b. Smoke Development: 0 10. Resistance to Mold: ASTM G21 a. Resistant to mold
growth for a period of 21 days for general use and 60 days for materials to be installed in plenums. b. Fireproofing material shall be formulated at the time of manufacture with a mold
inhibitor. C. Water: clean, fresh, potable, free from mineral or organic substances as would affect the set of the fireproofing material. 1. Provide water with sufficient pressure and
volume to meet the fireproofing application schedule. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Provide accessories to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and to meet fire resistance design and code
requirements. Such accessories include, but are not limited to, any required or optional items such as; bonding agents, mechanical attachments; application aids such as metal lath, scrim,
or netting. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. All surfaces to receive spray-applied fireproofing shall be free of oil, grease, paints/primers, loose mill scale, dirt or other foreign
substances that may impair proper adhesion of the fireproofing to the substrate. Where necessary, cleaning or other corrections of surfaces to receive fireproofing shall be the responsibility
of the supplier of the incompatible substrate.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -6 B. Application of the fireproofing shall not begin until the contractor, applicator, fireproofing testing laboratory (inspector) have examined the
surface to receive fireproofing and determined that the surfaces are acceptable to receive fireproofing material. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect surfaces not scheduled for fireproofing and
equipment from overspray, fall-out and dusting. B. Close off and seal duct work, conduits, junction boxes, etc. in areas where fireproofing is being applied 3.3 PREPARATION A. Prior
to application of the fireproofing material, a bonding agent, approved by the fireproofing material manufacturer, shall be applied to all concrete substrates to receive fireproofing.
B. Other trades shall install clips, hangers, support sleeves and other attachments required to penetrate the fireproofing, prior to application of the fireproofing materials. C. Other
trades shall not install ducts, piping, equipment or other suspended items until the fireproofing is complete. D. Complete placing of concrete on floor and roof decking prior to application
of the fireproofing to the underside of steel deck and supporting beams and joists. 3.4 MIXING A. Mix in accordance with current printed instructions of manufacturer. 3.5 APPLICATION
A. Equipment and application procedures shall conform to the material manufacturer's application instructions. B. Post appropriate cautionary "Slippery When Wet" signs in all areas in
contact with wet fireproofing material. Erect appropriate barriers to prevent entry by non-fireproofing workers into the fireproofing spray and mixing areas and other areas exposed to
wet fireproofing material. C. Apply primer or adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions as required to meet the fire resistance ratings, before application of the fireproofing.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -7 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Architect/Engineer will select, and the Owner will pay an independent testing laboratory to randomly sample and
verify the thickness and the density of the fireproofing in accordance with provisions of ASTM E605. 1. Where density samples are of irregular shape, a displacement method approved by
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. shall be used to determine in-place fireproofing density. 2. Where field testing indicates insufficient density or bond strength, density or bond strength,
perform additional testing to determine extent of non-compliant work.. B. The Architect/Engineer will select, and the Owner will pay an independent testing laboratory to randomly sample
and verify the bond strength of the fireproofing in accordance with provisions of ASTM E736. C. The results of the above tests shall be made available to all parties at the completion
of predesignated areas that shall have been determined during the pre-job conference. D. Remediation: 1. Where field testing indicates insufficient thickness for fire rating indicated,
apply additional fireproofing, until fireproofing achieves required thickness. 2. Where field testing indicates insufficient bond strength or density of fireproofing, remove non-compliant
fireproofing and reapply with fireproofing that complies with density or bond strength required. 3.7 PATCHING A. Inspect work installed by others for removal or damage of fireproofing.
Patch and repair altered or damaged fireproofing. 1. All patching and repairing of spray-applied fireproofing shall be performed with same materials and by the same applicators under
this section, and paid for by the trade(s) responsible for the damage. 2. Patch fireproofing removed or altered during field testing, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Patch damaged
or displaced fireproofing with fireproofing material or manufacturer approved patching mix. Patch to achieve required depth of fireproofing. 3.8 CLEANING A. After the completion of fireproofing
work, application equipment shall be removed. B. Clean deposits of material from walls, floors and other surfaces not scheduled to receive sprayed-on fireproofing. .
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 81 16 -8 3.9 SCHEDULE A. Typical assemblies are as follows, in an Unrestrained Condition. 1. Steel Columns, Primary Beams, and Bracing: 3 hour rating a.
General: U.L. Design numbers X772; X771; N708 b. Supporting roof construction only: 2 hour rating 1) Columns: U.L. Design numbers X772; X771 2) Concrete over metal deck: U.L. Design
number N708 3) Wide flange beam supporting metal deck with roof insulation: U.L. Design number S734 4) Open-web joist or girder supporting metal deck with roof insulation: U.L. Design
number S736 2. Secondary framing, floor and roof assemblies: a. Floor/roof assembly, concrete over metal deck: 2 hour rating, U.L. Design number D925 b. Roof Assembly: 1-1/2 hour rating:
1) Extruded polystyrene roof insulation: U.L. Design number P725 2) Polyisocyanurate roof insulation: U.L. Design number P732 END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -1 SECTION 07 84 00 — FIRESTOPPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes firestopping for the following: 1. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated
floor and roof construction including both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items. 2. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated
walls and partitions including both empty opening and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items. 3. Penetrations through smoke barriers and construction
enclosing compartmentalized areas involving both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items. 4. Joints in fire-resistance-rated construction, including tops of fire-rated
walls. 5. Joints between floor construction and curtain wall assemblies, including including installation of curtainwall insulation. 6. Sealing of non-fire-rated corridor walls required
to prevent passage of smoke into the corridor. 7. Labeling of firestopping and fire-resistive joint installations. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section “Expansion Joints Cover
Assemblies” 2. Division 07 Section “Thermal Insulation”, for curtainwall and safing insulations 3. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants” 4. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Drywall Assemblies”
5. Division 23 – Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning 6. Division 26 – Electrical C. Products installed, but not supplied under this section: 1. Curtainwall insulation installed
as part of a fire-resistive joint system: Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation". 2. Mineral wool insulation installed as part of a firestopping system (safing insulation): Division
07 Section "Thermal Insulation". 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C 719 – Standard Test Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants Under Cyclic Movement
(Hockman Cycle) 2. C 834 – Standard Specification for Latex Sealants 3. C 920 – Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -2 4. C 1193 – Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants 5. E 84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 6. E 119 – Standard
Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 7. E 136 – Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750oC 8. E 814 – Standard Test
Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops 9. E 1399 – Standard Test Method for Cyclic Movement and Measuring the Minimum and Maximum Joint Widths of Architectural Joint
Systems 10. E 1725 – Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Fire-Resistive Barrier Systems of Electrical Systems Components. 11. E 1966 – Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint
Systems 12. E 2174 – Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire Stops 13. E 2307 – Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barrier Systems
Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-story Test Apparatus 14. E 2393 – Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire Stop Joint Systems B. International Conference of Building
Officials (ICBO): 1. UBC Standard 26-9 – Method of Test for the Evaluation of Flammability Characteristics of Exterior, Non-Loadbearing Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components
Using the Intermediate-Scale, Multistory Test Apparatus. C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1. UL Qualified Firestop Contractor Program 2. UL 723 – Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials 3. UL/ANSI 1479 – Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops, including optional air leak test. 4. UL 1978 – Grease Duct 1 or 2 Hour Shaft Enclosures 5. UL 2079 –
Test for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems 6. Category XHDG – Perimeter Fire Containment Systems 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide firestopping systems
that are produced and installed to resist the spread of fire and the passage of smoke and other gases, according to requirements indicated. B. Through-Penetration Firestop Systems: Provide
through-penetration firestop systems, tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 with a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch of water, with F and T ratings equal or exceeding
the fire-resistance rating of the constructions penetrated. 1. T Rating is required for floor penetrations contained and located within the cavity of a wall. 2. W Rated Through-Penetration
Firestop Systems: Provide firestop systems with W Water Resistance ratings, in addition to F, T and L ratings, as determined per UL 1479, where indicated. 3. In floors, and walls indicated
as “Smoke Barriers” or “Smoke Partitions”, provide UL/ANSI 1479 Category L listed firestop systems that will prevent the passage of smoke
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -3 through the floor or wall, with an aggregate area of opening in each room less than specified or required by Code: a. Leakage Area of Walls: 1 square foot per
1000 square feet of wall area. b. Leakage Area of Floors: 0.5 square feet per 1000 square feet of floor area. C. Fire-Resistant Joint Systems: For joints between floor slabs and curtainwall
assemblies, provide systems classified under UL Category XHDG. Joint system or tested in accordance with the requirements of UL 2079, with F and T ratings equal or exceeding the floor
assembly rating. D. For firestopping exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions. 1. For piping
penetrations for plumbing and wet-pipe sprinkler systems, provide moistureresistant through-penetration firestop systems. 2. For floor penetrations with annular spaces exceeding 4 inches
(100 mm)) or more in width and exposed to possible loading and traffic, provide firestop systems capable of supporting the floor loads involved either by installing floor plates or by
other means. 3. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration firestop systems that do not require removal of insulation. E. For firestopping exposed to view,
provide products with flame-spread values of less than 25 and smoke-developed values of less than 450, as determined per ASTM E 84. F. Re-enterable sleeve Devices: Where penetrants consist
of multiple security, communication, data, cable-tray or other cabling,re-enterable sleeve devices may be provided in lieu of separate sleeves and firestopping. G. Where application
does not match available listed systems, provide Engineering Judgments or Equivalent Fire Resistance Rated Assembly created in accordance with IFC guidelines. H. Where there is no specific
third party tested and classified firestop system available for a particular firestop configuration, the firestopping contractor shall obtain from the firestop manufacturer, an Engineering
Judgment (EJ) or Equivalent Fire Resistance Rated Assembly (EFFRA) for submittal to Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) for approval. I. Corridor walls in Group I-2 Occupancy buildings:
Corridor walls shall be sealed to prevent the passage of smoke with materials capable of providing an effective smoke barrier. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for each type of product
specified. 1. Certification by firestopping manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs), and are nontoxic to
building occupants. B. Shop drawings detailing materials, installation methods, and relationships to adjoining construction for each through-penetration firestop system, and each kind
of construction
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -4 condition penetrated and kind of penetrating item. Include firestop design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency evidencing compliance with
requirements for each condition indicated. 1. Submit documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency that is applicable to each through-penetration
firestop configuration for construction and penetrating items. a. Documentation shall include an illustration of the condition being firestopped and written description of system components
and installation requirements. 2. Where there is no specific third party tested and classified Firestop System available for particular firestop configuration, the firestopping contractor
shall obtain from the firestop manufacturer an Engineering Judgment (EJ) or Equivalent Fire Resistance Rated Assembly (EFRRA). C. Schedule: Provide schedule of firestopping systems listing
the following: 1. Condition, by construction and penetrating item. 2. System designation, using UL or other independent laboratory designation. 3. System F and T ratings. 4. List of
System Components. 5. Limitations on size of opening or maximum joint width. 6. Limitation on size or number of penetrating items. 7. Minimum and maximum annular space or joint width.
8. Sealant color, where applicable. D. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of firestopping products certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. 1. Copies
of Engineering Judgment applications and responses. E. Product test reports from, and based on tests performed by, a qualified testing and inspecting agency evidencing compliance of
firestopping with requirements based on comprehensive testing of current products. F. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate
their their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of Architects and Owners, and other information specified. 1.5 QUALITY
ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide firestopping that complies with the following requirements and those specified under the article, “SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS”:
1. Firestopping tests shall be performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL, ITS/WHI (Warnock Hersey), Omega Point Laboratories,
or another agency performing testing and follow-up inspection services for firestop systems that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Through-penetration firestop systems
are identical to those tested per ASTM E 814 under conditions where positive furnace pressure differential of at least 0.01 inch of water (2.5
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -5 Pa) is maintained at a distance of 0.78 inch (20 mm) below the fill materials surrounding the penetrating items in the test assembly. Provide rated systems complying
with the following requirements: a. Through-penetration firestop system products shall bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Through-penetration
firestop systems correspond to those indicated by reference to through-penetration firestop system designations listed by UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory," by Intertek ETL Semko,
or by another qualified testing and inspecting agency. 3. Fire-resistive joint sealant systems are identical to those tested for fire-response characteristics per UL 2079 under conditions
where the positive furnace pressure differential is at least 0.01 inch of water (2.5 Pa), as measured 0.78 inch (20 mm) from the face exposed to furnace fire. Provide systems complying
with the following requirements: a. Fire-Resistance Ratings of Joint Sealants: As indicated by reference to design designations listed by UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory" or by
another qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Joint sealants, including backing materials, bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspection agency. B. Installer
Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is certified, licensed, or otherwise qualified by the firestopping manufacturer as having the necessary experience, staff, and training
to install manufacturer's products per specified requirements. 1. A manufacturer's willingness to sell its firestopping products to the Contractor or to an Installer engaged by the Contractor
does not in itself confer qualification on the buyer. C. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is certified or otherwise qualified as having the necessary experience,
staff, and training to install firestopping systems in accordance with specified requirements. 1. FM Global approved in accordance with FMG 4991 2. UL Qualified Firestop Contractor 3.
Licensed by the State or local authority, where applicable. 4. Firestop Contractors International Association Contractor Member in good standing. 5. Shown to have successfully completed
not less than 5 comparable scale projects. D. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain through-penetration firestop systems for each kind of penetration and construction condition indicated
from a single manufacturer. E. Provide firestoppping products containing no detectable asbestos as determined by the method specified in 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A, Section
1, "Polarized Light Microscopy." F. Coordinating Work: Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that designated through-penetration firestop systems are installed
per specified requirements.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -6 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver firestopping products to Project site in original, unopened containers or packages with intact and legible manufacturers'
labels identifying product and manufacturer; date of manufacture; lot number; shelf life, if applicable; qualified testing and inspecting agency's classification marking applicable to
Project; curing time; and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle firestopping materials to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature
changes, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not install firestopping when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted
by firestopping manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Ventilation: Ventilate firestopping per firestopping manufactures' instructions
by natural means or, where this is inadequate, forced air circulation. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Do not cover up those firestopping installations that will become concealed behind
other construction until Architect/Engineer and authorities having jurisdiction, if required, have examined each installation. 1. Dated photographs may be submitted for verbal approval
by the Architect/Engineer, in lieu of on-site examination, prior to proceeding with construction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers of firestopping materials
and systems: 1. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc.; FireBarrier 2. Hilti, Inc. 3. Nelson Firestop Products. 4. RectorSeal Corporation (The), Bio Fireshield and Metacaulk Firestopping Products.
5. Specified Technologies, Inc. (STI); SpecSeal 6. 3M; Fire Protection Products Division. 7. Tremco; Fire Protection Systems Group; TremStop
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -7 2.2 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide firestopping composed of components that are compatible with each other, the substrates forming openings,
and the items, if any, penetrating the firestopping under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by firestopping manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B.
Accessories: Provide components for each firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1. Use only
components specified by the firestopping manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting agency for the designated fire-resistance-rated systems. Accessories include
but are not limited to the following items: 1. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials including including the following: a. Semi-refractory fiber (mineral wool) insulation. b. Ceramic
fiber. c. Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state. d. Fire-rated form board. e. Joint fillers for joint
sealants. 2. Temporary forming materials. 3. Substrate primers. 4. Collars. 5. Steel sleeves. C. Applications: Provide firestopping systems composed of materials specified in this Section
that comply with system performance and other requirements. 2.3 FILL MATERIALS FOR FIRESTOP SYSTEMS A. Mineral wool (fire safing) insulation: 1. Description: Mineral wool semi-rigid
blanket a. ASTM C 612, Class 1 b. Provide material complying with firestop system listing for hour and temperature rating indicated on Drawings. 2. Facing: a. Scrim-reinforced aluminum
foil faced at exterior wall and floor intersection.
b. Unfaced at interior head-of-wall and poke-through locations. 3. Density: 4.0 lbs./cu. ft. 4. Thickness: 4 inches 5. Widths: Maximum usable width up to 24 inches 6. Attachment: a.
Compressed 25 percent friction fit, unless noted otherwise b. Uncompressed with galvanized steel impaling pins as required for the fire-rated assembly test for the floor to wall condition.
7. Acceptable products: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Fibrex Safing Insulation
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -8 b. IIG MinWool. LLC; MinWool -1200 Safing c. Roxul Inc.; RXL Safe d. Thermafiber LLC; Thermafiber Safing Insulation 8. Locations: a. Exterior wall and floor
intersections, and as indicated on Drawings. b. Interior head-of-wall intersections with corrugated metal deck or as part of a headof-wall firestopping system. c. Interior "poke-thru"
locations except where protected by alternative Firestop systems. B. Curtainwall Insulation: 1. Description: Mineral wool semi-rigid blanket a. ASTM C665 Type 1, ASTM C 612, Type 1.
2. Thermal Resistance: ASTM C518, R=4.13 per inch, k=0.23 3. Facing: scrim-reinforced aluminum foil faced 4. Widths: As required for rated assembly, 24" minimum 5. Density: As required
for rated assembly, 4 pcf minimum 6. Thickness: 2 inches, except where otherwise indicated. 7. Color: Natural 8. Attachment: a. Uncompressed with galvanized steel impaling pins as required
for the fire-rated assembly test for the floor to wall condition. b. 1-1/2 inch by 1-1/2 inch, 20 gage galvanized steel angles and back-to-back angle stiffening tees installed in accordance
with assembly listing. 9. Acceptable Products: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Firex Curtainwall Insulation CW b. IIG MinWool, LLC; MinWool -1200 Curtainwall c. Roxul Inc.; CurtainRock 40,
80 d. Thermafiber LLC; Thermafiber FireSpan 40, 90 10. Locations: a. Aluminum curtainwall spandrels and over mullions in concealed spaces. C. Ceramic-Fiber and Mastic Coating: Ceramic
fibers in bulk form formulated for use with mastic coating, and ceramic fiber manufacturer's mastic coating. D. Ceramic-Fiber Sealant: Single-component formulation of ceramic fibers
and inorganic binders. E. Endothermic, Latex or Acrylic Compound Sealant: Single-component, endothermic. F. Intumescent, Latex or Acrylic Sealant: single-component, intumescent. G. Intumescent
Putty: Non-hardening, moldable, dielectric, water-resistant putty containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds. 1. Putty may be preformed into self-adhering, relocatable
sheets or pads for installation around penetrating objects. H. Intumescent Wrap Strips: Single-component, elastomeric sheet with aluminum foil on one side.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -9 I. Intumescent Composite Panels: Rigid fire-resistant panel consisting of an intumescent layer bonded to a 2 galvanized steel sheet, reinforced with steel wire
mesh covered with aluminum foil J. Job-Mixed Vinyl Compound: Pre-packaged vinyl-based power product for mixing with water at Project site to produce a paintable compound, passing ASTM
E 136, with flame-spread and smoke-developed rating of 0 per ASTM E 84. K. Mortar: Prepackaged dry mix composed of a blend of inorganic binders, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated
for mixing with water at Project site to form a non-shrinking, homogenous mortar. L. Blankets: Inorganic thermal ceramic and acoustical blankets for use in construction joints. Flame
spread and smoke development of zero per ASTM E 84 and UL 723. Non-combustible per ASTM E 136. M. Duct Wrap: Inorganic thermal ceramic fireproof blankets for a 2-hour enclosure of metal
duct elevator hoistway vents. N. Pillows/Bags: Re-usable, heat-expanding pillows/bags composed of glass-fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral-fiber, water-insoluble
expansion agents and fire-retardant additives. O. Silicone Foam: Two-component, silicone-based liquid elastomer that, when mixed expands and cures in place to produce a flexible, non-shrinking
foam. P. Silicone Sealant: Moisture-curing, single-component, silicone-based neutral-curing elastomeric sealant of grade indicated below: 1. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation
for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and other surfaces requiring a non-slumping/gunnable sealant, unless indicated firestop
system limits use to nonsag grade for both opening conditions. 2. Grade for Horizontal Surfaces: Pourable (self-leveling) grade for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces.
3. Grade for Vertical Surfaces: Nonsag grade for openings in vertical and other surfaces. Q. Firestop Putty Pad: Moldable firestop putty to protect electrical outlet boxes. 2.4 FIRE-RESISTIVE
ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANT A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that complies with ASTM C
920 requirements, including those referenced for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses, and requirements specified in this Section applicable to fire-resistive joint sealants.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -10 B. Sealant Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with theOwner's existing color selections. C. Single-Component, Neutral-Curing Silicone
Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; exposurerelated Use NT, and joint-substrate-related Uses M, G, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) O 1. Additional Movement Capability:
Provide sealant with the capability to withstand the following percentage changes in joint width existing at time of installation, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum
cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated: a. 50 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total
of 100 percent movement. b. 100 percent movement in extension and 50 percent movement in compression for a total of 150 percent movement. D. Multicomponent, Nonsag, Urethane Sealant:
Type M; Grade NS; Class 25; exposure-related Use NT, and joint-substrate-related Uses M, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) O. 1. Additional Movement Capability: Provide
sealant with the capability to withstand the following percentage change in joint width existing at time of installation, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement
per ASTM C 719, and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated: a. 40 percent movement in extension and 25 percent in compression for a total of 65
percent movement. b. 50 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of 100 percent movement. E. Single-Component, Nonsag, Urethane Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class
25; and Uses NT, M, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) O. 2.5 FIRE-RESISTIVE LATEX SEALANT A. Latex Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing,
elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that complies with ASTM C 834 requirements, including those referenced for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses, and requirements specified in
this Section applicable to fire-resistive joint sealants. B. Sealant Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the Owner's existing color selection: C. Single-Component,
Nonsag Latex Sealant: Type OP; Grade NF 1. Movement Capability: Provide sealant with the capability to withstand the following percentage changes in joint width existing at time of installation,
when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 834 for uses indicated:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -11 a. Gun grade: Minimum 15 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of 30 percent movement. b. Spray-applied: Minimum 18 percent movement
in both extension and compression for a total of 36 percent movement. 2.6 RE-ENTERABLE SLEEVE DEVICES A. System consisting of one or more sheet metal or split-tube sleeves forming an
enclosed pathway, intumescent firestopping materials, and smoke seal, intended for use with low-voltage cabling or other non-metallic penetrants. 1. Device shall be rated for visual
fill capacities from 0 to 100 percent. 2. Device shall automatically adjust to cable fill volume. 3. Device shall permit cables to be installed, removed, or retrofitted without the need
to adjust, remove or reinstall firestop materials. 4. Device shall carry a UL Classified L rating and limit the passage of smoke through the penetration. B. Provide device suitable for
retrofit application for encasing existing wiring without requiring their removal, where existing cabling penetrates new or existing fire-rated floors or partitions. C. Products: 1.
3M; Fire Protection Products Division; Fire Barrier Pass-Through Devices 2. Hilti, Inc.; CP 653 Speed-Sleeve (walls only) 3. RectorSeal Corporation (The), Metacaulk Cast-In-Place Firestop
Device (through-floor only). 4. Specified Technologies, Inc. (STI); EZ-Path System 2.7 CAST-IN SLEEVE DEVICES A. System for use in cast-in-place concrete floor systems, consisting of
plastic sleeve forming an enclosed pathway, intumescent firestopping materials, water and smoke seal, intended for use with floor penetrants. 1. Provide device designed for metal or
plastic pipe, conduit, or cabling penetrants, as indicated. 2. Device shall be field adjustable or adaptable to required sleeve height. 3. Device shall be sized to fit preset annular
space for penetrant size. 4. Device shall permit penetrants to be installed, removed, or retrofitted without the need to adjust, remove or reinstall firestop materials. 5. Device shall
carry a UL Classified L and W rating and limit the passage of smoke and water through the penetration. 6. Device shall be designed for placement adjacent to additional sleeves (ganged
penetrations). Spacing of ganged units shall provide not less than 1 inch concrete between sleeves. 7. Sleeve shall be provided with removable cap to prevent damage or contamination
during construction, prior to installation of penetrant.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -12 2.8 MIXING A. For those products requiring mixing prior to application, comply with firestopping manufacturer's directions for accurate proportioning of materials,
water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce firestopping products of uniform quality
with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. 2.9 LABELS A. Provide permanent, self-adhesive, water-resistant labels indicating the following information: 1. Assembly
F and T rating 2. Assembly Certification number or Engineering Judgment number 3. Name of organization certifying assembly 4. Test method used to certify assembly 5. Name of installing
contractor 6. Date of installation 7. Name of manufacturer of assembly components PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for
compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of firestopping. 1. Verify that field dimensions are
as shown on the Drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Coordinate locations of cast-in-place sleeve devices or floor penetrating items. 3. Coordinate with other trades to
assure that all pipes, conduit, cable, and other items, which penetrate fire rated construction, have been permanently installed prior to installation of firestop assemblies that do
not create a permanent sleeve. 4. Schedule the work to assure that partitions and all other construction that conceals penetrations are not erected prior to the installation of firestop
and smoke seals. B. Verify that system components are clean, dry, and ready for installation. C. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings and joints immediately prior to installing firestopping to comply with recommendations of firestopping manufacturer and the following
requirements:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -13 1. Remove all foreign materials from surface of opening and joint substrates and from penetrating items that could interfere with adhesion of firestopping.
2. Clean opening and joint substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with firestopping. Remove loose particles remaining from
cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended by firestopping manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended
products and methods. 1. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent firestopping from contacting
adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed upon completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears
from firestopping materials. 1. Remove tape as soon as it is possible to do so without disturbing firestopping seal with substrates. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Comply with
the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1 and the through-penetration firestop manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications
indicated. B. Install forming/damming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce the cross-sectional
shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings of designated through-penetration firestop systems. 1. After installing fill materials, remove combustible forming materials and other
accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestop systems. C. Install fill materials for through-penetration firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following
results: 1. Completely fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items. 2. Backing or fill materials meet compression requirements,
where required. 3. Materials fully contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 4. Provide uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint
width that optimize movement capability. 5. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining
finishes. D. Install systems by proven techniques that result in firestop materials: 1. Directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -14 2. Completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, 3. Providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint width that optimize
movement capability. E. Tool nonsag sealant immediately after sealant application and prior to the time skinning or curing begins. 1. Form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated
or required to produce fireresistance rating, as well as to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealants with sides of joint. 2. Remove excess sealant from surfaces
adjacent to joint. 3. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. F. Labeling: Apply a self-adhesive label adjacent
to firestop at time firestopping is installed. 1. For linear joints, install labels no further than 10 feet apart and at each change in direction. 2. Install labels above ceilings or
on the underside of floors, where not exposed to view. Do not install labels where exposed to view in finished spaces. 3. Affix label to walls with a minimum of 2 staples with legs that
project outward into the substrate. 3.4 INSTALLING FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1, with ASTM C 1193, and
with the sealant manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. B. Install joint fillers to provide support of sealants during
application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability and
develop fire-resistance rating required. C. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly containing and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses
provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint width that optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at
the same time joint fillers are installed. D. Tool nonsag sealant immediately after sealant application and prior to the time skinning or curing begins. 1. Form smooth, uniform beads
of configuration indicated or required to produce fireresistance rating, as well as to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealants with sides of joint. 2. Remove
excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. 3. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -15 3.5 INSTALLING PERIMETER FIRE CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1, with ASTM C 1193, and with
the firestopping manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. B. Install joint fillers to provide support of sealants during
application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability and
develop fire-resistance rating required. C. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly containing and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses
provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint width that optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at
the same time joint fillers are installed. D. Tool nonsag sealant immediately after sealant application and prior to the time skinning or curing begins. 1. Form smooth, uniform beads
of configuration indicated or required to produce fireresistance rating, as well as to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealants with sides of joint. 2. Remove
excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. 3. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 3.6 CORRIDOR WALLS
A. In Group I-2 Occupancies, seal corridor-side perimeters and penetrations of corridor walls with materials capable of providing an effective barrier to the passage of smoke. 1. Provide
bond breaker tape, backer rod or safing insulation fill or backup where required by sealant manufacturer to support sealant or prevent three-sided bonding of sealant. 2. Seal perimeters
of walls and around penetrating items with acoustical sealant, fireresistive latex sealant, or fire-resistive elastomeric sealant. a. Seal corridor side end of open sleeves. 3. Tool
sealants where required to ensure proper bond to substrates. a. Sealant visible in finished construction shall be properly tooled for a smooth and uniform appearance. b. Do not use tooling
agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 4. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.
Inspection: 1. The Contractor shall provide a letter certifying that the firestopping installations are in compliance with the requirements of tested and listed firestop system, and
that
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FIRESTOPPING 07 84 00 -16 installation process conforms to UL tested assemblies for the various rated floor, wall, and ceiling penetrations which are encountered throughout the new construction
areas, and areas of renovation. 2. The Architect/Engineer may elect to do a random inspection of installed firestop assemblies with the Contractor to observe the results of the finished
installations of different floor, wall, and ceiling penetration locations. a. Where deficiencies are observed thru the Architect/Engineer’s inspection, the firestopping shall be repaired
or replaced so that it complies with the requirements of tested and listed system designs. B. The inspector shall advise the contractor of any deficiencies noted within one (1) working
day. C. Do not proceed to enclose firestopping with other construction until inspection agency has verified that the firestop installation complies with the requirements. D. Where deficiencies
are found, repair or replace the firestopping so that it complies with requirements of tested and listed system design. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean off excess fill materials and sealants adjacent
to opening and joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of firestopping products and of products in which opening and joints occur.
B. Protect firestopping during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are
without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated firestopping
immediately and install new materials to produce firestopping complying with specified requirements END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -1 SECTION 07 92 00 — JOINT SEALANTS GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnishing and installing field-applied caulking and sealants as indicated or
implied by the Contract Documents. 2. Sealant for exterior joints 3. Sealant for interior joints B. Related Sections: 1. Division 05 Section “Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies” 2. Division
07 Section “Firestopping” 3. Division 08 Section “Glass Glazing” 4. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 5. Division 09 Section “Tiling” C. Coordination: 1. The work of this
Section requires close coordination with the work of other Sections of these Specifications and the work of other trades to obtain the proper sequence of operations and installation
of materials. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C 834 – Standard Specification for Latex Sealants 2. C 920 – Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 3. C
1193 – Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants 4. C 1248 – Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants 5. C 1382 – Evaluation of Sealant Performance with
EIF Systems B. United States Code of Federal Regulations (CFR): 1. 21 CFR Part 177.2200 – Rubber Articles Intended for Repeated Use 2. 40 CFR Part 59 – 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:
Submit copies of manufacturer's product data for all products included in this Section.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -2 B. Samples: Furnish samples for color selection. Selection shall be made from the manufacturer's full range of colors. C. Schedule: Submit a sealant schedule,
indicating locations where sealant will be installed, type per specifications, sealant name, manufacturer, sealant type, primer requirement, and substrate materials on each side of joint..
D. Certifications: Submit certification from the Installer indicating compliance with installer qualifications specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work of this Section shall be done
by a qualified sealant Subcontractor and shall be done by the same Subcontractor B. Provide products by one manufacturer for each type of sealant. C. Applicator Qualifications: 1. Applicator
shall be a company specializing in sealant work with a minimum of 5 years documented experience. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: 1. Sealants shall be delivered to the site in original
unopened containers. B. Environmental requirements: 1. Maintain temperature and humidify recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. C. Storage: 1. Store materials
in a dry place at temperatures recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Do not use sealants stored beyond shelf lifetime. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint
sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by jointsealant manufacturer. 2. When joint substrates are
wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -3 4. Contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 5. Polyurethane sealants where “forced air” ventilation
is in use. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Installer’s Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance
and other requirements specified in this Section within a period of 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which
elastomeric sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this
Section within the period specified. 1. Polyurethane sealants: 3 years or manufacturer’s manufacturer’s maximum term, whichever is greater. 2. Silicone sealants: 20 years or manufacturer’s
maximum term, whichever is greater. 3. Other sealants: 2 years or manufacturer’s maximum term, whichever is greater. C. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration
or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications
for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding
design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric
contaminants. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Dow Corning Corporation 2. GE 3. Pecora Corporation 4.
BASF Construction Chemicals; Sonneborn 5. Sika Corporation 6. Tremco Incorporated 7. Acme Highway Products Corp.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -4 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint
substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide interior
sealants and sealant primers that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant
Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. C. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect/Engineer from manufacturer's
full range. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant specified,
including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. B. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric
sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated
for Project. C. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food, provide products that comply with
21 CFR 177.2600. D. Single-Component Neutral-and Basic-Curing Silicone Sealant ES-1: 1. Products: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 790. b. Tremco; Spectrum 3, Spectrem 1 (Basic) . c. GE Silicones;
SilPruf SCS2000. d. Pecora Corporation; 864. e. Pecora Corporation; 890, 890NST. f. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Omniseal. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag).
3. Class: 100/50. 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Joint Substrates:
coated glass, ceramic tile, wood 6. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Nonstaining to porous substrates per ASTM C 1248.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -5 7. Applications: See Application Locations at the end of this section. E. Single-Component Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant ES-2: 1. Products: a. Dow Corning
Corporation; 795. b. GE Silicones; SilPruf NB SCS9000. c. Pecora Corporation; 865. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 50. 4. Use Related to Exposure:
NT (nontraffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Joint Substrates: coated glass, ceramic tile, wood 6. Stain-Test-Response
Characteristics: Nonstaining to porous substrates per ASTM C 1248. 7. Applications: See Application Locations at the end of this section. F. Single-Component Neutral-Curing Silicone
Sealant ES-3: 1. Products: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 799. b. Tremco; Spectrem 2. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Use Related to Exposure:
NT (nontraffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Joint Substrates: coated glass, ceramic tile G. Single-Component
Mildew-Resistant Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant ES-4: 1. Products: a. Pecora Corporation; 898. b. Tremco; Tremsil 600 White. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag).
3. Class: 25. 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Joint Substrates:
coated glass, ceramic tile 6. Applications: See Application Locations at the end of this section. H. Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant ES-5: 1. Products: a. Pecora Corporation;
Dynatrol II. b. Tremco; Dymeric 240/240 FC. c. Sika Corporation’ Sikaflex 2c ns e2. 2. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 50.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -6 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Joint
Substrates: ceramic tile,wood 6. Applications: See Application Locations at the end of this section. I. Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant ES-6: 1. Products: a. Sika Corporation,
Inc.; Sikaflex -2c NS. b. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; NP 2. c. Tremco; Vulkem 227. 2. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Uses Related to Exposure:
T (traffic) and NT (nontraffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, [G, ]A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Joint Substrates: ceramic tile,wood 6.
Applications: See Application Locations at the end of this section. J. Multicomponent Pourable Pourable Urethane Sealant ES-7: 1. Products: a. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; POURTHANE. b. Sika
Corporation; Sikaflex-2c SL c. Tremco; THC-900. d. Tremco; Vulkem 245 2. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and P (pourable). 3. Class: 25. 4. Use Related to Exposure: T (traffic). 5.
Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Joint Substrates: ceramic tile 6. Applications: See Application Locations at the end
of this section. K. Multi-component Polysulfide Sealant ES-8:: 1. Products: a. Pecora Corporation; Synthacalk GC2+ b. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Sonolastic Polysulfide Sealant.
2. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Use Related to Exposure: T (traffic) and NT (nontraffic). 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M and, as applicable
to joint substrates indicated, O. a. Use O Joint Substrates: ceramic tile 6. Applications: See Application Locations at the end of this section. 2.4 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant
LS-1: Comply with ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -7 B. Products: 1. Pecora Corporation; AC-20+. 2. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; Sonolac. 3. Tremco; Tremflex 834. 2.5 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Acoustical
Sealant AC-1: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne
sound. 1. United States Gypsum Co.; Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant 2. Pecora Corp.; BA-98 3. Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Acoustical Sealant 2.6 EPOXY JOINT FILLERS A. Epoxy Sealant EP-1: 2-part
flexible epoxy, self-leveling 1. Products: a. Sonneborn; Epolith P b. Sika Corporation; Sikadur 51 SL. 2. Applications: horizontal joints; see Application Locations at the end of this
section. B. Epoxy Sealant EP-2: 2-part flexible epoxy 1. Products: a. Sonneborn; Epolith G b. Sika Corporation; Sikadur 51 NS. 2. Applications: sloped joints; see Application Locations
at the end of this section. C. Epoxy Sealant EP-3: 2-part flexible epoxy 1. Products: a. Chem Seal Products, Manufactured by the Flamemaster Corporation; CS 2727 2. Properties: a. Hardness:
Shore A, 80 at full cure b. Tensile strength: 350 psi min. 3. Applications: Concrete joint sealant in oxygen tank storage areas. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: 1. If required
by the sealant manufacturer, solvent based, colorless, non-staining. B. Bond breaker: 1. Polyethylene tape
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -8 C. Backer rod: 1. Preformed rod, tube, or bar shape of flexible, closed cell polyurethane or polyethylene foam of the non-adhering type, free from oil, tar
bitumen, solvents, or other noncompatible foreign material and sized as recommended by manufacturer 2. Sonneborn-Sonofoam Soft Backer Rod 3. Dow Chemical-Etnafoam "SB" rod D. Joint cleaner:
1. Non-corrosive, non-staining, recommended by sealant manufacturer. E. Masking tape: 1. Pressure sensitive adhesive paper tape. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated
to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting jointsealant performance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean all joints removing all foreign matter or protective coatings. Remove
oils and greases with joint cleaner. B. Primers: 1. Where recommended or required by sealant manufacturer, prime joints with brushes that will reach all surfaces of joint. C. Mask adjacent
surfaces that will not be covered with sealant and that are subject to staining or other damage by primers. D. Backer rods: 1. Install firmly and evenly in place where indicated or required
to depths and contours recommended by sealant manufacturer. Use backer rods for all exterior sealant Work. 2. Exercise care and caution not to puncture rod. E. Sequence: 1. All exterior
sealant work shall precede painting or waterproofing.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -9 3.3 APPLICATION A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications,
and conditions indicated. B. Installation: 1. Apply sealants with guns or other devices having nozzles of size to allow joints to be completely filled with single bead of material. 2.
Use sufficient pressure to drive materials completely and fully into joints so that joints are weathertight and watertight. 3. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded material,
ridges and sags. 4. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature range. 5. Tool joints at flush vertical surfaces slightly concaved; tool joints at flush horizontal surfaces
slightly convex, so that moisture will not "pond" thereon; tool joints in internal corners slightly coved. Finish all joints uniformly smooth and straight, free from wrinkles and sags.
6. At full-height, non-fire-rated walls and walls indicated to receive acoustical insulation, seal joints between dissimilar materials, around penetrations, gaps, and other openings
capable of transmitting sound. 7. At walls indicated as smoke partitions, seal perimeter of the wall, gaps, and around penetrating items, such as pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, grilles,
ductwork, etc. a. Seal openings in existing walls at perimeter of work area or indicated to remain in work area. C. Joint design: 1. Joints shall have depth equal to one-half the width
with a minimum depth of 1/4" and a maximum depth of 1/2" 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove excess sealants from joints. Remove sealant deposits from adjacent surfaces not intended
to be sealed, and restore such surfaces to their original conditions. 1. Scrape or cut epoxy joints flush with adjacent substrate within 24 hours of placement. B. Remove masking tape
immediately after tooling. C. Protect sealant work until cured. 3.5 APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Exterior Building Joints, (Horizontal and Vertical): 1. Metal to metal: ES-5, ES-2 2. Metal
to masonry or stone: ES-5, ES-2 3. Masonry to masonry or stone: ES-5, ES-2 4. Threshold setting bed: ES-2, ES-5
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 -10 5. Wood to masonry: ES-5, ES-2] 6. EIFS to EIFS or dissimilar materials: ES-1 7. Exterior wall penetrations: ES-5 B. Copings, Flashings, and Metal Reglets:
1. Copings and flashings to wall: ES-5, ES-2 2. Metal to metal: ES-5, ES-2 C. Exposed Horizontal Traffic Joints: 1. Concrete paving, unit pavers: ES-7 (Urethane), ES-8 (Polysulfide)
2. Concrete flatwork: ES-7 (Urethane), ES-8 (Polysulfide) D. Interior Sealants: 1. Typical narrow joint, 1/4 inch (6mm) or less at walls and adjacent components: LS-1 2. Perimeter of
door frames, windows, access panels to adjacent materials: LS-1 3. Countertops, backsplashes, endsplashes and adjacent walls, except at toilet rooms, showers and other wet areas: LS-1
4. Exposed isolation joints at top of full height, non-fire rated walls: ES-3, ES-6 5. Drywall trim joints: LS-1 6. Concrete flatwork control joints and cracks over 1/16 inch wide: EP-1
or EP-2 7. Walls to plumbing fixtures and at fixtures installed in countertops: ES-4 8. Countertops to walls, at toilet rooms, showers, kitchens and other wet areas: ES-4 9. Casework
ends and scribes to walls and perimeter of cabinet bases where finished flooring abuts cabinet base: ES-2 10. Pipe and plumbing fitting penetrations in non-fire rated walls: ES-4 11.
Non-fire-rated full-height walls and walls containing sound attenuation blankets: AC-1 12. Full-height walls indicated as Smoke Partitions: ES-3, AC-1 END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 07 95 13 -1 SECTION 07 95 13 — EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Prefabricated expansion joint covers
and fire barriers as indicated or implied by the Contract Documents. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section “Firestopping” 2. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants” 3. Division 09
Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 4. Division 09 Section “Acoustical Ceilings” 5. Division 09 Floor Finishes 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM) 1. C 719 – Standard Test Method
for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants Under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle) 2. E 84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
3. E 119 – Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 4. E 1399 – – Standard Test Method for Cyclic Movement and Measuring the Minimum and Maximum Joint
Widths of Architectural Joint Systems B. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1. UL 263 – Standard for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 2. UL 723 – Standard for Test for Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 3. UL 2079 – Standard for Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: 1. Provide drawings showing
types, lengths and installation details for all locations. Details shall indicate construction and splice details. B. Samples: 1. Provide samples of exposed finish materials. C. Certification
of compliance – fire-rated joints:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 07 95 13 -2 1. Provide copies of listing for each type of fire-rated cover and/or fire-barrier and Certificate of Compliance with referenced standards.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and standards: 1. Joint covers shall comply with the requirements of the Building Code and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 2. Joints shall be
tested in accordance with ASTM E 1399 for the minimum number of cycles permitted for the joint application indicated. 3. Joints in fire-rated construction shall be tested in accordance
with the UL-2079 and ASTM E 1966, for the rating period indicated and shall include a hose stream test of the assembly. Tested assemblies shall include field and factory splices and
cycling of the fire barrier prior to testing. Test shall be conducted at the maximum joint width. a. Exterior curtain wall/floor intersection joints shall be tested in accordance with
ASTM E 1966 under a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch (0.254 mm) of water column (2.5 Pa). b. Fire-rated assemblies shall be listed and tested by a nationally recognized
testing and inspection organization. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reference standard: 1. Interior Joint Covers: Balco, Inc. B. Acceptable manufacturers: Provide interior or
exterior joint covers by acceptable manufacturers that match the specified joint cover in general profile, attachment and movement range. Joint covers that vary significantly from the
referenced standard shall not be accepted. 1. Balco, Inc. 2. Construction Specialties, Inc., a C/S Group Company 3. JointMaster USA, InPro Corporation 4. MM Systems Corporation 5. Nystrom
Building Products 6. Watson Bowman Acme Corp. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: 6063-T5 extrusions, 6061-T6 plate and sheet B. Stainless steel: Type 304
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 07 95 13 -3 C. Water barrier: EPDM or PVC D. Fire barrier: 1. Provide either of the following: a. Metal or foil and ceramic or mineral fiber blanket
material of the manufacturer's standard product, and of the type required for indicated fire resistance. b. A rated firestop system installed in accordance with Division 07, having F
and T ratings equal or greater than the rated assembly in which the expansion joint cover is installed. E. Smoke and flame sealant: 1. Fire resistant silicone or intumescent caulk required
by the joint manufacturer to conform with listing and compatible with substrates. F. Fasteners and accessories: 1. Manufacturer's standard anchors, fasteners, spacers, seals and other
accessories required for a complete installation G. Separation of dissimilar materials: 1. Zinc chromate paint for aluminum in contact with concrete or masonry. Bituminous paint for
aluminum in contact with dissimilar metals. 2.3 FIRE RESISTANCE A. Provide joint assemblies that have been tested and listed for use in floor and/or wall construction joint indicated.
Fire rating of joint assembly shall match the fire resistance of the adjacent construction. 2.4 MOVEMENT A. Design architectural joint systems for the following size and movement characteristics:
1. Joint Width: Match existing construction. 2.5 LOCATIONS A. Interior: 1. Manufacturer: Balco Metalines, a Division of Balco, Inc., unless specified otherwise. 2. Floor to Floor: a.
Existing floor construction: Watson Bowman Acme, FJH Series, C/S Group, GFPS Series. 1) Use where existing slab does not include joint block-outs or existing blockouts inadequate for
new joints as specified. 2) Provide profile height to match finished floor covering. 3. Flat Wall or Hard Ceiling:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 07 95 13 -4 a. All aluminum: Type WD 2.6 FINISH A. Aluminum: 1. Clear anodized, unless specified otherwise. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION A. Fire-rated
assemblies: 1. Coordinate installation of fire-rated joints with firestopping work. 2. Provide transitions or specialized terminations to ensure compatibility and complete protection
where expansion joints abut firestopping. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with all written manufacturer's installation instructions and methods 2. Factory fabricate, cut or trim
covers to the greatest extent possible. Field cuts shall be dressed smooth and straight, without burrs or exposed marks. 3. Set all joint assemblies plumb and true, aligned with adjoining
surfaces. Provide continuous shims where required to correct for misalignment. 4. Coat all aluminum in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals with appropriate coating prior
to installation. 5. Install joint covers to base frames after all adjacent finishing operations are complete. Install carpet or vinyl tile inserts as required. 6. Coordinate sequence
of installation with other trades to avoid any open joints at the intersection between wall/floor, and wall/ceiling joints. B. Fire-rated joints: 1. Install fire barrier in expansion
joint in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations prior to installation of joint cover. Barrier shall extend the full length or height of expansion joint, including chases and
other concealed spaces. Install the fire barrier on both sides of the wall if required by the manufacturer for the tested assembly. 2. Install 26 gauge galvanized sheet steel covers
over floor joints in concealed areas. 3. Replace any damaged fire barrier material. C. Floor joints: 1. Install fire barrier in fire-rated joints, or water barrier in all other joints,
in accordance with joint manufacturer’s instructions.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES 07 95 13 -5 2. Grout base frames with non-shrink, non-metallic grout in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Float grout to provide a smooth,
level transition between slab and joint cover. D. Wall and ceiling joints: 1. Anchor base frames to substrate in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Separate joint cover
from plaster or gypsum drywall with casing beads. 3. Paint all surface mounted aluminum joint covers to match the wall or ceiling color, and as specified under Division 09 Section “Painting”.
E. Protection and cleaning: 1. Protect installed joint covers from damage or discoloration during construction. 2. Clean joint covers in accordance with joint manufacturer's recommendations.
END OF SECTION
Division 08 Openings
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 12 13 -1 SECTION 08 12 13 — HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Frames for Hollow metal door and window frame assemblies. 2.
Shop priming of hollow metal door and window frame assemblies. 3. Shop preparation of frames to receive finish hardware. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Finish Carpentry”
2. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants” 3. Division 08 Section “Flush Wood Doors” 4. Division 08 Section “Door Hardware” 5. Division 08 Section “Automatic Door Operators” 6. Division
08 Section “Glass Glazing” 7. Division 09 Section “Painting”, for primers and asphaltic paint. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI/DHI 115.IG – Installation
Guide for Doors & Hardware 2. A117.1 – Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People 3. A250.4 – Test Procedure and Acceptance
Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors and Hardware Reinforcings 4. A250.6 – Hardware on Standard Steel Doors-Reinforcement and Application 5. A250.8 – Recommended Specifications
for Standard Steel Doors and Frames 6. A250.10: Test Procedures and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. 7. A250.11 – Recommended Erection
Instructions for Steel Frames 8. ANSI/NFPA 252 – Fire Tests of Door Assemblies B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A366-97 – Standard Specification for Commercial Steel (CS) Sheet, Carbon
(0.15 Maximum Percent) Cold-Rolled (Discontinued 2000) 2. A525 – Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Commercial Quality 3. A568 – Steel Sheet, Carbon and High-Strength,
Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, Commercial Quality
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 12 13 -2 4. A591 – Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Electrolytic Zinc-Coated, for Light Coating Weight [Mass] Applications 5. A666 – Standard Specification
for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar 6. A924 – Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by
the Hot-Dip Process 7. A1008 – Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability
8. E2074-00: Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, Including Positive Pressure Testing of Side-Hinged and Pivoted Swinging Door C. National Association of Architectural
Metal Manufacturers/Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (NAAMM/HMMA) 1. 861 – Guide Specifications for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. 80 – Fire Doors and Windows 2. 252 – Fire Tests of Door Assemblies (positive pressure) E. Steel Door Institute (SDI): 1. SDI-109 – Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames 2.
SDI-111 – Recommended Standard Details Steel Doors and Frames 3. SDI-117 – Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames 4. SDI-118 – Basic Fire Door Requirements 5. SDI-122
– Installation and Troubleshooting Guide for Standard Steel Doors and Frames F. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): 1. ANSI/UL 9 – Fire Test for Window Assemblies 2. UL10C – Positive Pressure
Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: provide frames manufactured by a single source, in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Furnish
frames for all doors and hollow-metal window frames by one manufacturer. B. Industry Associations: Provide frames manufactured by a company with membership in the following associations:
1. Steel Door Institute (SDI) 2. Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (HMMA) C. Regulatory Requirements 1. Provide fire rated frames tested in accordance with one or more of the following
standards: a. ANSI/UL 9 b. ASTM E 2074
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 12 13 -3 c. NFPA 252 d. UL 10C 2. Tests shall be performed by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory 3. Frames shall be labeled with the tested
fire resistance rating in accordance with SDI-118 and the requirements of the testing agency. Labels shall be permanently attached to the frame. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Submit
manufacturer’s descriptive literature confirming compliance with specifications, installation instructions and general recommendations for care and maintenance. B. Shop drawings: 1.
Submit drawings to fully describe and locate all items being furnished including principal construction features, schedule of sizes and locations, types, materials, finishing, anchoring,
accessories and hardware preparation. C. Certificates: 1. Submit certificates of compliance with fabrication and test requirements. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store
and handle steel frames in a manner to prevent damage and deterioration. B. Provide packaging such as cardboard or other containers, separators, banding, spreaders and paper wrappings
to protect steel frames. C. Store frames upright, in a protected dry area at least 1 inch or more off the floor on wood sills and at least 1/4 inch between individual frames. Do not
use non-vented plastic or canvas shelters, which would create a humidity chamber and promote rusting. D. Touch up any scratches or disfigurement caused by shipping or handling by sanding
smooth and applying the same primer used by the manufacturer. 1.6 COORDINATION A. General: 1. Obtain templates for hardware in order to accurately prepare mortises and to reinforce frames
to receive finish hardware. 2. The coordination of
metal frames with metal and wood doors shall be the responsibility of this section. 3. Coordinate work with frames at existing openings. Field verify opening dimensions.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 12 13 -4 B. Hollow metal frames shall be marked with the corresponding opening number on the Drawings. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reference standard:
1. Steelcraft; A Division of Ingersoll-Rand B. Steel frames: Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Amweld Building Products, Inc. 2. CECO Door Products 3. Curries Company 4. Republic Builders
Products 5. Steelcraft; A Division of Ingersoll-Rand 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel frames: 1. General: a. Commercial grade cold-rolled steel conforming to ASTM A366 or A1008. b. 14 gage for
all frames. c. Not less than 16 gage up to 4’-0” opening, 14 gage over 4’-0”. d. Not less than 14 gage at lead lined frames. e. Not less than 14 gage at frames with automatic door operators.
2.3 FABRICATION A. Welded frames: 1. All frames shall be of the sizes and shapes as scheduled. scheduled. 2. All finish work shall be strong and rigid, neat, square, true and free of
defects, warp or buckle. 3. Jamb depths, trim, profile and backbends shall be as shown. Provide frames with equal rabbets, unless otherwise noted. 4. Corners and connections shall be
mitered, with gussets, surface welded continuously and ground smooth, on the mitered face of frame. a. Stainless steel frames shall be continuously soldered across rabbet and stop seams.
5. Stops: Minimum depth of stops shall be 5/8”. 6. When shipping limitations dictate, frames for large openings shall be fabricated in sections designed for splicing in the field. 7.
Provide a temporary spreader bar securely fastened to the bottom of each frame.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 12 13 -5 B. Hardware preparation: 1. Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped at the factory for fully templated mortised hardware only. 2. Where
surface mounted hardware is to be applied, frames shall have reinforcing plates only; all drilling and tapping shall be by others. 3. Provide reinforcements that meet the requirements
of ANSI A250.4, Type A. 4. Minimum thickness of hardware reinforcement shall be as follows: a. Hinge and pivot: 7 gage b. Strike: 16 gage c. Flush bolt: 14 gage d. Closer: 14 gage e.
Surface mounted: 14 gage f. Other: Manufacturer’s standard C. Floor anchors: 1. Weld in jamb base anchor strap to attach adjustable anchors. 2. Minimum thickness: 16 gage D. Jamb anchors:
1. Minimum Thickness: 18 gage steel, 7 gage wire 2. Stud Partitions a. Use manufacturer’ standard to suit the metal stud framing condition as shown. Four anchors up to 7’-6” height,
add one anchor per foot above 7’-6”. E. Head stiffeners: 1. Provide 12 gage steel “U” channels for frames exceeding 3’-0” wide. 2. Reinforce frame head in accordance with UL labeling
requirements. F. Mortar and plaster guards: 1. General: provide mortar or plaster guards at mortised hardware locations, welded to the frame. 2. Masonry walls: 18 gage back boxes (mortar
guards) 3. All other frames: minimum 26 gage plaster guards G. Glazing stops: 1. Minimum 18 gage thickness. Secure with countersunk sheet metal screws at 12” intervals. 2. Channel shape,
miter corners. 3. Locate on room/interior side of frames, unless noted otherwise. H. Finish: 1. Remove all tool marks and surface imperfections. 2. Dress smooth exposed faces of welded
joints. 3. Chemically treat to ensure maximum paint adhesion. 4. Coat all accessible surfaces with rust-inhibitive primer. I. Door silencers (mutes):
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 12 13 -6 1. Prepare frame on door side and provide factory installed rubber mutes. 2. Single doors: 3 in strike jamb 3. Paired doors: 2 in door head 2.4 FIRE RATED
DOORS AND FRAMES A. Provide fire rated frames where scheduled or indicated in fire rated walls. B. Notify Architect/Engineer prior to fabrication of any frame, specified to be fire-rated,
that cannot qualify for appropriate labeling because of its design, size, hardware or any other reason. 2.5 FINISHES: A. Shop Priming: 1. Factory applied coat of baked-on rust inhibiting
primer meeting the requirements of acceptance stated in ANSI A250.10. 2. The prime finish is not intended to be the final layer of protection. Field applied primer shall be applied in
accordance with the door manufacturer recommendations. 3. Chemically clean galvanized metal prior to priming or use a primer suitable for direct application to galvanized steel. PART
3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: A. Site verification of conditions: 1. At existing openings to receive new frames, verify opening size and clearances required prior to fabrication. 2.
Verify that field measurements are as indicated on the shop drawings. 3. Prior to installation of metal frames, carefully inspect the installed work of other trades and verify that all
such work is complete to point where frame installation may commence. B. Prior to installation, check frames for correct size, swing, squareness, and hardware preparation. 1. Manufacturing
tolerances: conform to SDI-117, including the following critical measurements: a. Opening width: + 1/16”, – 1/32” b. Opening height: + 1/16”, – 1/16” c. Strike height: + 1/32”, – 1/32”
d. Throat Opening: +3/32”, – 3/32” e. Frame Depth: + 1/16”, – 1/16”
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 12 13 -7 C. Remove the spreader bar prior to permanently anchoring the frames. Leave frame spreader bars intact until frames are set and adjacent walls are in
place. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install frames plumb, true and square, in accordance with ANSI A250.11 and manufacturer’s written instructions. B. Installation tolerances: Measure and adjust
in accordance with SDI-122 1. Squareness: 1/16”, measured on a line, 90 degrees from one jamb, at the upper corner of the frame at the other jamb 2. Alignment: 1/16”, measured on jambs
on a horizontal line parallel to the plane of the wall. 3. Twist: 1/16”, measured at face corners of jambs on parallel lines perpendicular to the plane of the wall. 4. Plumbness: 1/16”,
measured on the jamb at the floor. C. Touch-up marred or abraded surfaces with same rust inhibitive primer as factory applied. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation of doors and hardware,
verify door gap tolerances and inspect for proper door and hardware operation. B. Adjust out of tolerance frames and frame mounted hardware misalignment in accordance with SDI-122. 3.4
CLEANING A. Remove protective materials and clean doors and frames at end of work. B. Remove trash and debris from jobsite. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -1 SECTION 08 14 16 — FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish and install wood doors as shown and described by the Contract
Documents. 2. Factory machining for hardware by manufacturer. 3. Fire-resistant composite core doors 4. Factory finishing 5. Glazing stops and preparation of flush doors to receive glazing;
glazing specified in Section 08 81 00. 6. Sizing by manufacturer. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Finish Carpentry” 2. Division 08 Section “Hollow Metal Frames” 3. Division
08 Section “Door Hardware” 4. Division 08 Section ”Glass Glazing” 5. Division 28 Section “Electronic Safety and Security” 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s descriptive
literature showing compliance with specifications, along with finishing instructions, installation instructions and any general recommendations manufacturer may have for the care and
maintenance of each door type. B. Door Schedule: 1. Show door size, type, elevation, swing, indicate fire classification, applicable hardware locations, and detail openings for glass
light openings. 2. Indicate cutout sizes, locations, and undercuts. 3. The schedule format must list the doors in numerical order to expedite submittal review. C. Samples: Provide the
following samples: 1. Factory finishes applied to actual door face materials: Approximately 8-by-10-inches (200-by-250-mm), for each material and finish. For each wood species and transparent
finish, provide set of three samples showing typical range of color and grain to be expected in the finished work.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -2 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Minimum requirements: 1. Provide doors meeting or exceeding the minimum standard as set forth by the following organizations: a.
Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI), latest Edition: Custom Grade b. Window and Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA-1S-1A 2004) 1) Aesthetic Grade: Premium 2) Performance Duty Level:
Extra Heavy Duty 2. All doors shall be the product of the same manufacturer to ensure uniformity of quality and appearance throughout the project. B. Fire resistant composite doors:
1. Comply with applicable Standards: a. ASTM International (ASTM): 1) E 2074, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, Including Positive Pressure Testing of Side-Hinged
and Pivoted Swinging Door Assemblies b. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1) 80 – Fire Doors and Windows 2) 252 – Fire Tests of Door Assemblies (positive pressure) c. Underwriters
Laboratories (UL): 1) UL 10C, Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 2) UL 1784, Air Leakage Test of Door Assemblies 2. Acceptable Testing Agencies: a. Intertec Testing Services
(ITS-WH) b. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) c. FM Global (FMG) – Factory Mutual Approval Guide 3. Fabrication: a. Fabricate doors, indicated on the Drawings or in the Door Schedule to
be firerated, in accordance with applicable standards and tested assemblies. Any discrepancies between the architectural drawings and the testing agency standards shall be brought to
the Architect/Engineer’s attention prior to fabrication. b. Fire rated doors in smoke barriers, smoke partitions, or corridor walls shall comply with UL 10C and UL 1784, and shall be
labeled as “Smoke and Draft Control” doors. c. Temperature-Rise Limit: At vertical exit enclosures and exit passageways, provide doors that have a maximum transmitted temperature end
point of not more than 450 deg F (250 deg C) above ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire-test exposure. d. Glazed openings in fire-rated doors shall be tested in a door assembly
and comply with the listing requirements of the door. e. Each required door shall bear the authorized UL or ITS label showing the rating index and its conformance to the applicable specification.
f. Fabricate to the required size so as to provide proper clearances without field trimming. Comply with NFPA 80 clearance requirements.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -3 C. Coordination: 1. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of and the acquiring of all necessary information from hardware and metal frame manufacturers.
2. Door manufacturer shall be responsible for coordinating all necessary information received by Contractor from hardware and metal frame manufacturers, in order that doors are properly
prepared to receive hinges and hardware. 3. Contractor shall provide his supplier with two copies of approved frame schedule, two copies of hardware schedule and all necessary hardware
templates. 4. Doors shall be marked with the opening number to correspond with the drawings for each installation. D. Tolerances: 1. Conform to WDMA standards and testing methods for
warp, cup, bow and telegraphing. 2. Reference Section 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry for installation requirements. E. Door and hardware installation: Comply with the requirements of Door
and Hardware Institute (DHI) Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware. 1.4 PRODUCT, DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE AND SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not deliver or
install doors until building is enclosed, wet work is complete. B. Storage: 1. Stack flat on 2 X 4 lumber, laid 12-inches (300 mm) from ends and across center, supported to prevent warping.
2. Protect bottom door, door edges, and top door with plywood or corrugated cardboard. 3. Store doors in areas where temperature range is 65°-75°F, with little variation in humidity
and out of direct exposure to sunlight. C. Handling: 1. Do not drag doors. 2. Do not place other material on top of stacked doors. 3. Contractor shall use all means necessary to protect
doors from damage prior to, during and after installation. All damaged doors shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. 4. Follow WDMA guidelines for storing,
handling and installing of wood doors. 1.5 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature between 60 and 90 deg F (16 and 32 deg C) and relative humidity between 25 and 55 percent during
storage and for the remainder of the construction period. B. Certain wood species are light sensitive. Protect doors from exposure to natural and artificial light after delivery.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -4 1.6 WARRANTY A. Doors shall be warranted against warping, delamination, and other defects for the life of the installation. B. Warranty shall include removal,
replacement, and installation of replacement doors. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Reference standard: 1. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc., Signature Series B. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. 2. Eggers Hardwood Products Corporation 3. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc. 4. Graham, an ASSA-ABLOY Company 5. V.T. Industries, Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Workmanship:
1. Comply with WDMA workmanship for veneer faces, vertical edges, crossbands, horizontal edges and dimensional tolerances. B. Solid core doors -non-fire rated, 5-ply construction: 1.
Reference Standard:: Marshfield DPC-; WDMA Extra Heavy Duty 2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inch 3. Core: Wood based particle core. a. Provide structural composite lumber core where required for
light openings indicated. 4. Face: Plain sliced cherry; A-Grade 5. Stiles: a. 1-1/2 inch laminated hardwood with minimum 1/4 inch outer strip in species to match face veneer. b. Bevel
edge, 1/8 inch in 2 inches. 6. Top and Bottom Edges: a. Manufacturer’s standard structural composite lumber. 7. Adhesive: a. Facing Adhesive: Type I b. Bond stiles and rails to core
by means of the hot press system, abrasive sanded. 8. Cutouts:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -5 a. Openings for louvers and vision panels shall be factory made to size and location indicated on Drawings. C. Solid core doors -20-minute fire rated, 5
ply construction: 1. Reference Standard:: Marshfield DFP-20PPFM 2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inch 3. Core: Wood based particle core 4. Face: Plain sliced cherry; A-Grade 5. Stiles: a. 1-1/2 inch
laminated hardwood with concealed intumescent strip and minimum 1/4 inch outer strip in species to match face veneer. b. Bevel edge, 1/8 inch in 2 inches. 6. Top and Bottom Edges: a.
Manufacturer’s standard structural composite lumber 7. Adhesive: a. Facing Adhesive: Type I b. Bond stiles and rails to core by means of the hot press system, abrasive sanded. D. Fire
Resistant Composite Cores -45/60/90-minute fire rated, 5 ply construction: 1. Reference Standard:: Marshfield DFM-45PP or DFP-45PP; DFM-60PP; DFM-90PP 2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inch 3. Core:
Incombustible mineral sections; Provide hardware reinforcement as required to eliminate the use of through bolts for surface applied hardware. a. 45 minute doors: Core may be mineral
core or particle board core meeting requirements of the assembly rating. 4. Face: Plain sliced cherry; A-Grade 5. Stiles: a. 3/4 inch nominal triple-ply stiles with concealed intumescent
strip and minimum 1/4 inch outer strip in species to match face veneer. b. Outer strip in fire retardant wood finish to match face veneer. c. Screw withdrawal: 740 pound average d. Bevel
Edge, 1/8 inch in 2 inches. 6. Top and bottom edges: a. Manufacturer’s standard structural composite lumber. 7. Adhesive: a. Facing Adhesive: Per WDMA TM-6 b. Bond stiles and rails to
core, abrasive sand core to achieve uniform thickness. 8. Astragal: Where required , 20 gauge, formed steel edge and astragal for fire doors installed in pairs and machined for hardware
cutouts where required. E. Veneer configuration: 1. Book match between veneer leaves 2. Balance match assembly of veneer leaves on door faces. 3. Pair and set match doors hung in same
opening.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -6 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Glazing stops: 1. Non-Rated: a. Wood, of the same species/compatible with door species; Marshfield W-7 2. Fire-Rated: a. Veneer wrapped
rolled steel, of same species as door facing 2.4 GLAZING A. Glazing: Refer to Division 08 Section “Glass Glazing”, for factory glazing. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening
sizes indicated, with the following uniform clearances and bevels, unless otherwise indicated: 1. WDMA prefit clearances for factory fit doors 2. NFPA 80 for fire rated doors 3. Manufacturers
hardware templates B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, and hardware templates. 1. Coordinate
measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. C. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable
requirements of referenced standard for kind(s) of doors(s) required. 1. Light openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. D. Factory Glazing: 1. Provide
doors factory glazed, ready for installation. 2. Glazing shall be safety glass or fire-rated safety glazing E. Apply appropriate labels. 2.6 FINISHES: A. Factory finishing: Factory finish
using the manufacturers standard procedures and in compliance with WDMA 1.S.1A-TR6. 1. Color: Honey 26-95. 2. Sealer and topcoats: AWI TR-6 catalyzed polyurethane; ultraviolet light
cured, satin sheen. 3. Finish all exposed surfaces of doors. 4. Use same or compatible finish products for field repairs.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -7 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed frames before hanging doors. 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for
type, size, location and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects prior to hanging. B. Proceed with installation only
after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install doors to comply with manufacturer’s written instructions and referenced quality standard. 1. Anchor doors
firmly into position for long life under hard use. 2. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames in accordance with NFPA 80. 3. Install smoke and draft control doors
in accordance with NFPA 105 requirements. B. Align all doors for uniform clearance at each edge. C. Doors shall operate freely and smoothly without binding or rubbing frames or floors.
1. Do not install doors which exceed warpage requirements. D. Factory finished doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. E. Hardware:
Refer to Division 08 Section “Door Hardware”. F. Factory prepped machined surfaces to receive hardware, are to be sealed (waterproofed) prior to shipment to project site. Door cuts/machining
at building site will not be accepted. 3.3 SITE TOLERANCES A. Clearances: 1. Reference Section 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry for installation requirements. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Adjust
all doors to swing and operate freely.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 14 16 -8 END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 31 00 -1 SECTION 08 31 00 — ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes access doors and frames for walls and ceilings. 1.2
SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of access door and frame indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Samples:
For each door face material in specified finish. D. Schedule: Types, locations, sizes, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames: Units complying with NFPA 80 that are identical to assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics per the following test method and that
are listed and labeled by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. NFPA 252 or UL 10B for vertical access doors and frames. 2. ASTM
E 119 or UL 263 for horizontal access doors and frames. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Verification: Determine specific locations and sizes for access doors needed to gain access to concealed plumbing,
mechanical, or other concealed work, and indicate in the schedule specified in "Submittals" Article. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL MATERIALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A
36M.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 31 00 -2 B. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D. C. Steel Sheet:
Uncoated or electrolytic zinc-coated, ASTM A 591/A 591M with cold-rolled steel sheet substrate complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), exposed. D. Metallic-Coated
Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS) with A60 (ZF180) zinc-iron-alloy (galvannealed) coating or G60 (Z180) mill-phosphatized zinc coating. E. Galvanizing: Hot-dip zinc
coating (galvanizing): 1. ASTM A 123/A 123M, for galvanizing steel and iron products. 2. ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. F. Steel Finishes: Comply with NAAMM's
"Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Factory-Primed Finish: Manufacturer's standard shop primer.
2. Baked-Enamel Finish: Minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm). 3. Powder-Coat Finish: Thickness not less than 1.5 mils (0.04 mm). G. Drywall Beads: 0.0299-inch (0.76-mm) zinc-coated
steel sheet to receive joint compound. H. Plaster Beads: 0.0299-inch (0.76-mm) zinc-coated steel sheet with flange of expanded metal lath. I. Manufacturer's standard finish. 2.2 ACCESS
DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Babcock-Davis; A Cierra Products Co. 2.
Bar-Co, Inc. Div.; Alfab, Inc. 3. Cendrex Inc. 4. J. L. Industries, Inc. 5. Karp Associates, Inc. 6. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 7. MIFAB, Inc. 8. Milcor Inc. 9. Nystrom, Inc. B.
Flush Access Doors and Frames with Exposed Trim: Fabricated from steel sheet. 1. Locations: Wall and ceiling surfaces. 2. Door: Minimum 0.060-inch-(1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal. 3. Frame:
Minimum 0.060-inch-(1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal with 1-1/4-inch-(32-mm-) wide, surface-mounted trim. 4. Hinges: Continuous piano.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 31 00 -3 5. Latch: Cam latch with interior release. 6. Lock: Cylinder. a. Lock Preparation: Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." C. Fire-Rated, Insulated,
Flush Access Doors and Frames with Exposed Trim: Fabricated from steel sheet. 1. Locations: Wall and ceiling surfaces. 2. Fire-Resistance Rating: Not less than that of adjacent construction.
3. Temperature Rise Rating: 250 deg F (139 deg C) at the end of 30 minutes. 4. Door: Flush panel with a core of mineral-fiber insulation enclosed in sheet metal with a minimum thickness
of 0.036 inch (0.9 mm). a. Insulation: 2 inch (50.8 mm ) thick mineral fiber insulation. 5. Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch-(1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal with 1-inch-(25-mm-) wide, surface-mounted
trim. 6. Hinges: Continuous piano. 7. Automatic Closer: Spring type. 8. Latch: Self-latching device operated by knurled knob with interior release. 9. Lock: Self-latching bolt with cylinder
lock. a. Lock Preparation: Division 08 Section "Door Hardware." 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Provide access door and frame assemblies manufactured as integral units ready for installation.
B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. C. Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with
adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types of supports indicated. 1. For gypsum board assemblies or gypsum veneer plaster,
furnish frames with edge trim for gypsum board or gypsum base. 2. For full-bed plaster applications, furnish frames with galvanized expanded metal lath and exposed casing bead, welded
to perimeter of frame. 3. For installation in masonry construction, furnish frames with masonry expansion anchors. D. Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors doors
in flush, smooth plane when closed. 1. For cylinder lock, furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike. 2. For recessed panel doors, provide access sleeves for each locking device.
Furnish plastic grommets and install in holes cut through finish. E. Extruded Aluminum: After fabrication, apply manufacturer's standard protective coating on aluminum that will come
in contact with concrete.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 31 00 -4 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Advise Installers of other work about specific requirements relating to access door installation, including sizes
of openings to receive access door and frame, as well as locations of supports, inserts, and anchoring devices. 1. Furnish inserts and anchoring devices for access doors that must be
built into other construction. 2. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors
and frames. B. Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels aligned with adjacent finish surfaces. C. Install doors flush with adjacent
finish surfaces or recessed to receive finish material. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust doors and hardware after installation
for proper operation. B. Remove and replace doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COILING DOORS AND GRILLES 08 33 00 -1 SECTION 08 33 00 — COILING DOORS AND GRILLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Overhead coiling counter doors 2. Safety devices
B. Products installed but not supplied under this Section: 1. Lock cylinders 2. Cylinders and tail pieces for key-actuated switches C. Related Sections: 1. Division 05 Section “Metal
Fabrications” 2. Division 06 Section “Architectural Woodwork” 3. Division 08 Section “Access Doors and Panels” 4. Division 08 Section “Door Hardware”, for lock cylinders and keying.
5. Division 12 Section “Manufactured Plastic-Laminate-Clad Casework” 6. Division 26 – Electrical, for electrical connections and wiring. D. Coordination: 1. Coordinate opening size,
connections, and bracing required to install door assembly. 2. Coordinate electrical connection to fire/smoke alarm system. 3. Coordinate voltage requirements for both fire alarm release
and motor operation 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A 480/A480M – Standard Specification for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. 2.
A 653/A653M – Standard Specification for Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 3. A 666 – Standard
Specification for Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar. 4. B 209 – Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. 5. E 221 – Standard Specification
for Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wires, Shapes and Tubes. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 80 – Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows. 2. 252 – Standard
Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COILING DOORS AND GRILLES 08 33 00 -2 C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): 1. 10B – Standard for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Operation Cycles: Provide
overhead coiling door components and operators capable of operating for not less than number of cycles indicated for each door. One operation cycle is complete when a door is opened
from the closed position to the fully open position and returned to the closed position. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and size of overhead coiling door and accessory.
Include the following: 1. Construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components, profiles for slats, and finishes. 2. Rated capacities, operating characteristics,
electrical characteristics, and furnished accessories. 3. For fire-rated doors, description of fire-release system including testing and resetting instructions. B. Shop Drawings: 1.
Show dimensions, gauges, thicknesses, finishes, and connections to adjacent construction. 2. Show locations of anchors or attachments to adjacent construction, minimum access requirements
for above ceiling installations, and locations of auxiliary devices not installed on the door mechanism. C. Samples: 1. Provide samples of slat material when requested by Architect/Engineer.
2. Provide finish and color samples for selection and approval by the Architect/Engineer. D. Delegated-Design Submittal: For overhead coiling doors indicated to comply with performance
requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Detail fabrication and assembly
of seismic restraints. 2. Summary of forces and loads on walls and jambs. E. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. F. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For overhead coiling
doors, accessories, and components, from manufacturer.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COILING DOORS AND GRILLES 08 33 00 -3 G. Oversize Construction Certification: For door assemblies required to be fire-rated and that exceed size limitations of labeled assemblies. H.
Close-out submittals: Operation and maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation
Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's standard limited warranty against manufacturing defects and product
workmanship for a period of 5 years.. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Atlas
Door Corp.; Div. of Clopay Building Products Co. 2. C.H.I. Overhead Doors 3. The Cookson Company 4. Cornell Iron Works Inc. 5. Overhead Door Corporation 6. Raynor Garage Doors 2.2 MATERIALS
A. Galvanized Steel Sheet: 1. Galvanized commercial steel, (CS type) per ASTM A653/A653M. B. Stainless Steel Sheet: 1. ASTM A480/A480M or ASTM A666; Type 304 or 316, roll form temper.
2.3 FINISHES A. General Finish Requirements 1. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COILING DOORS AND GRILLES 08 33 00 -4 2. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable
if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. B. Stainless-Steel Finishes 1. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and
stretch lines, or blend into finish. 2. Polished Finishes: Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches. a. Run grain of directional finishes with long
dimension of each piece. b. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. c. Directional Satin Finish:
No. 4. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for substrate construction and other conditions
affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify locations of electrical connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install overhead coiling doors, hoods, and operators at the mounting locations indicated for each door. B. Accessibility: Install overhead coiling doors, switches, and controls along
accessible routes in compliance with regulatory requirements for accessibility. 3.3 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
1. Perform installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment. 3. Test door closing when activated by detector or alarm-connected fire-release system. Reset door-closing mechanism after successful test.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COILING DOORS AND GRILLES 08 33 00 -5 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware and moving parts to function smoothly so that doors operate easily, free of warp, twist, or distortion. B. Lubricate
bearings and sliding parts as recommended by manufacturer. C. Adjust seals to provide weathertight fit around entire perimeter. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service
representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain overhead coiling doors. 3.6 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions,
as well as all pertinent codes. B. Provide interface with solid surface finished counter. C. Testing: 1. Adjust unit for smooth operation. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FOLDING FIRE DOORS 08 35 13.23 -1 SECTION 08 35 13.23 — FOLDING FIRE DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Accordion-type folding fire doors including all fasteners,
clips and other anchoring devices as indicated or implied by Contract Documents. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 05 Section “Metal Fabrications” 2. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board
Assemblies” 3. Division 28 Section “Fire Alarm” 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer’s standard printed product information, indicating compliance with requirements. B. Shop
drawings: 1. Provide complete shop drawings showing all framing as per Contract Documents. Manufacturer’s preprinted standard details are not acceptable. 2. Show weights of all components
and verify that framing shown on Drawings will provide proper support of door. 3. Show all components and verify that framing shown will provide proper support. C. Warranty: 1. Provide
manufacturer’s standard form of warranty that shall provide two-year warranty for service, parts and labor. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer’s certification: 1. Prior to start of
installation of the work of this Section, secure a visit to the job site by a representative of the manufacturer of the doors who shall inspect and shall certify: a. The openings in
which doors are to be installed are in a condition suitable for that installation. b. The doors can be installed to comply in all respects with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FOLDING FIRE DOORS 08 35 13.23 -2 B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Finishes classified as Class A, with surface-burning characteristics determined by testing identical products
per ASTM E 84 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Flame Spread: 25 or less. 2. Smoke Developed: 450 or less. PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 HORIZONTAL SLIDING ACCORDION TYPE FIRE DOORS A. Standard: 1. Won-Door Corporation – Fire Guard Model 90, single parting. B. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Won-Door Corporation C. Description:
1. Two parallel accordion type wall panels independently supported, interconnected at lead post. 2. Wall panels are to be two parallel, accordion-type walls independently suspended with
no pantographs or interconnections except at the lead post. Panels are formed of 24 gauge enamel gated steel v-grooved for strength and resilience. Panels are connected by full height
24 gauge enamel coated steel hinges. Perimeter seals consist of continuous extruded vinyl gaskets attached to the top and bottom of the fire door to form a smoke and draft seal. 3. Size:
Refer to Opening Schedule. 4. Color: #55, Platinum D. Suspension system: 1. Manufacturer’s standard cold rolled steel track. E. Perimeter seals: 1. Continuous extruded vinyl sweeps at
top and bottom of fire doors to form a smoke and draft seal. F. Automatic closing system: 1. Type 1 motor assembly. 2. Fire exit hardware located on both sides of fire door. G. Fire
rating: 1. ASTM E 119: UL listed, 90 minute fire rating.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
FOLDING FIRE DOORS 08 35 13.23 -3 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordination: 1. Opening shall be constructed in accordance with shop drawings. 2. Steel framing shall be leveled
in accordance with manufacturer’s tolerances. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Comply with manufacturer’s recommendations and install door to comply with ASTM E 557. B. Interconnect to building
fire alarm system through relays provided under Section 16721. Provide control wiring for connection by the Electrical Contractor to the building fire alarm system. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 -1 SECTION 08 41 13 — ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Aluminum doors,
thermally broken aluminum framing systems, and guarded exit devices. 2. Anchors, fasteners, clips, and other anchoring devices. 3. Structural design of framing system and glazing. 4.
Hardware installed in aluminum entrances B. Products installed, but not supplied by this Section: 1. Hardware specified in Division 08 Sections “Door Hardware” and ’Automatic Door Operators”,
listed in the Hardware Schedule for aluminum entrances. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants” 2. Division 08 Section “Sliding Automatic Entrances” 3. Division
08 Section “Door Hardware”, for hardware provided under this section. 4. Division 08 Section “Automatic Door Operators, for hardware provided under this section. 5. Division 08 Section
“Glass Glazing” 6. Division 08 Section “Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls” 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. All entrance and storefront units and components shall comply with
design criteria recommended by the current ANSI, Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association, and Aluminum Association publications. 2. Anchorages to building structure: a. Provide
anchorages to building structure sized to provide sufficient movement to accommodate vertical deflection of structural members and thermal movement of the storefront system. b. Minimum
steel frame structure deflection shall be L/360, over spans indicated. c. Minimum concrete frame structure deflection shall be L/600. d. Provide adjustable slip connection lateral load
anchors designed to accommodate movement from wind loads, deflections of building structure, and thermal movement of the storefront system, acting simultaneously.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 -2 B. Design framing, anchors, and supports, and reinforcement to resist erection loads and dead loads plus additional live loads without
exceeding the working stresses permitted for the materials by State and Municipal Codes. 1. Interior: a. Uniform load: 5 pounds per square foot. b. Concentrated load: 200 pound impact
load, distributed over an area 2-1/2 feet by 2-1/2 feet. 2. Exterior: 30 pounds per square-foot uniform load over the full height of the wall. 3. Comply with ASCE 7 and requirements
of Chapter 16 of the International Building Code (IBC), 2000 edition, as amended by the State of Indiana. a. Design shall include member dead loads, superimposed loads as indicated on
the Drawings, seismic and lateral loads. b. Design wind pressure shall not be less than 10 pounds per square foot, acting normal to the exposed surface, either direction. c. Include
loading changes due to height above ground and at wall discontinuities (corners, parapets, etc.), as defined in the IBC. 4. Refer to Drawing S001 for general load requirements and lateral
load design criteria. 5. All loads shall be applied to each member and shall transfer through supporting elements to the structure of the building. 6. Deflection normal to wall plane
of intermediate vertical and horizontal members shall be limited to L/175 of unsupported span. Provide reinforcing as required to meet deflection criteria. 7. Structural designs shall
be prepared by a qualified Professional Engineer registered in the State of Indiana. 8. Glass load: a. Fixed frame glass carrying members shall be limited to a deflection parallel to
wall plane of L/360 of unsupported span without reducing glass bite more than 20 percent or 1/4”, whichever is less. Provide reinforcing as required to meet deflection criteria. 9. Stress:
a. Minimum Minimum ultimate tensile strength of window members: 28,000 psi 10. Structural testing: Provide systems identical to those tested for a. Assembly test: in accordance with
ASTM E 330 guidelines. b. Doors: Dual moment load test; 190 lbs. Minimum load c. Uniform Load: A static air design load of 40 psf shall be applied in the positive and negative direction
in accordance with ASTM E 330: no deflection in excess of L/175 of the span of any framing member at design load. 1) At structural test load equal to 1.5 times the specified design load,
no glass breakage or permanent set in the framing members in excess of 0.2% of their clear spans shall occur. 11. Thermal dynamic movement: a. Design temperature range: 170°F b. Vibration
harmonics, loosening, weakening, or fracturing of components shall not be permitted. 12. Seismic: When tested to AAMA 501.4, system must meet design displacement of 0.010 x the story
height and ultimate displacement of 1.5 x the design displacement.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 -3 C. Environmental performance: 1. Air infiltration criteria: a. Fixed light/spandrel: 1) Less than 0.06 CFM/SF at static pressure
differential of 6.24 PSF when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 2. Water infiltration criteria: a. Static: No leakage, as defined in AAMA 501, at an air pressure differential of 12
PSF when tested in accordance with ASTM E 331. b. Dynamic: No leakage, as defined in AAMA 501, at an air pressure differential of 12 PSF when tested in accordance with AAMA 501.1. 3.
Thermal Performance: a. U value: 1) Clear glass: AAMA 1503, not less than 0.66. 2) Low E glass, argon filled: AAMA 1503, not less than 0.43. b. Condensation Resistance Factor (CRF):
1) Clear glass: AAMA 1503, not less than 56 glass, 60 frame. 2) Low E glass, argon filled: AAMA 1503, not less than 60 glass, 60 frame D. Hardware: 1. Provide door hardware in accordance
with the requirements of Division 08 Section “Door Hardware” and Division 08 Section “Automatic Door Operators”. 2. Provide hardware from same manufacturers as hardware for other doors,
provided under Division 08 Section “Door Hardware” and Division 08 Section “Automatic Door Operators”. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Product technical literature and performance
data, including load/span tables. 2. Copy of manufacturer’s standard warranty document, including all terms and conditions. B. Shop drawings: 1. Show sizes, materials, thickness, shapes,
fabrication procedures, erection, and anchorage to the surrounding materials. Manufacturer’s generic details only will be rejected. 2. Furnish product technical literature and performance
data. C. Samples: 1. Samples for selection: provide color samples, on minimum 2 inches by 3 inches sheet aluminum, of each standard paint color for selection by the Architect/Engineer.
2. Samples for verification: provide color samples, on minimum 2 inches by 3 inches sheet aluminum, of each finish or color selected by the Architect/Engineer. 3. Submit fabrication
samples when requested by Architect/Engineer. D. Test data: 1. Test results conducted by independent laboratory in accordance with current ANSI and ASTM procedures for air infiltration,
water resistance, deflection, and structural failure.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 -4 E. Structural calculations: 1. Show total loading conditions. F. Warranty: 1. Submit warranty in conformance with this specification.
2. Furnish with Operating and Maintenance Manual. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall be a company specializing in installation of Aluminum
Glazing Systems with a minimum of 3 years. 2. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Manufacturer capable of providing field service representation during construction, approving acceptable
installer and approving application method. 3. Framing System and entrance doors shall be the product of a single manufacturer. B. Pre-installation meeting: 1. Conduct pre-installation
meeting to verify project requirements, substrate conditions, manufacturer’s installation instructions and manufacturer’s warranty requirements. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A.
Delivery: 1. Deliver stick materials in manufacturer’s standard protective covering. 2. Do not remove protective coverings until ready for installation. B. Storage: 1. Store materials
off the ground and covered for protection against moisture and sunlight. Manufacturer’s standard protective covering is acceptable if it is waterproof and not subject to degradation
or adhesion from sun exposure or heat. 2. Store materials in a way to prevent deflection, distortion, or overloading of individual components. a. Where spacers are used to separate individual
layers of material, align spacers vertically. 3. Provide protective coverings for prefabricated materials that will be stored on site. 4. Preassembled materials shall be installed as
soon as practicable after assembly. C. Handling: 1. Handle all materials in a way to prevent damage of prefinished surfaces. Prevent metalto-metal contact of all prefinished materials.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 -5 1.6 PROJECT /SITE CONDITIONS A. Field measurements: 1. All field measurements at the site shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
for accuracy and fitting of this work with work of others. Architect/Engineer approval of shop drawings shall not relieve Contractor of this responsibility. 1.7 WARRANTY: A. Provide
2-year warranty covering the complete entrance and storefront system and components, including, but not limited to system failure, defective materials, workmanship and/or installation.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. b. Noise or vibration caused by thermal movements.
c. Failure of system to meet performance requirements. d. Failure of operating components to function normally. e. Water leakage. f. Glazing breakage. B. Paint finish: Provide 10 year
finish warranty covering coating failure, chalking, fading, and gloss reduction greater than AAMA 2605 performance requirements. C. Anodized finish: Provide 2 year finish warranty covering
coating failure, fading, and gloss reduction greater than AAMA 611 performance requirement D. Warranty period shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion. E. Warranties shall not
be pro-rated. Warranties shall cover all material and labor to repair or replace failed or defective materials. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Reference standard for system and
profiles: 1. Kawneer Company, Inc. B. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Arch Aluminum & Glass Co., Inc, IGS 450EZ Thermal. 2. Cross Aluminum Products, Inc. 3. Kawneer Company, Inc.; Trifab
VG 451T. 4. Tubelite Inc.; T 14000 Series. 5. United States Aluminum; IT451.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 -6 6. Vistawall Architectural Products; Series 3000 Thermal Multiplane. 7. YKK AP America Inc; YES 45 TU. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Extrusions:
1. ASTM B221, 6063-T5 alloy and temper (allow G.S. 10A-T5) B. Fasteners: 1. Where exposed shall be aluminum or stainless steel in accordance with ASTM A164. 2. All steel shall be isolated
from aluminum with zinc chromate or bituminous paint. C. Glazing gaskets: 1. EPDM elastomeric extrusions D. Thickness: 1. Door stiles: 0.125 inch minimum 2. Glazing molding: 0.050 inch
minimum 3. Framing system shall be equal to the referenced standard products. 2.3 FINISHES A. Architectural Class I Clear Anodic Coating: 1. Comply with Aluminum Association Standard
AA-M12C22A41 and AAMA 611 2. Color: Clear, medium matte (match existing) 2.4 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Type: 1. Kawneer Trifab II 451 a. Flush-glazing b. Face dimensions: 2” c. Depth: 4-1/2”
d. Where required, provide carbon steel shapes and head framing to stiffen and support entrance systems. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. General:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 13 -7 1. Shop fabricate all doors into complete units, verifying all measurements at the job site prior to fabrication. B. Workmanship:
1. Fabricate in strict accordance with the approved Shop Drawings and the manufacturer’s published recommendations. 2. Accurately cut and fit all members to hairline joints. 3. Weld
or mechanically fasten along entire line of contact on the unexposed site. 4. Discoloration on the face after anodizing or fluorocarbon application is not acceptable. 3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: 1. Install all members plumb and level with adequate provision for settling, expanding, and contracting to occur without breaking glass. 2. All joints shall be hairline and
square. 3. Provide minimum ½” and maximum ¾” perimeter joint around entire storefront assembly. B. Anchoring: 1. Firmly anchor all members, using all anchoring devices required to ensure
positive attachment of the members for long life under hard use. 2. Anchorage shall allow normal expansion and contraction. C. Protection: 1. Wherever aluminum is in contact with steel,
concrete, or other material potentially creative of electrolytic action, provide permanent isolation of the aluminum by backpainting with first quality bituminous paint or by such other
isolation as is approved in advance. 2. Protect all finished surfaces as necessary to prevent damage during progress of the work. D. Manufacturer’s recommendations: 1. Follow manufacturer’s
current recommendations during assembly. 3.3 CLEANING A. General: 1. Immediately prior to acceptance of the work, remove all protective materials from the storefront system and polish
all exposed members. B. Abrasives: 1. Do not use abrasives or harmful cleaning agents. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALL-GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 26 -1 SECTION 08 41 26 — ALL-GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. All-glass storefronts as indicated
or implied by the Contract Documents. 2. Door hardware as specified in this Section and in Section 087100 – Door Hardware. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section “Aluminum-Framed
Entrances and Storefronts” 2. Division 08 Section “Glass Glazing” 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer’s standard printed product information, indicating compliance with requirements.
B. Shop drawings: 1. Furnish complete shop and setting drawings. 2. Show sizes, materials, thickness, shapes, fabrication procedures, erection, recommended bracing and anchorage. 1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and standards: 1. Publications of the following institutes, institutes, associations, societies, and agencies are referenced in this Section. a. FGJA – Flat
Glass Jobbers Association b. UL – Underwriters Laboratories c. ANSI – American National Standards Institute 2. Tempered glass shall comply with the following standards: a. FS DD-G-1403b
b. ANSI Z97.1 3. Consumer Product Safety Code: a. Installations shall comply with state and local
codes, as well as the Federal Consumer Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials (16 CFR Part 1201) as amended by court rulings.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALL-GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 26 -2 1.4 FIELD MEASUREMENT A. Obtain all field measurements at the site and be responsible for accuracy and fitting of this work, as well as
coordinating dimensions with others. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reference standard: 1. Virginia Glass Products Corp. B. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Arch Aluminum & Glass
Co., Inc. 2. Oldcastle Glass Systems 3. C. R. Laurence Company Inc. 4. Dorma Glas, Inc. 5. Virginia Glass Products Corp. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Tempered storefront panels: 1. Standard: Tempar-Glas;
Virginia Glass Products Corp. 2. Glass: a. Tint: Clear b. Exposed edges: flat polished c. Butt edges: flat ground d. Corner edges: mitered e. Thickness: 1/2” f. Size: As noted on the
Drawings 3. Trim: a. Profile: VGS 50-55 b. Size: 3-5/8” x 1-3/4” c. Finish: 6063-T5 aluminum alloy or clear anodized as noted on drawings. B. Sealant: Clear Silicone, refer to Division
7 Section “Joint Sealants”. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Responsibility:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ALL-GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 26 -3 1. Commencement of work shall indicate acceptance of previous work and conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install safety glass doors in strict
accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, the approved Shop Drawings, and the manufacturer’s current recommendations, anchoring all components firmly
into position for long life under hard use. B. Where indicated, install sealant between fixed panels. C. Immediately prior to acceptance of the work, remove all protective materials
from the safety glass doors and clean all exposed components. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES 08 42 29.23 -1 SECTION 08 42 29.23 — SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Automatic sliding entrance system consisting
of, but not limited to, the sliding aluminum door and matching side panel, aluminum framing components, electro-mechanical automatic operators, door controls and glazing. 2. Door hardware
as specified in this Section and in Division 08 Section “Door Hardware”. 3. Furnish and install all control wiring between the door controls, safety device and the door operator. 4.
Furnish and install all electrical components required to interface with the building electrical service and fire alarm system. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section “Aluminum-Framed
Entrances and Storefronts” 2. Division 08 Section “Door Hardware” 3. Division 08 Section “Glass Glazing” 4. Division 08 Section “Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls” 5. Division 26 – Electrical,
for power and fire alarm requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer’s standard printed product information, indicating compliance with requirements. B. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit complete drawings showing electrical connections, wiring diagrams, and all data necessary for the proper interface connection with other trades. 2. Drawings shall show details,
gauges, anchorage and interface with surrounding construction. C. Warranty: 1. Furnish copy of warranty covering parts, labor, adjustments and installation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.
Installer qualifications: 1. Installer shall be a company employing AAADM Certified Inspectors or Installers, and holder of a valid AAADM Company Certificate.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES 08 42 29.23 -2 2. Installer shall be approved and trained by the manufacturer in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and Code requirements.
B. Regulatory requirements: 1. Manufacture and installation: a. ANSI A156.10 – American National Standard for Power Operated Pedestrian Doors b. Provide decals which conform to ANSI
standard. c. Air infiltration due to leakage shall not exceed 4 cfm per linear foot of door crack as defined by ASHRAE 90. Amount of air infiltration due to leakage shall be substantiated
by test data. 2. Indiana Building Code: a. Chapter 10 – Means of Egress 3. NFPA – 70, National Electrical Code 4. Underwriters Laboratories: a. All electrical equipment shall be UL listed.
b. Tests shall be based on full assembly. 5. Windload criteria: a. Conform to State Construction Rules and Regulations, currently adopted edition. b. Deflection shall not exceed L/250
of the height. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and storage: 1. Deliver materials under protective cover and store within dry enclosed spaces at the building. Protect from
damage prior to and during installation. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Services: 1. Coordinate electrical connections for final operation, as well as raceway locations to all controls with Work
under Division 26. 2. Electrical: 115 VAC 3. Coordinate electrical connection to central fire/smoke alarm systems. (24 VDC) 4. For each door location, provide a junction box with transformer
and terminal strips for connection of building power to the door operation and control system. a. Provide complete wiring from junction box to door operator and controls. b. Provide
terminal connections for remote operation relays, such as fire alarm. B. Frames and hardware: 1. Provide all templates and dimensions for proper construction and installation. 2. Coordinate
installation of floor/wall stops. 3. Coordinate head installation details in aluminum entrances. 4. Coordinate hardware installation with finish hardware supplier.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES 08 42 29.23 -3 C. Framing: 1. Verify that walls will support the loads subjected by door operation and coordinate installation of additional reinforcing as
required. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide a 2 year warranty covering parts, labor, adjustments and installation. 1.7 OWNER’S INSTRUCTION: A. Installer shall provide a minimum of 2 hours of training
to designated Owner personnel on upkeep and adjusting of doors. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Manufacturers: Provide products from one of the following manufacturers:
1. Besam Inc. 2. Horton Automatics; Div. of Overhead Door Corporation. 3. NABCO Entrances Inc.; Gyro Tech 4. Stanley Access Technologies; Div. of The Stanley Works.; Dura-Glide Series
3000 5. Tormax Technologies, Inc.; 9300 Series 6. Hunter Access Technologies, Inc. 7. Dorma Automatics; ESA B. Double sliding entrance system: 1. Reference Standard: Stanley Access Technologies;
Dura-Glide Series 3000 double slide 2. Door type: Manufacturer’s standard for both sliding and stationary panel. a. Stile width: Narrow 3. Material: Extruded aluminum, 6053-T5 alloy
a. Finish: Clear anodized 4. Glazing: Comply with Division 08 Section "Glass Glazing". Door and side panel shall be equipped with stops. 5. Emergency breakaway: Both sliding and stationary
panels shall be equipped with emergency breakaway feature. 6. Operator: a. Type: Self-contained electromechanical b. Location: Concealed within the head frame. c. Operator shall permit
doors to be operated manually in power off conditions. 7. Controls: a. Activation: Overhead mounted motion detector mounted on both sides of the head frame.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES 08 42 29.23 -4 b. Safety: 1) Factory installed doorway holding beams shall hold the door in the open position when an object is within the door closing pathway.
2) Presence sensing device mounted to the door header that shall scan through the threshold opening. c. Security: 1) Day/Night switch 8. Power requirements: 117V, 15A, 60 Hz, single
phase 9. Frames: Manufacturer’s standard 10. Floor guides: Manufacturer’s standard C. Hardware and accessories: 1. Locks, exit devices 2. Door bottom sweeps and weatherstripping shall
be manufacturer’s standard. 3. Door bottom track shall be surface mounted. 4. Provide on-off switch to deactivate the operator and controls for servicing. D. Fasteners and hardware:
1. Provide all required concealed clips, fasteners and hardware. 2. Exposed screws, washers, nuts, nuts, bolts and other miscellaneous fastenings shall be stainless steel or aluminum,
finished to match doors. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Shop fabricate all doors into complete units, verifying all measurements at the job site prior to fabrication.
B. Workmanship: 1. Fabricate in strict accordance with the approved Shop Drawings and the manufacturer’s published recommendations. 2. Accurately cut and fit all members to hairline
joints. 3. Weld or mechanically fasten along entire line of contact on the unexposed side. 4. Discoloration on the face after anodizing or fluorocarbon application is not acceptable.
3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install all members plumb and level with adequate provision for settling, expanding and contracting to occur without breaking glass. 2. All joints shall
be hairline and square.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES 08 42 29.23 -5 B. Anchoring: 1. Firmly anchor all members, using all anchoring devices required to ensure positive attachment of the members for long life
under hard use. 2. Anchorage shall allow normal expansion and contraction. C. Protection: 1. Wherever aluminum is in contact with steel, concrete or other material potentially creative
of electrolytic action, provide permanent isolation of the aluminum by backpainting with first quality bituminous paint or by such other isolation as is approved in advance. 2. Protect
finished surfaces as necessary to prevent damage during progress of the work. D. Manufacturer’s recommendations: 1. Follow manufacturer’s current recommendations during assembly. 3.3
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Operator installation shall be inspected and tested by an AAADM Certified inspector 3.4 ADJUSTMENT: A. Synchronous operators shall be perfectly aligned. B. Non-synchronous
operators shall be aligned in operation to appear synchronous. C. Set time delay per Owner instructions. 3.5 CLEANING A. General: 1. Immediately prior to acceptance of the work, remove
all protective materials from the storefront system and polish all exposed members. B. Abrasives: 1. Do not use abrasives or harmful cleaning agents. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Factory representative
shall instruct Owner on maintenance practices. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -1 SECTION 08 71 00 — DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish all finish hardware included in the Hardware Schedule and all other
finish hardware not described but required for a complete and operable facility. 2. Coordinate keying schedule and provide all necessary templates and associated information to the trades
requiring such. B. Products supplied, but not installed, under this section: 1. Cylinders for doors specified in other sections 2. Cylinders for key switches, where indicated 3. Hardware
for Aluminum Entrance Doors C. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section “Rough Carpentry” 2. Division 08 Section “Hollow Metal Doors” 3. Division 08 Section “Hollow Metal Frames” 4.
Division 08 Section “Flush Wood Doors” 5. Division 08 Section “Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts” 6. Division 08 Section “Automatic Door Operators” 7. Division 26 Section "Electrical”
8. Division 28 Section “Electronic Access Control” 9. Division 28 Section “Fire Detection & Alarm” 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Catalog cuts, drawings, or other descriptive data on
hardware shall be furnished with the schedule to expedite hardware submittal review. B. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified door hardware, indicating the following: 1. Wiring Diagrams:
Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems and differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. Include the following: a. System schematic. b. Point-to-point
wiring diagram.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -2 c. Riser diagram. d. Elevation of each door. 2. Detail interface between electrified door hardware, fire alarm, access control, and security systems. C. Samples:
1. If requested by the Architect/Engineer, submit one sample of each different item of hardware for review, including an itemized schedule showing where items are to be used. 2. After
review and comparison with specifications, the samples may become part of the work. 3. Submit samples of finishes and/or colors. D. Door Hardware Schedule: 1. Submit a complete typewritten
schedule showing all manufacturers item numbers, function, finishes, type of fasteners and sizes. ANSI/BHMA or Federal Specifications (FS) function numbers, factory serial numbers, sizes,
etc. 2. Itemize each door. 3. The schedule format shall list the doors in numerical order to expedite submittal review. 4. Furnish copies of the reviewed schedule to door and frame manufacturers.
5. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule." 6. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door
hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. a. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Schedule at the end
of Part 3. 7. Content: Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings
and other pertinent information. d. Location of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations,
symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. h. Description of each electrified door hardware function, including
location, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems. 1) Sequence of Operation: Include description of component functions that occur in the following situations:
authorized person wants to enter; authorized person wants to exit; unauthorized person wants to enter; unauthorized person wants to exit.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -3 E. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram
and index each key set to unique door designations. F. Certificates: Copy of certificate or letter from the Door and Hardware Institute verifying qualifications of the Architectural
Hardware Consultant. G. Closeout Submittals: The O&M Manual shall include hardware item product data, hardware shop drawings and descriptive data, as-built hardware schedule, keying
schedule, and a letter or certificate from the supplier indicating hardware consultant certification by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI). H. Submittal Sequence: 1. Submit the final
Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule shall precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction
schedule. 2. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier qualifications 1. Established company or corporation dealing with “contract builder’s hardware.” 2. Maintain regular franchise as distributor of all
locksets, exit devices, cylinders, and closers required for the Project. 3. Sample display room and an adequate inventory must be available. 4. The hardware supplier shall have on staff
an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) who is certified by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI). 5. Provide an Architectural Hardware Consultant to service the finish hardware as
may be required at the Project Site, including 6 month and 12 month post-occupancy inspection and adjustment. 6. Electrified Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: An experienced door
hardware supplier who has completed projects with electrified door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction
with a record of successful in-service performance, and who is acceptable to manufacturer of primary materials. a. Engineering Responsibility: Prepare data for electrified door hardware,
including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. 7. Scheduling Responsibility:
Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -4 B. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is currently certified by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI) as an Architectural Hardware
Consultant (AHC) and who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this
Project. 1. Electrified Door Hardware Qualifications: Experienced in providing consulting services for electrified door hardware installations. C. Regulatory Requirements 1. Hardware
furnished shall meet requirements of federal, state, and local codes having jurisdiction over this installation. Any furnished item that does not meet code requirements shall be removed
and proper items substituted at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Provide hardware for fire-rated openings in compliance with the Building Code and NFPA Standards 80 and 101. This
requirement takes precedence over the other requirements for such hardware, not withstanding that which is specified in the hardware schedule. 3. At doors in smoke partitions and smoke
walls, provide UL 1784 Listed gasketing or seals, installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 105. a. Leakage rate of the door assembly shall not exceed 3 cubic feet per minute
per square foot. 4. Provide only hardware that has been tested in accordance with UL 10C and listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) or Intertec Testing Services/Warnock Hershey,
Inc. (ITS/WHI) for the types and sizes of doors required and complies with the requirements of the doors and door frame labels. Provide all hardware necessary to ensure that the assembly
will meet the test requirements for the specified label as scheduled. 5. The hardware shall conform to ANSI A117.1 and the ADA. D. Coordination: 1. Examine the hardware schedule, door
and frame frame shop drawings and elevations to determine the final suitability of hardware specified. It shall be this supplier’s responsibility to furnish the correct hardware to fit
the door and frame conditions. 2. The supplier shall be present at completion of the Work, shall check the installation of all finish hardware, shall make any minor adjustments required
and supervise all hardware replacements required. E. Certification: 1. A hardware consultant certified by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI) and representative of the manufacturer
shall inspect the exit device, latchset/lockset installation with the hardware subcontractor prior to occupancy and submit a letter certifying that the installation meets, or exceeds,
the manufacturer’s recommendations.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -5 F. Door and hardware installation: Comply with the requirements of Door and Hardware Institute (DHI) Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware. 1.4 OWNER’S
INSTRUCTIONS A. The work of this section shall include four (4) hours of in-service training to be provided by the hardware supplier’s architectural hardware consultant to the Owner’s
maintenance personnel in the proper means of adjustment and maintenance of their respective hardware items. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Shipment: 1. Direct shipment of individual
items of hardware from manufacturer to door manufacturer or to project site is prohibited. Shipment of hardware items shall be handled and coordinated by hardware supplier. B. Packaging:
1. Plainly mark packages so that locations may be ascertained prior to opening the package. C. Storage: 1. At the project site, store the finish hardware items in a secured area within
a locked room or cabinet. Shortages shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.6 WARRANTY: A. Provide a written warranty, agreeing to repair or replace
components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Structural failures including
excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of operators and door hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.
B. Warranty Period: 3 years from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. C. Warranty Period for Electromagnetic and Electromagnetic Delayed-Egress Locks: 5 years
from date of Substantial Completion. D. Warranty Period for Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -6 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers: provide hardware of each type by one of the listed manufacturers: 1. Butts and hinges: Ives,
Hager, Stanley 2. Locksets: Best 3. Cylinders: Best 4. Panic exit devices: Von Duprin 5. Closers and life safety hardware: LCN 6. Continuous Hinges: Hagar-Roton, Ives, Select Products
Limited 7. Pulls and pushplates: Burns, Ives, Rockwood, Trimco 8. Astragals: National Guard, Pemko, Reese 9. Overhead Stops: Glynn-Johnson, Architectural Builders Hardware (ABH) 10.
Door armor and kickplates: a. Stainless steel: 0.050 inch Type 304, brushed finish. 1) Burns, Ives, Rockwood 11. Stops: Burns, Ives, Rockwood, Trimco 12. Silencers: Burns, Ives, Trimco,
Rockwood 13. Electric door holder: LCN, Rixson 14. Smoke Gasketing: National Guard, Pemko, Reese B. Finishes: 1. Hinges at all locations, unless otherwise noted below: 652. 2. Continuous
Hinges, unless otherwise noted: 628 3. Exit devices: 626 4. Locksets and trim: 626 5. Closers: Plastic covers with a painted finish to match brushed stainless steel, 689 6. Pulls: 630
7. Door armor and push plates: Stainless steel; 630 8. All other hardware: 626, 652 or 630, to match base metal. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION A. Keys and keying:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -7 1. All locks shall be keyed, master keyed, and grand master keyed. After award of contact, the hardware supplier shall confer with the Owner and Architect/Engineer
to determine keying system. Submit a keying diagram after this conference. 2. Supply six (6) master keys and three (3) grand master keys. Each lock shall have two (2) individual keys.
3. Keys shall be stamped as directed by the Owner. 4. Lock supplier shall send master keys and grand master keys to the Owner via registered mail. B. Blocking: Coordinate blocking in
wall behind wall stops, electromagnetic door holder. C. Mounting heights: 1. Unless specified otherwise, hardware mounting heights shall be as recommended by the Door and Hardware Institute
(DHI). 2. Comply with current standards for handicapped access, including United States Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (A & T BCB) “Minimum Guidelines and
Requirements for accessible Design, Final Rule” and ANSI A117.1 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install finish hardware items neatly and accurately in place according to the manufacturer’s
instructions, Architect/Engineer approved Finish Hardware Schedule, the pre-installation meeting, and as recommended by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI). 2. Mount all finish hardware
items at heights indicated. 3. Fastenings of suitable size, quantity, type, and finish shall be provided to secure hardware in position for heavy use and long life. 4. Hardware for applications
on metal surfaces shall be made to standard templates. B. Identification Marking: Neatly mark the scheduled door number on the top hinge of each door opening, using permanent marker
or paint pen. 1. Do not remove or deface manufacturer’s permanent identification labels on finished doors. C. Fasteners: 1. Fastenings shall harmonize with hardware material and finish.
2. Fasteners shall be concealed when doors are closed. 3. Fasteners shall be flat Phillips head unless otherwise noted. 4. Fastenings shall be furnished with approved anchors according
to material to which it is applied and manufacturer’s recommendations. 5. Ends of thru-bolts shall generally be countersunk.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -8 D. Back-to-back installations: 1. Pulls of same type mounted either side of a single leaf shall be back-to-back. 2. Pulls or offset pulls mounted opposite to
push bars shall be back-to-back at one point. 3. Finish hardware and fastenings shall be provided to achieve above. E. All finish hardware installed in field finished doors shall be
fitted, removed, and replaced after the doors have been finished. F. Protect all finish hardware from being damaged, scratched, or in any way made unworkable. 3.3 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENT
A. Cleaning: 1. Prior to final inspection, test all hardware items for smooth and proper operation. a. Adjust hardware to operate smoothly, without binding, scraping or catching. b.
Verify operation of each lockset, exit device, and door operator function. c. Replace hardware that cannot be adjusted to proper operation with new hardware. 2. Prior to final inspection,
remove all marks, notations (except opening identification), smudges, smears and foreign material from hardware finishes exposed to view. 3. Where factory finishes are marred, touch-up
finish, repair or replace damaged hardware components B. Adjustment: 1. Verify proper installation and operation of all hardware prior to final inspection. a. Adjust hardware to operate
properly, without obstruction, binding or seizing. b. Verify all screws are installed and properly tightened. 2. Provide post-occupancy inspection and adjustment 6 months and 12 months
after substantial completion. a. Inspection shall be performed by the hardware supplier’s Architectural Hardware Consultant. b. Inspect and adjust exit devices, latchsets/locksets, stops,
hold-opens, and closers to operate properly. c. Repair
or replace with new components, hardware showing signs of breakdown or wear caused by improper installation, improper adjustment, or faulty components. This will not apply to hardware
failure due to obvious misuse or damage.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -9 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain all locksets,
exit devices, closers, and electrified hardware. 3.5 HARDWARE SCHEDULE Hardware Group No. 01 For use on door(s): 103 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description
Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA OFFICE LOCK 45H7AT 14R 626 BES 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE
8400 4" X 1" LDW 630 IVE 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 4" X 1-1/2" LDW 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CCV 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE Hardware Group No. 02 For use on door(s): 104 105 107
108 109 111-1 111-2 116 117 118 121 122 126 128-1 128-2 129 130-1 130-2 131 134 136 137 139 140 141 142 142 160 162 164 166 167 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity
Description Model Number Finish Mfr 1 SET HARDWARE EXISTING TO REMAIN EXI Hardware Group No. 03 For use on door(s): 106 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description
Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA OFFICE LOCK 45H7AT 14R 626 BES 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE
8400 4" X 1" LDW 630 IVE 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 4" X 1-1/2" LDW 630 IVE
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -10 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CCV 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 04 For use on door(s): 112 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity
Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PASSAGE LATCH 45HN 14R 626 BES 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 4" X 1" LDW 630 IVE 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 4" X 1-1/2" LDW
630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CCV 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE Hardware Group No. 05 For use on door(s): 115-1 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model
Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA OFFICE LOCK 45H7AT 14R 626 BES 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 SCUSH 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE
8400 4" X 1" LDW 630 IVE 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 4" X 1-1/2" LDW 630 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' 17' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 06 For use on door(s): 115-2 Provide each SGL door(s) with
the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PASSAGE LATCH 45HN 14R 626 BES 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE
8400 4" X 1" LDW 630 IVE 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 4" X 1-1/2" LDW 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CCV 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE Hardware Group No. 07
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -11 For use on door(s): 125 138 Provide each DE door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 2 SET HARDWARE EXISTING TO REMAIN EXI
Hardware Group No. 08 For use on door(s): 106-2 163 170 171 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE
1 EA OFFICE LOCK 45H7AT 14R 626 BES 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 4" X 1" LDW 630 IVE 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 4" X 1-1/2" LDW 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CCV
626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE Hardware Group No. 09 For use on door(s): 161 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE
5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK 45H7R 14R 626 BES 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 4" X 1" LDW 630 IVE 1 EA KICK
PLATE 8400 4" X 1-1/2" LDW 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CCV 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP Hardware Group No. 10 For use on door(s): 169 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following:
Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA OFFICE LOCK 45H7AT 14R 626 BES 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 ST-1544
689 LCN
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 -12 1 EA MOUNTING PLATE 4020-18 689 LCN 1 EA OVERHEAD STOP 104S 630 GLY 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 4" X 1" LDW 630 IVE 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 4" X 1-1/2" LDW 630 IVE 3
EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE Hardware Group No. 11 For use on door(s): 151 Provide each SGL door(s) with the following: Quantity Description Model Number Finish Mfr 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X
4.5 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK 45H7D 14R 626 BES 1 EA STD COMBINATED CORE 1C7-2 626 BES 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 4" X 1" LDW 630 IVE 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400
4" X 1-1/2" LDW 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS402CCV 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS 2525B 17' BRN NGP END OF SECTION 08 71 00
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -1 SECTION 08 81 00 — GLASS GLAZING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Shop and field glazing of doors, windows, aluminum framing systems, storefront
and sloped glazing systems. 2. Fire-Rated Glazing B. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants” 2. Division 08 Section “Flush Wood Doors” 3. Division 08 Section “Aluminum-Framed
Entrances and Storefronts” 4. Division 08 Section “All-Glass Entrances and Storefronts” 5. Division 08 Section “Sliding Automatic Entrances” 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards
Institute (ANSI): 1. Z97.1 – Glazing Materials Used in Buildings, Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C 1036 – Standard Specification
for Flat Glass 2. C 1048 – Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass--Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass 3. C 1503 – Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror
4. E 1300 – Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings, including Appendices 5. E 2190 – Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and
Evaluating C. Glass Association of North America (GANA): 1. Engineering Standards Manual 2. Glazing Manual 3. 01-0300 – Proper Procedures for Cleaning Architectural Glass Products 4.
TD-02-0402 – Heat-Treated Glass Surfaces Are Different 5. TD 04-03-26 – Standard Test Method for In-Plant Measurement of Roll Wave in Heat-Treated Architectural Glass D. United States
Consumer Product Safety Commission (CSPC):
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -2 1. 16 CFR Part 1201 – Federal Consumer Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials, as amended by court rulings. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide
glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following:
defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction.
B. Glass Design: 1. Glass thickness designations indicated are minimums and are for detailing only. Confirm glass thicknesses by analyzing Project loads and in-service conditions. 2.
Provide glass lites in the thickness designations indicated for various size openings, but not less than thicknesses and in strengths (annealed or heat treated) required to meet or exceed
the following criteria: a. For laminated glass, provide glass of sufficient thickness to resist indicated loads with one ply broken. b. For safety glazing, provide glass of sufficient
thickness to resist impact loads according to test procedures of CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1201, Type I – for lites 9 square feet or less, or Type II. – for lites greater than 9 square feet.
3. Glass Thicknesses: Select minimum glass thicknesses to comply with ASTM E 1300, according to the following requirements: a. Specified Design Wind Loads: 90 mph b. Specified Design
Wind Loads: Wind loads applicable to Project as required by ASCE 7-05 "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures". c. Design Wind Loads: Determine design wind loads applicable
to Project from basic wind speed indicated in miles per hour(meters per second) at 33 feet(10 m) above grade, according to ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures":
Section 6.5, "Method 2-Analytical Procedure," based on mean roof heights above grade indicated on Drawings. 1) Basic Wind Speed: 90 mph, 3-second gust 2) Use Category: IV 3) Importance
Factor: 1.15. 4) Exposure Category: B. d. Specified Design Snow Loads: Ground snow of 20 psf + drift, but not less than snow loads applicable to Project as required by ASCE 7, “Minimum
Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures”: Section 7.0, “Snow Loads.” e. Probability of Breakage for Vertical Glazing: 8 lites per 1000 for lites set vertically or not more than
15 degrees off vertical and under wind action. 1) Load Duration: 3 seconds.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -3 f. Maximum Lateral Deflection: For the following types of glass supported on all 4 edges, provide thickness required that limits center deflection at design
wind pressure to 1/50 times the short side length or 1 inch (25 mm), whichever is less. 1) Monolithic-glass lites heat treated to resist wind loads. 2) Insulating glass. 3) Laminated-glass
lites. g. Minimum Glass Thickness for Exterior Lites: Not less than 6.0 mm. h. Thickness of Tinted and Heat-Absorbing Glass: Provide the same thickness for each tint color indicated
throughout Project. i. Structural designs shall be prepared by a qualified Professional Engineer registered in the State of Indiana. C. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide
glass with performance properties specified based on manufacturer's published test data, as determined according to procedures indicated below: 1. For monolithic-glass lites, properties
are based on units with lites 6.0 mm thick. 2. For laminated-glass lites, properties are based on products of construction indicated. 3. For insulating-glass units, properties are based
on units of thickness indicated for overall unit and for each lite. 4. Center-of-Glass Values: Based on using LBL-44789 WINDOW 5.0 computer program for the following methodologies: a.
U-Factors: NFRC 100 expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F (W/sq. m x K). b. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: NFRC 200. c. Solar Optical Properties: NFRC 300. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:
1. Submit product data on glass and glazing compounds, sealants and gaskets. 2. Submit manufacturer’s installation instructions. B. Samples: 1. Submit [two] 12” x 12” samples of each
glass type, color, tint for verification. 2. Submit samples of glazing sealants, glazing tape and wedge gaskets. a. Submit full range of glazing sealant colors C. Schedules: 1. Provide
glazing glazing schedule indicating location glass is to be used, glass type, composition of assembled units, coating type and location on unit, edge finish. D. Warranty: 1. Submit copies
of warranties in conformance with this specification.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -4 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and standards: 1. Publications of the following institutes, associations, societies, and agencies by reference are included as
a part of this Section: a. ANSI Z97.1 – Glazing Materials Used in Buildings, Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test b. ASTM C 1036 – Standard Specification for Flat Glass
c. ASTM C 1048 – Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass--Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass d. ASTM C 1172 – Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat
Glass e. ASTM C 1503 – Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror f. ASTM E 2190 – Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation g. FGMA, Flat
Glass Marketing Association – Glazing and Sealant Manuals h. SIGMA, Sealed Insulated Glass Manufacturers Association B. Safety Glazing: comply with state and local codes, and Federal
Consumer Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials, 16 CFR Part 1201, as amended by court rulings. C. Glazing for Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Safety glazing for assemblies that comply
with NFPA 80 and that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing
according to NFPA 252. D. Glazing for Fire-Rated Window Assemblies: Glazing for assemblies that comply with NFPA 80 and that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 257. E. Fabricator: 1. Fabricator shall provide insulating glass units permanently
marked either on spacers or at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of inspecting and testing agency indicated below: a. Insulated Glass Manufacturers
Alliance (IGMA) b. Associated Laboratories, Inc. (ALI) c. National Certified Testing Laboratories (NCTL) F. Certifications: 1. All glass installed in the Work shall, during and after
the installation, bear manufacturer’s labels signifying the type, quality, and thickness of the glass. Glass not bearing such labels will be rejected. Keep such labels intact until the
glass has been inspected. 2. In addition to providing and maintaining labels, the Contractor shall submit a notarized certificate attesting that the glass installed in the Work conforms
to the drawings and specifications.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -5 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver glass with manufacturer’s labels intact. B. Do not remove labels until glass has been installed. C. Protect glass
from breakage or contamination when transporting and installing. D. Deliver glazing compounds and sealants in manufacturer’s unopened, labeled containers. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental
requirements: 1. Perform glazing work when ambient temperature is above 40°F. 2. Maintain this temperature during and after installation of sealants. 3. Perform glazing work on dry surfaces
only. B. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the work with glazing frames, wall openings and perimeter air and vapor seal of adjacent work. 2. Coordinate wall finishing with mirror locations.
C. Field measurements: 1. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on the the shop drawings. 2. Verify existing rough openings prior to start of fabrication. 1.8 WARRANTY: A.
Insulated glazing: Warranty shall cover seals, insulating value, and bear a CBA rating (or equivalent). 1. Insulating glass: 10 years. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reference
standard: 1. PPG Industries, Inc. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. AFG Flat Glass North America, subsidiary of Asahi Glass Co., Ltd. 2. Guardian Industries Corp. -SunGuard 3. Pilkington
Building Products North America
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -6 4. PPG Industries, Inc. 5. Saint-Gobain Glass Exprover North America Corp. 6. Prelco 2.2 MATERIALS A. Flat Glass 1. ASTM C 1036, Type 1, Class 1 (Clear) or
Class 2 (Tinted, Heat-absorbing, and Lightreducing), and Quality q3 2. Thickness: 1/4 inch (6 mm), unless otherwise specified 3. Glass Color: a. Clear, unless otherwise indicated. B.
Safety glazing: 1. ANSI Z97.1 and complying with testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201, Category II. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide safety glass permanently marked
with certification label of Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC) or other certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Provide laminated safety glazing
in exterior doors and door sidelights. 4. Provide laminated or tempered glass in all other openings requiring safety glazing. C. Heat-strengthened glass: 1. ASTM C 1048 Heat Treated
Flat Glass—Coated and Uncoated Glass a. Heat strengthened: Kind HS b. Tempered: Kind FT 2. Heat-treated flat glass by horizontal (roller hearth) process with inherent roller wave distortion
parallel to the bottom edge of the glass as installed a. Maximum peak to valley roller wave tolerance is 0.003 inches (0.08mm) in the central area, and 0.008 inches (0.20mm) within 10.5
inches (267mm) of the leading and trailing edge. b. Maximum bow and warp 1/32 inch per linear foot. D. Laminated Glass: 1. ASTM C 1172 — Laminated Architectural Safety Glass 2. Laminated
glass products shall be fabricated in autoclave with heat plus pressure, free of foreign substances and air pockets 3. Interlayer Material: Polyvinyl butyral sheets E. Insulating-Glass
Units, General: Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, and complying with ASTM E 773 and E 774 for Class CBA units. 1. Provide
Kind Kind HS (heat-strengthened) float glass where required to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading of individual glass lites and to comply with glass design requirements.
2. Provide Kind FT (fully tempered) glass lites where safety glass is indicated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -7 3. Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: Dimensions indicated for insulatingglass units are nominal and the overall thicknesses of units are measured
perpendicularly from outer surfaces of glass lites at unit's edge. 4. Sealing System: Dual seal, with primary and secondary sealants as follows: a. Primary seal: Polyisobutylene b. Secondary
seal: Silicone or polyisobutylene. 5. Spacer Specifications: a. Warm edge spacer with 4 bent corners and butyl injected straight splice keys or fusion jointing method to provide a hermetically
sealed and dehydrated air space. b. Desiccant: Molecular sieve or silica gel, or blend of both. 2.3 INSULATING-GLASS UNITS A. Insulating-Glass Units: Match existing, confirm glass types
listed below. 1. Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: 25 and 6.0 mm 2. Interspace Content: Air 3. Outdoor Lite: 1/4” VSI-08 #2 a. Annealed, or Kind HS (heat strengthened),
or Kind FT (fully tempered). 4. Indoor Lite: Class 1 (clear) float glass. a. Annealed, or Kind HS (heat strengthened), or Kind FT (fully tempered). 2.4 FIRE-RATED GLAZING A. Manufacturers:
1. Interedge Technologies 2. Pilkington North America, Inc. 3. SaftiFirst 4. Schott North America, Inc. 5. Technical Glass Products 6. Vetrotech Saint-Gobain North America Inc. 7. Prelco
B. Products: 1. 20-Minute Rating: a. Interedge Technologies, PyroEdge 20 b. SaftiFirst; SuperLite 20 c. Technical Glass Products; Fireglass 20 d. Vetrotech St. Gobain North America,
Inc.; PyroSwiss Extra 2. Up to 90-minute rating, use in doors and fire-windows only: a. Interedge Technologies, Pyrobel b. SaftiFirst; SuperLite C/SP or SuperLite II-XL c. Technical
Glass Products; FireLite Plus d. Vetrotech St. Gobain North America, Inc.; Keralite FR-F or SwissFlam 3. Up to 2-hour rating, use in wall openings tested in accordance with ASTM E 119:
a. Interedge Technologies, PyroEdge 20
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -8 b. Pilkington North America, Inc.; Pyrostop c. SaftiFirst; SuperLite II-XL d. Technical Glass Products; Pyrostop e. Vetrotech St. Gobain North America, Inc.;
SwissFlam or ContraFlam C. Safety glazing: Glazing installed in doors, fire windows, and view panels in fire-resistance rated walls shall meet requirements for safety glazing. D. Glass
shall be listed and labeled by an Independent Testing Laboratory for compliance with NFPA 80 or ASTM E 119, in accordance with use indicated. E. Use fire-rated glass in labeled doors
and frames only. Do not install in non-labeled doors and frames unless specifically required by the Consumer Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials or otherwise noted on the Drawings.
2.5 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Setting blocks: 1. Material: Neoprene or EDPM 2. Hardness: Shore A A Durometer of 80-90 (ASTM D395, C864) 3. Length: Manufacturer’s recommendation but not
less than 4”. 4. Butter with sealant and then place. B. Edge cushions and centering shims: 1. Hardness: Shore A 35 (+5) Durometer 2. Length: Manufacturer’s recommendation C. Spacer blocks:
1. Hardness: Shore A 35 (+5) Durometer 2. Length: Manufacturer’s recommendation D. Glazing tape: 1. Preformed sealant: Butyl tape, aluminum, black/bronze 2. Preformed sealant: Butyl
tape with built in space of synthetic rubber E. Wedge gaskets: 1. Neoprene or EPDM, extruded wedge, ASTM C-864 F. Sealants: 1. Gun grade sealant conforming to ASTMC C920, Type S, Grade
NS, Class 25. 2. Silicone sealant, one part; Dow Corning as approved by Aluminum Framing Systems manufacturer. 3. Cleaning solvent: Sealant manufacturer’s recommended cleaning solvent
suitable for the substrate indicated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -9 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 ACCEPTABLE FABRICATORS A. Acceptable fabricators for sealed, insulated glass units include, but are not limited to: 1. AFG Industries
Inc. 2. Guardian Industries Corp. -SunGuard 3. Oldcastle Glass 4. PPG Certified Fabricators: Certified by PPG to fabricate units using PPG glass. 5. Viracon 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General:
1. Handle and install glazing in accordance with the GANA Glazing Manual and the manufacturer of the glass or accessory product. 2. Set all glass and glazing panels in a true plane,
tight and straight with proper and adequate clearance, firmly anchored to prevent rattling and looseness. 3. Use rolling blocks as required to protect edges. 4. Install each framed glass
unit with two setting blocks located at the quarter points of the bottom edge of the glass. 5. Trademarks shall be horizontal on lower edge. 6. Provide minimum of three (3) weep holes
in the sill. 7. Never stretch glazing tape. Do not lap at corners. Set sill and head glazing tape and then jamb. B. Sealants 1. Silicone applications should be in strict conformance
with manufacturer’s procedure manuals. 2. Clean all joints and glazing pockets by mechanical or solvent procedures. Detergent or soap and water treatments are not acceptable. 3. Clean
sash surface and edge with cleaning solvent. Do not allow to air dry. 4. Mask adjacent surfaces to assure neat sealant lines. 5. Sealant shall not be acceptable if joint is not smooth,
uniform in width and free from sags. C. Safety Glazing: Provide safety glazing in the following locations, where required by Authority Having Jurisdiction, and where indicated: 1. Glazing
in doors 2. Glazing in door sidelights and glazing within 24 inches of the door jamb and less than 60 inches above finished floor. 3. Glazing in fixed or operable units within 36 inches
of a walking walking surface with an individual pane size greater than 9 square feet, a bottom edge less than 18 inches above the floor and a top edge greater than 36 inches above the
finished floor, unless protected by a guarding rail.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GLASS GLAZING 08 81 00 -10 4. Glazing in handrails and guardrails. 3.3 CLEANING A. Description: 1. Upon completion of glazing, thoroughly clean all glass surfaces, correct all imperfections,
replace all damaged glass, and leave all labels on the glass until they have been inspected and accepted. 2. Remove all labels immediately after approval. 3. Knife trim glazing tape
if required. 4. Remove debris from jobsite. 3.4 PROTECTION OF COMPLETION WORK A. Attach crossed streamers away from glass face. B. Do not apply markers to glass surface. C. Protect glass
with plywood or plastic whenever there is welding, cutting, sandblasting or other potentially damaging work in progress. END OF SECTION
Division 09 Finishes
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-1 SECTION 09 05 60 – COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Floor substrate
testing for flatness, moisture vapor transmission, alkalinity. 2. Floor substrate preparation and remediation 3. Installation of trowel applied and self-leveling floor leveling materials.
4. Installation of moisture vapor reducing membrane B. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 Section “Resilient Flooring” 2. Division 09 Section “Carpeting “ 3. Division 09 Section “Tiling”
C. Allowances: Provide the following under the allowances indicated as specified in Section 01210 – Allowances, Division 01 Section "Allowances": 1. Flooring Preparation Allowance: include
an Allowance of $10,000 for repair and remediation of the substrate. Repair and remediation includes: a. Removal of unacceptable coatings on existing substrates. b. Removal of high spots
by sanding or grinding. c. Installation of trowelable polymer-modified cementitious underlayment to fill depressions to a maximum variation of 1/8-inch gap under a 10-foot straightedge.
d. Installation of self-leveling cementitious underlayment where required under this section, and where depression depth exceeds 3/8 inch and is recommended by manufacturer in lieu of
trowelable underlayment. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer’s standard printed product information, indicating compliance with requirements. 1. Preparation Instructions: Finished
flooring manufacturer’s written preparation instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Plans indicating substrates, locations, and average depths of underlayment based on survey of substrate conditions.
1. Maintain as-built mark-up plans on site, indicating the quantity of underlayment installed in each area indicated, areas added or deleted, and date underlayment was installed. C.
Qualification Data: For Installer and testing agency. D. Material Test Reports: For each patching or leveling compound.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-2 E. Field quality-control test reports. Provide test reports for each type and location of field test, indicating type of test,
location of test site, test values, values required to pass, and identification of testing agency. F. Quality Assurance submittals: 1. Installer experience: a. Submit 5 references for
similar installations completed during the last 3 years. 2. Certifications: a. Submit certification of qualification from the
installer. b. Submit certification of compliance with specifications and flooring manufacturer’s requirements for floor preparation. 1) Furnish copies with Operating and Maintenance
Manual. 3. Test reports: submit copies of field test reports, with location of test indicated, for the following: a. Concrete slab moisture vapor transmission rate b. Concrete slab alkalinity
c. Concrete floor flatness and levelness 4. Flooring preparation plan: Provide written plan indicating locations, flooring material, substrate, proposed remediation products, and proposed
preparation steps based on known or anticipated conditions. a. Coordinate plan with written preparation and installation instructions provided by finished flooring manufacturer and written
instructions of remediation products specified under this Section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer qualifications: 1. Installer who is approved or trained by manufacturer for application
of underlayment products required for this Project. 2. Minimum 3 years experience installing products specified, in projects of similar size and scope. B. Preinstallation Conference:
Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Conference shall include concrete installer and finished
flooring installers. Review methods and procedures including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's
personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review requirements for verification and testing of subfloor condition, subfloor preparation, and environmental
conditions required at time of flooring installation. 3. Review requirements for installation and protection of moisture vapor reducing membrane. 4. Review flooring product requirements
for subfloor flatness, subfloor surface profile, moisture vapor transmission, and alkalinity. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM E 329
for testing indicated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-3 1. Flatness and levelness testing: Floor flatness and levelness testing shall be performed by a technician trained in the use
of the testing equipment and the procedures of ASTM E 1155. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of product through one source from a single manufacturer. 1. Where more than one product
is installed for remediation, each product shall be certified as being compatible with subsequently applied materials. E. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent
testing agency to test flooring substrate for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to jobsite
or offsite warehouse in unopened wrapping, boxes or containers. B. Storage: 1. Store materials in a covered, climate controlled facility, with temperatures between 40 degrees F and 90
degrees F. 2. Store material off ground or floor in protective packaging. 3. Do not permit materials to become wet. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation
only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit preparation work to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Field Measurements:
Indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate schedule and location of testing to minimize disruption of Work. B. Coordinate requirements for testing, preparation,
and remediation work with work specified in other sections. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of underlayment or moisture vapor reducing
membrane that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including delamination
or blistering.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-4 b. Incompatibility with or failure of product to adhere to substrate material up to the tensile strength of concrete. 2. Replacement
includes removal of existing flooring and underlayment or moisture vapor reducing membrane, replacement of defective or non-performing material, and replacement of finish flooring with
new flooring of the same type. 3. period of warranty: As specified. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 TROWELABLE POLYMER-MODIFIED CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT A. Underlayment: Hydraulic-cement-based,
polymer-modified, trowelable product that can be applied to a maximum uniform thickness of 3/8 inch (10 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Ardex Engineered
Cements; SD-F Feather Finish b. Bonsal American; B-1 Leveler c. Degussa Construction Chemicals: 1) Sonneborn Sonocrete Sonopatch PC 2) Sonneborn Sonoskim 3) Thoro Underlayment (Trowel
Grade) d. Dayton Superior Corporation; Sure Finish e. Dependable Chemical Co., Inc.; Skimcrete f. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Durathin g. MAPEI Corporation; Planipatch h. TEC;
VersaPatch 2. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement, or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined by ASTM C 219. a. Do not use air entraining agents or cements. 3. Compressive
Strength: Not less than 3500 psi (24 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. B. Underlayment Additive: Resilient-emulsion product of underlayment manufacturer formulated
for use with underlayment when applied to substrate and conditions indicated. 2.2 SELF-LEVELING CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENTS A. Underlayment: Hydraulic-cement-based, polymer-modified,
self-leveling product that can be applied in minimum uniform thicknesses of 1/8 inch (3 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Available Products:
Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-5 a. Ardex Engineered Cements; K-15 Self-Leveling Underlayment Concrete. b. Bonsal American; ProSpec Self-Leveling Underlayment.
c. Degussa Construction Chemicals: 1) MBT Mastertop 110 Plus Underlayment 2) Sonneborn Sonocrete Sonoflow 3) Thoro Underlayment, Self-Leveling. d. Dayton Superior Corporation; LeveLayer
I. e. Dependable Chemical Co., Inc.; Skimflow ES. f. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Levelex. g. MAPEI Corporation; Ultraplan 1 Plus. h. Maxxon Corporation; Level-Right. i. US Mix
Products Company; US SPEC Self -Leveling Underlayment. 2. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement, or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined by ASTM C 219. a. Do not use
air entraining agents or cements. 3. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi (28 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. 4. Underlayment Additive: Resilient-emulsion
product of underlayment manufacturer formulated for use with underlayment when applied to substrate and conditions indicated. B. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch
(3 to 6 mm), or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 1. Provide aggregate when recommended in writing by underlayment manufacturer for underlayment thickness required.
2.3 TOPPING MORTAR A. Mortar: Premixed, Portland-cement-based, polymer-modified, trowelable product that can be applied to a minimum uniform thickness of 3/8 inch (10 mm), level or sloped
up to 4 inches, in one or more lifts. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following: a. MAPEI Corporation; MapeCem 100 b. Sika Corporation; SikaTop 122 Plus 2. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, Portland cement. a. Do not add air entraining agents, cements, or
other additives. 3. Compressive Strength: Not less than 6500 psi (24 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. 2.4 MOISTURE VAPOR TRANSMISSION REDUCING MEMBRANE A.
Membrane: single component, latex-based product that reduces moisture vapor transmission through concrete slabs to an acceptable level for the installation of floor covering systems,
up to 8 pounds of moisture vapor transmission (when tested according to ASTM F 1869). Membrane
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-6 may also be used to isolate cutback and other adhesive residue, to allow safe installation of floor covering. 1. Available Products:
Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. All Purpose Adhesive Company; ENCapSeal b.
Dependable Chemical Co., Inc.; Cutdown. 2. Warranty: 5-year limited warranty against moisture vapor transmission related failure of flooring. a. Warranty shall provide for installation
labor and material replacement of moisture vapor transmission reducing membrane and applied flooring. B. Membrane: multi-component, epoxy-based system that reduces moisture vapor transmission
through concrete slabs to an acceptable level for the installation of floor covering systems, up to 12 pounds of moisture vapor transmission (when tested according to ASTM F 1869). 1.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Sinak Corporation: 1)
For maximum MVTR up to 3 lbs/1000 SF/24 hrs: Vect-R3 2) For maximum MVTR up to 5 lbs/1000 SF/24 hrs: Vect-R5 2. Warranty: 10-year limited warranty against moisture vapor transmission
related failure of flooring. C. Membrane: single component, latex-based product that reduces moisture vapor transmission through concrete slabs to an acceptable level for the installation
of floor covering systems, up to 25 pounds of moisture vapor transmission (when tested according to ASTM F 1869). 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dependable Chemical Co., Inc.; Vaporseal. 2. Warranty: 25-year limited warranty against moisture
vapor transmission related failure of flooring. 2.5 PRIMER A. Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended in writing for substrate, conditions, and application indicated. 2.6 WATER
A. Potable, at a temperature of not more than 70 deg F (21 deg C).
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-7 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Flooring Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for substrate condition, maximum moisture content, adhesive bond, substrate alkalinity, subfloor levelness and flatness tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance
of work. 1. Ensure that existing adhesives have been totally removed prior to new installation. 2. Verify suitability of substrate and compatibility with mortar and adhesives, including
their compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 3. Furnish written report to the Architect/Engineer describing and locating non-conforming substrates. Do not proceed with Work
until non-conforming substrates are corrected. 4. Re-inspect corrected areas as required for initial examination, to confirm substrate is ready for application of flooring. 5. The start
of flooring installation shall indicate that substrate conditions are acceptable for application of flooring, including the following conditions: a. The moisture vapor transmission rate
and alkalinity of the concrete subfloor and patching materials is within the acceptable limits as defined by the flooring manufacturer’s requirements. b. Proper bond will be obtained
between the finished flooring, adhesive, moisture vapor reducing membrane, patching materials and concrete subfloor. c. Subfloor flatness and levelness are within specified tolerances.
B. Site Verification of Conditions 1. Test concrete floor moisture vapor transmittance rate (MVTR) using the calcium chloride test, ASTM F1869 or internal relative humidity using in-situ
probes per ASTM F 2170. a. Pre-installation testing: 1) Perform testing prior to moisture vapor reducing membrane installation. 2) Test in areas scheduled to receive resilient flooring.
3) Perform a minimum of 3 tests for the first 1000 square feet per floor, with 1 test per additional 1000 square feet. 4) Maximum tested value shall be acceptable to the flooring manufacturer
5) Where MVTR or relative humidity test fails, retest each non-complying area, after remediation, per requirements for initial testing. 2. Test alkalinity (pH) of concrete subfloor in
accordance with ASTM F 710, or using method recommended by flooring manufacturer. a. Perform test in area adjacent to each pre-installation MVTR test. Report alkalinity on the same form
used for reporting results of adjacent MVTR test. b. Do not apply flooring if pH is equal to or greater than 10, or maximum level acceptable to flooring manufacturer. 3. Floor flatness
and levelness testing: a. Verify flatness and levelness of area to receive underlayment using a 10-foot straightedge or Type I or Type II floor profilometer capable of producing a graphic
record of floor elevation changes, measured in accordance with ASTM E 1155. b. Tolerances: Areas exceeding tolerances shall receive cementitious underlayment to meet or exceed installation
tolerances specified in the Section.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-8 1) Flatness: a) Straightedge: 1/8-inch gap under a 10-foot unleveled straightedge, when measured between any 2 high points. b)
Profilometer: any aggregate area with a maximum flatness variation exceeding 1/8-inch from highpoint to low-point 2) Level Alignment: Variance in elevation of top of slab in any structural
bay shall not exceed 3/4 inch. c. Test Sections less than 8 feet on a side or less than 320 square feet or at slab boundaries, block-outs or other discontinuities excluded by ASTM E
1155: measure surface so gap to at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled freestanding 10-foot-(3.05-m-) long straightedge, resting on two high spots and placed anywhere
on the surface, does not exceed 1/8 inch. 3.2 PREPARATION FOR FLOORING INSTALLATION A. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F710. B. Prepare substrates according to floor covering
manufacturer’s written recommendations to ensure adhesion of floor coverings. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Perform tests
recommended by manufacturer and as specified. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. C. Remove existing flooring, including underlayments and setting beds to expose
a sound substrate. Grind substrate if required to thoroughly remove any traces of the floor material adhesive or other foreign material. 1. Remove adhesives from all existing floors
receiving new covering, where recommended or required by finished flooring manufacturer, using methods recommended or approved by the flooring manufacturer. D. Surface preparation: 1.
Concrete subfloors and cementitious underlayments shall cure a minimum of 28 days before flooring is installed. 2. Scrape, grind, or otherwise remove projections from the face of subfloor
to level with the subfloor. 3. Neatly patch, fill, or otherwise repair all cracks, marks, irregularities, and other conditions in the subfloors that may telegraph through the finished
installation. 4. Apply moisture vapor reducing membrane in all areas indicated to receive impervious backed carpet, and where moisture vapor transmission rate or internal relative humidity
exceeds limits indicated in specifications. 5. Apply trowelable polymer modified cementitious underlayment where required to correct subfloor irregularities and floor depressions greater
than a 1/8 inch gap under a 10 foot straightedge. 6. Apply trowelable polymer modified cementitious underlayment at transition edge between resilient flooring and dissimilar flooring
materials to allow for a “flush” transition. The slope of the underlayment shall provide for a gradual transition to the thicker flooring material.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 05 60–-9 7. Trowelable polymer modified cementitious fill shall be steel troweled smooth. Trowel marks showing through installed flooring
shall be reason to remove flooring and sand out trowel marks. 8. For areas scheduled to receive epoxy flooring or tile, remove concrete surface and contaminants using shot blasting methods,
to a maximum profile depth of 1/8 inch. 9. Apply topping mortar in areas scheduled to receive tile requiring slope to drain. Slope bed 1/4 inch per foot minimum. 10. Apply self-leveling
cementitious underlayment in areas scheduled to receive large-format (greater than 12 inches in length) paver tile, to correct floor depressions greater than 3/8 inch, and where indicated
E. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by floor coverings immediately before installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, and
dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting
agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of completed applications of moisture vapor reducing membrane and
underlayments shall take place in successive stages, in areas of extent and using methods as specified. Do not proceed with application for the next area until test results for previously
completed applications show compliance with requirements. C. Remove and replace applications of moisture vapor reducing membrane and underlayment where test results indicate that it
does not comply with specified requirements. D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with
specified requirements. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean floors thoroughly, using dry methods, after completion of preparation work. B. Clean excess material, splatter, dust, or other foreign material
from non-floor surfaces. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect moisture vapor transmission reducing membranes from damage until finish flooring is installed. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -1 SECTION 09 21 16 — GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Metal studs, runner tracks, and framing accessories
2. Drywall ceiling suspension and framing system 3. Gypsum board (drywall) 4. Gypsum sheathing 5. Cementitious tile backer board 6. Cavity and horizontal shaftwall systems 7. Drywall
trim 8. Drywall finishing compounds and tape 9. Glass fiber reinforced concrete and gypsum a column enclosures 10. Installation of metal stud and gypsum board wall and ceiling systems.
B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Rough Carpentry”, for wood blocking 2. Division 06 Section “Architectural Woodwork” 3. Division 07 Section “Thermal Insulation”, for metal
stud insulation 4. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants” 5. Division 09 Section “Tiling” 6. Division 10 Section “Wall and Door Protection” 7. Division 10 Section “Toilet Accessories”
8. Division 11 – Equipment 9. Division 12 – Furnishings, for Manufactured Casework 10. Division 23 – Heating, Ventilating & Air Conditioning 11. Division 26 – Electrical C. Products
installed but not supplied under this Section: 1. Wood blocking 2. Metal stud insulation 3. Sound attenuation batt insulation 4. Sill seal 5. Acoustical sealant 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM
International (ASTM): 1. C 11 – Standard Terminology Relating to Gypsum and Related Building Materials and Systems
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -2 2. C 588 – Standard Specification for Gypsum Base for Veneer Plasters 3. C 630 – Standard Specification for Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board 4.
C 754 – Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products 5. C 840 – Standard Specifications for Application and Finishing
of Gypsum Board 6. C 954 – Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to
0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness 7. C 955 – Standard Specification for Load-Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners (Tracks), and Bracing or Bridging for Screw Application
of Gypsum Panel Products and Metal Plaster Bases 8. C 1177 – Standard Specification for Glass Mat Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing 9. C 1396 – Standard Specification for Gypsum
Board 10. D 3273 – Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. 11. D 5116 – Standard Guide for Small-Scale
Environmental Chamber Determinations of Organic Emissions From Indoor Materials/Products 12. E 84 – Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 13. E 90 – Standard
Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements 14. E 96 – Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials (desiccant
method) 15. E 413 – Classification for Rating Sound Insulation B. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) 1. SG02-1 – North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel
Structural Members. C. Gypsum Association (GA): 1. GA-214 – Levels of Gypsum Board Finish 2. GA-216 – Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board 3. GA-600 – Fire Resistance Design Manual
4. Green Seal 5. GS-11 – Standard for Paints 6. GS-36 – Standard for Commercial Adhesives D. International Building Code (IBC): 1. IBC Chapter 16, Sections 1601-1607 and 1609, for wind
load design of exterior walls. E. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. Install gypsum drywall system so that it conforms to the applicable UL classification for wall types and design
number indicated on the Drawings. F. Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI): 1. MNL 128 – Recommended Practice for Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete Panels 2. MNL 130 – Manual for
Quality Control for Plants and Production of Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete Products.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -3 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Terms for gypsum board assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards
shall comply with definitions listed in ASTM C 11 and GA-505. B. GFG: Glass-fiber reinforced gypsum C. GFRC: Glass-fiber reinforced concrete D. Structural Studs: Studs with metal thickness
of 0.0329 inch (20 gage) or greater and a minimum flange width of 1-5/8 inches. E. Wall board: Units of gypsum board, gypsum sheathing, or tile backer board. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Anchorages to building structure: 1. Provide anchorages to building structure sized to provide sufficient movement to accommodate vertical deflection of structural members. 2. Maximum
steel frame structure deflection shall be L/360, over spans indicated. 3. Maximum concrete frame structure deflection shall be L/600, over spans indicated. B. Stud selection: 1. General:
Select stud gages from the manufacturer’s published design properties and load/span tables, based on the deflection limit and the following selection criteria, for the wall span indicated
on the Drawings. a. Stud selection criteria: 1) Stud properties shall not be less than specified for studs of depth indicated. 2) Furnish studs of depth indicated. 3) Furnish studs of
yield strength, profile, gage and spacing required to meet deflection criteria at the design load. 4) Furnish studs with the most economical yield strength, profile, gage and spacing
to meet selection criteria. 5) Stud spacing shall not exceed 16 inches on center. 2. Interior: a. General: 5 pounds per square-foot uniform load over the full height of the studs. b.
Partial height walls acting as guardrails: 1) Uniform load acting horizontally on face of wall: 50 pounds per square foot 2) Point load acting horizontally at top of wall: 200 pounds.
3) 3) Loads are not assumed to act concurrently. C. Deflection limit: 1. Interior Studs, unless otherwise indicated: L/240 2. Interior studs scheduled to be finished with tile, 12 inch
or greater dimension: L/360
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -4 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer’s technical data and information: 1. Joint treatment for finishing system, application and installation instructions,
and materials data. 2. Manufacturer’s data on all products is to be supplied. 3. Indicate stud type, size, and gage to be used, by location or wall type 4. Describe method for securing
studs to tracks; blocking and framing connections. 5. Copy of UL or GA Design Classification indicating products to be furnished under this Section. B. Shop drawings and samples for
molded column enclosures: 1. Show details, joint treatment, component details, reinforcing, fastening devices and accessories. 2. Submit one 12 inch by 8 inch minimum flat sample, including
joint treatment. C. Engineering Calculations: Signed and sealed Design calculations or certification by a professional engineer indicating compliance of stud selection with design criteria
specified. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Studs, runners and accessories: Provide materials complying with ASTM C 955 and AISI SG02-1. B. Fire-rated construction: Provide materials and
construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.
Where products other than the reference standards are provided, fire-rated construction is indicated, and a specific UL or GA Design Classification is designated, provide only products
listed in the Design Classification or an equivalent UL or GA Design Classification, acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. C. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies
with STC ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent
testing agency. D. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced
in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations
of cold-formed metal framing that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -5 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery, handling, & protection 1. Deliver materials to the project site in their original unopened packages
with manufacturer’s labels intact and legible. 2. Deliver fire-rated materials bearing testing agency label and required fire classification numbers. B. Storage: 1. Store materials inside
under cover, stack flat, off floor. 2. Stack drywall so that long lengths are not over short lengths. 3. Do not overload floor system. 4. Store adhesives in dry area, provide protection
against freezing at all times. 5. Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be removed from the premises. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental conditions 1. General: Establish and maintain
environmental conditions for applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board and finishing material manufacturer's recommendations, whichever
are more stringent. 2. Temperature: a. During cold weather, in areas receiving drywall installation, maintain temperature between 55°F to 70°F (13°C to 21°C) for 24 hours before, during,
and after gypsum drywall and joint treatment application. 3. Ventilation: a. Provide ventilation during and following application of adhesives and joint treatment. b. Protect installed
materials from drafts during hot, dry weather. 4. Protection: a. Protect adjacent surfaces against damage and stains. 1.9 COORDINATION A. General: 1. Consult with other trades to ascertain
if they require “extra” metal studs or blocking for attachment of their Work or framed openings and coordinate locations of such. 2. All wall mounted equipment or accessories typically
require additional bracing or straps. The specific type and size of the proposed straps or bracing must be reviewed with the Architect/Engineer prior to fabrication or installation.
3. Allow reasonable time for those other trades who have Work occurring within the gypsum drywall Work to perform their Work. 4. Coordinate locations and types of blocking and supports
provided under other Sections of this Specification.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -6 B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
Review methods and procedures related to drywall finishing including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Coordination of drywall finishing work with specific wall coverings and finishes.
2. Identify wall surfaces scheduled to receive gloss finishes, subject to critical lighting, or receiving finishes requiring special flatness or finishing tolerances. 3. Coordinate finishing
levels and tolerances with wall finish installers. 4. Pre-installation meeting shall include wallcovering installers, painters, and other trades that will apply finishes to gypsum board
assemblies. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reference standards: 1. Gypsum board: United States Gypsum Company or G-P Gypsum., as indicated 2. Metal framing: Dietrich Metal Framing,
Inc. a. Non-Structural Studs: Cold-formed galvanized C-studs, Dietrich UltraSTEEL or ClarkWestern UltraSTEEL drywall studs, in conformance with ASTM C-754 for conditions indicated below.
1) Designation: 25 ga equivalent drywall stud a) Minimum Delivered Thickness: .0179 in. 2) Designation: 20 ga equivalent drywall stud a) Minimum Delivered Thickness: .0296 in. b. Non-Structural
Track: Cold-formed galvanized steel runner tracks, Dietrich UltraSTEEL or ClarkWestern UltraSTEEL drywall runner track, in conformance with ASTM C-754 for conditions indicated below.
1) Minimum Material Thickness: Track to match stud thickness. 3. Accessories: United States Gypsum Company 4. Finishing compounds and tape: United States Gypsum Company B. Acceptable
manufacturers: 1. Any manufacturer of gypsum board products may be deemed acceptable providing they meet the following industry standards. a. Gypsum board products: ASTM C 96 or C 1396
b. Water-resistant gypsum board products: ASTM C 630 c. Veneer Plaster Base: ASTM C 588 d. Surface burning characteristics: ASTM E 84 1) General: flame spread 15, smoke development 0
2) Water-resistant panels: flame spread 20; smoke development 0 2. Metal framing members: Dietrich Industries, Inc. products are specified as the reference standard for metal studs and
runners. Alternate manufacturers may be used as long as the following conditions are met: a. SSMA member company.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -7 b. Can provide products that adhere to the specified UL Design on the partition schedule or can provide products with the configuration and thickness
that comply to other UL Designs. c. Moment of inertia and section modulus meet or exceed the item specified. d. Modulus of elasticity and yield point meet or exceed the item specified.
e. The submitted items functionally perform as well as the item specified. f. No adjustment in section depth is required to meet design criteria. 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD A. Drywall: ASTM C
1396, Type X 1. Acceptable products: a. CertainTeed Gypsum; ProRoc Type X b. G-P Gypsum; Tough Rock Fireguard c. Lafarge North America; Firecheck Type X d. National Gypsum Company; Gold-Bond
Brand Fire-Shield Wallboard e. United States Gypsum Company; Sheetrock Firecode Gypsum Panels 2. Thickness: a. General: 5/8 inch, or as indicated b. Curved fire-rated assemblies: 2 layers
3/8”, for wall radius range 3 feet to 18 feet. 3. Edges: tapered 4. Location: Where drywall indicated, fire-rated assemblies and non-fire-rated assemblies. B. Mold-Resistive drywall:
ASTM C 1396, Type X, having improved mold resistance over standard gypsum board. 1. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, average panel score 10. 2. Acceptable products: provide [one of] the
following: a. CertainTeed Gypsum.; ProRoc Moisture and Mold resistant Gypsum Board b. G-P Gypsum Corp.; DensArmor Plus Interior Guard, Fireguard. c. United States Gypsum Company; SHEETROCK
Brand MOLD TOUGH, FIRECODE CORES. d. Lafarge North America; MDfz Mold Defense e. National Gypsum Company, Gold Bond XP Wallboard 3. Thickness: 5/8 inch, or as indicated. 4. Long Edges:
Tapered 5. Location: a. Areas exposed to high moisture levels (toilets, behind counters with sinks). b. Walls with ceramic tile wainscot, not subject to direct water exposure (public
restrooms). c. Ceilings in rooms subject to high moisture levels (toilet rooms) or exposed to direct moisture. d. Exterior walls with metal stud insulation not indicated to receive foil-backed
drywall. C. Shaft wall liner board: ASTM C 1396, Type X 1. Nominal 1 inch by 24 inch gypsum liner panels
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -8 2. Acceptable products: a. United States Gypsum Company; Sheetrock Gypsum Liner Panels b. G-P Gypsum; Dens Glass Ultra Shaftliner c. Lafarge North
America; Firecheck Shaftliner d. National Gypsum Company; Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP 3. Location: cavity shaft walls, horizontal shaft walls D. Shaft wall backer and face boards: ASTM
C 1396, Type X. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch 2. Edges: tapered 3. Acceptable products: a. United States Gypsum Company; Sheetrock Gypsum Liner Panels b. G-P Gypsum; Dens Glass Ultra Shaftliner
c. Lafarge North America; Firecheck Shaftliner d. National Gypsum Company; Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP E. Flexible drywall: ASTM C 1396, having improved flexibility over standard gypsum
board. 1. Thickness: 1/4 inch 2. Edges: tapered 3. Reference standard product: Sheetrock Flexible Gypsum Panels: 4. Location: interior curved and rounded walls, where noted on drawings.
5. Apply in two layers unless noted otherwise on drawings. F. Foil-back drywall: Drywall product with aluminum foil vapor retarder laminated to the panel back. 1. Acceptable products:
Approved fire-rated drywall 2. Thickness: 5/8 inch 3. Edges: tapered 4. Location: a. Exterior wall assemblies b. Where otherwise noted on Drawings. G. Water-resistant drywall: ASTM C
630 and C 1396, Type X, having improved water resistance over standard gypsum board. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch 2. Edges: tapered 3. Reference standard product: Sheetrock Brand Mold Tough
4. Location: a. Areas exposed to high moisture levels (toilets, behind counters with sinks, janitors closets). b. Walls with ceramic tile wainscot, not subject to direct water exposure
(public restrooms). c. Ceilings in rooms subject to high moisture levels (toilet rooms, locker rooms, sterilization rooms) or exposed to direct moisture (showers, patient toilets).
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -9 2.3 TILE BACKER BOARD: A. Ceramic tile backer board: 1. Product: Georgia Pacific Corp.; Dens-Shield Tilebacker 2. Thickness: 5/8” 3. Edges: tapered
4. Location: At full height ceramic tile walls B. Cementitious tile backer board: 1. Product: Provide one of the following: a. United States Gypsum Company; Durock interior cement board
b. National Gypsum Company; PermaBase c. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch at casework and 5/8 inch at wall locations 3. Size: 36” by length required to minimize
horizontal joints 4. Location: At full height ceramic tile walls and as substrate for horizontal ceramic tile or stone tile installation on casework or framed walls. C. Location, General:
1. Use on walls subjected to direct moisture. 2. Use on walls subject to direct water exposure to height of ceramic tile wainscot. 3. Use as substrate for above-floor horizontal ceramic
or porcelain tile installations. 2.4 GYPSUM SHEATHING A. Exterior glass-mat gypsum wall and soffit sheathing complying with ASTM C 1177 1. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, average panel
score 10. 2. Exposure warranty: Product performance shall be warranted for a minimum period of 6 months full normal exterior exposure. 3. Product: a. Georgia-Pacific Corp.; Dens-Glass
Gold gypsum sheathing b. CertainTeed Gypsum.; GlasRoc High-Performance Gypsum Sheathing c. National Gypsum Company; eXP Extended Exposure Sheathing d. United States Gypsum Company; Securock
Glass-Mat Sheathing Panels 4. Thickness: 1/2 inch 5. Edges: square 6. Size: 4’-0” by length required to minimize joints. 7. Location: exterior wall studs and soffit framing. 2.5 GLASS-FIBER
REINFORCED COLUMN ENCLOSURES A. Interior: Glass-fiber reinforced high-density gypsum (GFG) fabrication 1. Manufacturers: a. Reference standard: Plastrglas, Inc. b. Acceptable Manu
facturers: ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -10 1) DEC Associates 2) DecoForm Corp. 3) Formglas, Inc. 4) Plastrglas, Inc. 2. Tolerances: a. Thickness: +/-3/16 inch b. Dimensions in all directions:
+/-1/8 inch c. Variation from square or plumb: +/-1/8 inch d. Warpage or bowing: L/360 3. Shell thickness: 1/8” to 3/16” 4. Surface burning characteristics: ASTM E 84, Class A a. Flame
spread: 5 b. Smoke index: 15 B. Fabrication: 1. Fabricate to match dimensions and profile indicated. 2. Where stacking of fabrications is required, provide stack joints at top of formed
reveals. 3. Provide internal reinforcing and stiffening flanges at top and bottom, at splice joints, and where enclosure abuts other materials. 2.6 TRIM A. General: Provide trim accessories
for corners, control joints, exposed ends, at juncture of drywall to dissimilar materials and other locations as required to make complete installations. B. Corner bead (drywall): 1.
Outside corner: a. Paper faced metal tape-on bead trim: USG Paper Face Bead B1 SW b. Paper faced flex metal corner trim: USG Paper Face Bead B1 Beaded Flex, for corners greater than
90 degrees. 2. Inside Corner: a. Paper-faced tape-on Flexible Corner: USG Paper Face Bead B2 Flex C. Control joint: USG, No. 093, zinc 2.7 METAL FRAMING A. Cold formed sheet metal gages:
Provide cold formed sheet metal studs, runners, furring channels, and accessories manufactured from galvanized sheet steel with design base metal thicknesses conforming to the following
schedule. Actual minimum metal thickness shall not be less than 95 percent of the design metal thickness. 1. 25 gage: 0.0179 inch (18 mil) 2. 22 gage: 0.0269 inch (27 mil) 3. 20 gage:
0.0329 inch (33 mil) 4. 18 gage: 0.0451 inch (43 mil)
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -11 5. 16 gage: 0.0566 inch (54 mil) 6. 14 gage: 0.0713 inch (68 mil) B. Material: 1. Studs: ASTM C955 C. Interior walls: 1. Interior partitions: 162S125,
250S125, 350S125, 362S125, 400S125, 600S125 2. Structural studs: 350S162, 362S162, 400S162, 600S162 3. Runner track: a. Use runner tracks in a width and gage to match the steel studs.
1) Provide 1-1/2 inch deep vertical leg tracks. b. Provide deflection track at top of full-height walls. 1) Tracks designed as part of a top-of-wall firestopping system shall be permitted,
where listed for the application indicated. c. Provide hemmed legs on 25 gage track. 4. Flexible runner track: a. Use runner tracks in a width and gage to match the steel studs. b. Acceptable
products: 1) Flex-Ability Concepts; FLEX-C Trak 2) Radius Track Corporation; factory or field formed radius track 5. Use stud dimensions as indicated on drawings. 6. Gage: Provide studs
of proper gage and indicated depth to meet design loads and deflection limit specified. a. Provide 25 gage minimum. b. Provide 20 gage minimum studs at walls supporting hung casework,
walls receiving cementitious tile backer board, and at building expansion joints. c. Provide two 18-gage minimum structural studs at each door, window and cased opening jamb. 1) Provide
16-gage minimum jamb studs, header framing and sill tracks at coiling doors and grilles. D. Exterior wall: 1. Studs: 162S125, 250S125, 350S162, 362S162, 400S162, 600S162 2. Structural
studs: 350S200, 362S200, 400S200, 600S200 a. Provide structural studs at all walls supporting masonry anchors and where required to meet structural loads. 3. Runner track: a. Use runner
tracks in a width and gage to match the steel studs. 1) Provide deflection track where indicated. b. Provide heavier gage track where required to resist horizontal load applied to to
track. 4. Use stud dimensions as indicated on drawings. 5. Gage: 20 gage minimum. Provide studs of proper gage and indicated depth to meet deflection limit specified. E. Cavity shaft
wall; Reference Standard UL Design No. U438:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -12 1. Studs: 2-1/2” CH or CT stud, 2-1/2” E stud (at rated opening); stud depth as indicated on Drawings 2. Steel J Runner: 2-1/2” JR; stud depth as
indicated on Drawings, gage to match steel studs. 3. Steel angle: 1-3/8” x 7/8”, 24 gage galvanized. 4. Stud Gage: Provide studs of proper gage and indicated depth to meet deflection
criteria. F. Cold rolled channels: 1. Ceiling channels shall be factory products of 16 gage cold rolled steel. 2. Channel webs shall be 1-1/2” wide. 3. “Exterior” applications shall
be hot dipped galvanized. 4. “Interior” applications shall be coated with black asphaltic paint. G. Metal furring channels: 1. Furring channels shall be standard “DWC-25” channels of
not less than 25 gage electrogalvanized steel. 2. They shall be designed for screw attachment of the gypsum drywall materials. 3. Depth shall be 7/8” unless otherwise noted. 4. Clips
shall be manufacturer’s standard of galvanized steel wire designed to attach furring channels to the ceiling channels. H. Drywall ceiling suspension and framing system: 1. Engineered
system consisting of main runners and intersecting cross tees. 2. Fabrication: 0.0179 inch minimum hot-dipped galvanized sheet steel 3. Acceptable Products: a. Armstrong World Industries,
Inc.; Drywall Grid System b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; 640-C/660-C and FireFront 650-C/670-C Drywall Grid and Track c. USG; Drywall Suspension System I. Miscellaneous metal framing
and accessories: 1. Resilient channels: a. Single leg: Dietrich RCSN, 25 gage galvanized steel b. Double leg: Dietrich RCDN, 25 gage galvanized steel 2. Furring channels: a. Z-furring
channels: Dietrich ZFN, 25 gage galvanized steel b. Furring channels: Dietrich FCN series, 25 gage galvanized steel c. Furring channel clips for ceiling installation: Galvanized wire
3. Metal angle runners: 1-3/8” x 7/8” x 24 gage galvanized steel (used to secure gypsum core board in laminated gypsum partitions) 4. Deflection track: provide at all floor-to-deck walls
and where indicated on the drawings, to allow for deflection of the structural framing. Provide one of the following systems or a system capable of accommodating 1/2 -inch deflection
without imposing a vertical load on the studs. a. Dietrich Metal Framing, Inc.; double slip runner track b. Dietrich Metal Framing, Inc.; Sliptrack Systems slotted track c. Metal-Lite;
The System
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -13 d. Super Stud Building Products, Inc.: 1) Interior walls: Interior Top Track Clip 450 2) Exterior and curtain walls: Exterior Top Track Clip 1500
or Super Strut 1500 e. The Steel Network: 1) Interior walls: VertiTrack VTD and/or VertiClip SLD 2) Exterior and curtain walls: VertiTrack VTX and/or VertiClip SL f. Total Steel Solutions,
Snap Trak g. Total Steel Solutions; Redi Klip, with appropriate depth runner track 5. Lateral bracing: Provide one of the following: a. Screw attachment, 1-1/2” x 2” x 16 gage clip angle
to stud with 1-1/2” cold rolled channel to angle; as shown on the Drawings; galvanized steel. b. Dietrich Metal Framing, Inc.; TradeReady Spazzer 5400 Bridging/Spacer Bar c. Metal Lite,
Inc.; Twist Lock bridging d. The Steel Network; BridgeBar BB150, 1-1/2 inch width by 3/8 inch height e. Solid stud blocking at ends of wall with metal strapping applied across face of
studs and screwed to blocking and each stud with minimum of 2 fasteners per stud face. 6. Corner Angle: 2 inch by 2 inch, 20 gage galvanized steel 7. Anchor strap: 6 inch wide, 16 gage
galvanized strap, screw attachment over face of studs. 8. Metal strapping: 2 inch wide, 16 gage 9. Slide clip: Provide one of the following: a. Dietrich Metal Framing, Inc.; FastClip
Curtain Wall Slide Clip b. Dietrich Metal Framing, Inc.; Quick Clip c. Super Stud Building Products, Inc.; Deflection Clip 1500 d. The Steel Network; VertiClip SLB or SLS 10. Hanger
wire: 8 gage galvanized 11. Wire ties: 18 gage galvanized, saddle-tie J. Screws: 1. General: ASTM C 954, styles and sizes as recommended by manufacturer of product being attached. 2.
Exterior wall: 1-1/4” Type S, Buildex screws, Climaseal or equivalent coating, 700 hours corrosion resistance when tested under ASTM B 117 3. Metal studs, 22 gage and lighter: sharp
point type screw 4. Metal studs, 20 gage and heavier: self-tapping driller type screw 5. Gypsum board: 1-1/4” minimum Type S, bugle head, corrosion resistant 6. Tile backer board: length,
size and type recommended by tile backer board manufacturer, Climaseal coated. 2.8 JOINT TREATMENT A. General: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the recommendations
of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment materials for each application indicated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -14 B. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide alkali-resistant, polymer-coated glass-fiber mesh
joint tape at veneer plaster, water-resistant panels, and tile backer board, unless otherwise indicated. C. Setting-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged, job-mixed,
chemicalhardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. 1. Where setting-type joint compounds are indicated as a taping compound only or for taping and filling only, use formulation
that is compatible with other joint compounds applied over it. 2. For topping compound, use sandable formulation. D. Drying-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged vinyl-based
products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. 1. Ready-Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product. a. Taping compound formulated for embedding tape
and for first coat over fasteners and face flanges of trim accessories. b. Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third) coats. c. All-purpose compound formulated
for both taping and topping compounds. E. Fire-rated drywall finishing tape: Self-adhesive tape tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 as a component in a gypsum board wall assembly having
an hourly rating up to 2 hours. 1. E-Z Taping System, Inc.; Fire Tape 2.9 SEALANTS AND ADHESIVES A. Sealants: Refer to Division 07 Section ”Joint Sealants”, for specific types of sealant
to be used. 1. Acoustical sealant: Synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound. B. VOC Limits for Installation
Adhesives, Glues, and Sealants: Use installation adhesives and sealants that comply with SCAQMD Rule 1168 limits for VOC content, calculated in accordance with Rule 1168, less water
and and exempt compounds: 1. Dry Wall and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L 2. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L 3. Sealants and Sealant Primers: a. Sealants: 250 g/L b. Sealant primers,
porous substrates: 775 g/L c. Sealant primers, non-porous substrates: 250 g/L 2.10 ACCESSORIES A. Sheathing tape is not an essential component for exterior wall integrity if weather
barrier is installed promptly and properly. All taped joints need to be primed for tape to adhere to DensGlass – a major added expense to the system. 1. Sheathing Tape:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -15 2. Self-adhering rubberized asphalt membrane with laminated polyethylene sheet. 3. Standard: Henry Corporation; Blueskin SA/SA LT 4. Width: 6 inches
5. Primer: type recommended by tape manufacturer for substrate indicated. B. Mastic compound: 1. Standard: Henry Company; Polybitume 570-05 2. Material: Polymer Modified Asphalt Caulking
and Sealing compound 3. Use for sealing where gypsum sheathing abuts dissimilar materials, at staples through weather barrier, at heads of all exposed screws through sheathing into metal
studs, and on bearing legs of veneer anchors. C. Dust membrane: Interior wall vapor retarder, specified in Division 07 Section “Vapor Retarders”. D. Separation Membrane: Sheet membrane
for application between metal studs and cementitious tile backer boards: ASTM C 1136, Type Type I, ASTM E 84, Class A, pass NFPA 701 Test Method 2 (large-scale test). 1. Products: Provide
one of the following: a. Raven Industries Inc.; Dura-Skrim 10FR. b. Reef Industries, Inc.; Griffolyn TX-1200 FR. 2. Thickness: 0.008 inches (8 mil) 3. Color: Natural (buff to light yellow)
E. Grout: Sanded gypsum plaster for fully grouting hollow metal door frames. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Metal Studs, General: 1. Welding: Welding is permitted on 18 gauge,
0.0428 inches (1.22 mm) or heavier material only. a. Indicate welding configuration and size on shop drawings. b. Qualify welding operators in accordance with Section 6.0 of AWS D.1.3.
c. Touch up all welds with zinc-rich paint in compliance with ASTM A 780. 2. Install metal stud framing in accordance with ASTM C 754. 3. Where walls are indicated to be installed with
deflection track at the head, install studs of length to match undeflected height of structure. B. Interior partition framing: 1. Runners: a. Attach steel runners at floor and ceiling
ceiling to structural elements with anchors located 2” from each end and spaced 24” o.c.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -16 b. Provide deflection track at the top of full height walls, to allow for vertical movement. 1) Where nested tracks are used, do not install fasteners
through both legs of tracks into studs. Apply stud fasteners to interior track only. 2) Where single deep-leg track is used, do not install fasteners through track legs into studs. Install
horizontal bracing between studs a maximum of 12 inches from end of stud. c. Use the longest section of track available; butt adjacent ends tightly together. d. At walls indicated to
be full height to structure or walls which contain sound attenuation blankets, seal bottom and top runners to floor slab and structure above, respectively, with acoustical sealant. 1)
Provide the number of continuous beads as recommended by the manufacturer based on required required STC rating. One bead each side of track, minimum. e. Where walls are indicated to
extend full-height and are obstructed in a manner that requires up to a 12 inch horizontal offset to clear the obstruction, provide a horizontal offset in wall framing as close as possible
to the obstruction. 1) At fire-rated walls, provide one additional layer of gypsum drywall on the bottom of the offset. 2) Where clearances permit, install stud bracing at 45 degrees
to the horizontal from the top of the lower wall and horizontal offset framing to the upper vertical studs. Fully enclose offset framing in gypsum drywall. f. Where walls do not run
full-height, secure track sections above ceilings as required to keep such walls plumb and rigid. 2. Studs: a. Erect all studs in one-piece sections without splices. Brace all metal
stud partitions to the structure above at 4’-0” O.C. unless shown on the drawings to extend full height. b. Install all studs at 16” o.c. maximum, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings.
c. Anchor all studs to both sides of the floor and ceiling runner track sections with screws. d. Provide all “extra” studs, partial-length studs, bracing, and bridging as required to
assure rigidity of the studwork so that it will adequately support the drywall materials and all attached items, including equipment and accessories e. Provide full-height structural
studs at all corners. Extend studs and anchor to the structure. f. Over door frames or borrowed light frames, place double, horizontal, cut-to-length sections of runner, with web flange
bent at each end and with one positive attachment per flange. g. Framing over heads of doors shall be braced above ceiling in two directions with stud sections which angle away from
plane of wall. h. Provide full-height structural studs and jamb studs at jambs of all door frames and borrowed light frames. 1) Extend studs and anchor to the structure. 2) Anchor jamb
studs to structural studs with welded 20 gage, 4-inch long metal straps at hinge heights.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -17 i. Full-height structural studs shall be used behind all wall-mounted equipment,
etc. j. Control joints: 1) Install double studs with 1/2 inch minimum clearance between studs at control joint locations, full height of wall. 2) At door jambs, Install cripple stud
at head adjacent to jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud, for full remaining height of wall. 3) At fire rated walls, provide fire-blocking consisting of two layers
of 5/8 inch fire-rated drywall or a 3 inch minimum length of safing insulation the full depth of the wall, centered behind the control joint. 4) Locations: Where indicated, or if not
indicated: a) Provide where partitions of dissimilar construction meet and remain in the same plane. b) A maximum of 30 feet in any one direction. c) Except at dissimilar partitions
and where walls exceed 30 feet in length without interruption, install control joints at the door jamb adjacent to the largest unbroken wall area. d) At building expansion or control
joints in furred masonry walls. k. Where pipe chases are formed by two rows of studs, tie such rows adequately together with metal stud bracing located at the quarter points of such
studs, a maximum of 4 feet on center vertically, 4 feet on center horizontally. l. Coordinate all installed blocking where required for recessed items. m. Install anchor strap or blocking
to studs in continuous manner between studs for support of grab bars, handrails, wall cabinets and all other wall hung items. 1) Provide wood blocking at grab bars, hand rails, door
stops, and toilet partitions. 2) Provide wood blocking or anchor strap at all other locations, as indicated on Drawings. C. Shaft wall: 1. Conform to UL Design No. U438, or equivalent
UL listed system, for fire rating indicated. 2. Position J runners at floor and ceiling ceiling with the short leg toward finish side of wall. Securely attach runners to structural supports
with fasteners at both ends and at 24 inches on center. 3. Cut C-H studs and E studs from 3/8-inch to not more than 1/2 inch less than floor-toceiling height. Install C-H studs between
liner panels with liner panels inserted in the groove. 4. Install full-length steel E studs at intersections, corners, door jambs, columns, and both sides of closure panels. 5. Suitably
frame all openings to maintain structural support for wall. a. Provide necessary liner fillers and shims to conform to label frame requirements. b. Frame openings cut within a liner
panel with E studs around perimeter. c. Frame openings with vertical E studs at jambs and horizontal J runner at head and sill. 6. Install drywall in accordance with UL Design listing.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -18 D. Ceiling installation: 1. Frame ceiling using one of the following systems: a. Drywall ceiling suspension and framing system b. Furring channel
and carrying channel suspension 2. Drywall ceiling suspension and framing system: install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 3. Furring channel and carrying channel suspension:
a. Carrying channels: 1) Install carrying channels at 24” o.c. and within 6” of walls. 2) Anchor channels to structure with hanger wires at maximum of 48” o.c. and within 6” of channel
ends. 3) Provide 1” clearance between channels and walls. 4) Install additional cross reinforcing at all openings that interfere with carrying channels. b. Furring channels: 1) manufacturer’s
spacing recommendations,16” o.c. maximum. 2) Spacing may be expanded to accommodate light fixture and diffuser rough opening requirements. 3) Install compression posts as recommended
by manufacturer for exterior wind loading. 4. Control joints: a. Install double framing with 1/2 inch minimum clearance between framing members at control joint locations. b. Locations:
Where indicated, or if not indicated: 1) Provide where soffits or ceilings of dissimilar construction meet and remain in the same plane. 2) At ceilings with perimeter relief: a maximum
of 50 feet in any one direction. 3) At ceilings without perimeter relief and exterior ceilings: a maximum of 30 feet in any one direction. 4) At building expansion joints, where expansion
joint covers are not indicated. E. Wall board installation: 1. General: a. Install in accordance with GA-216. b. Apply wall board vertically or horizontally, whichever will minimize
joints, so that edges or ends are positioned over studs. 1) Use maximum practical lengths to minimize joints. 2) Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. 3) Locate end joints
on on studs. 4) Install boards with bottom edge 1/2 inch minimum above floor level. Seal with silicone sealant, or acoustical sealant at walls with acoustical insulation. 5) Provide
concealed dust membranes behind joints between wall board and dissimilar materials. Lap dust membrane and seal with acoustical sealant. c. Space screws in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations or UL assembly requirements, but no greater than 12” o.c.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -19 d. Cut and fit drywall neatly and accurately around electrical boxes, light fixtures, grilles, diffusers, and similar items so that all evidence
of cutting and fitting will be concealed by cover plates, flanges, or trim. e. Seal cut edges in water-resistant type and exterior type gypsum drywall according to the manufacturer’s
recommendations. f. Install wall and ceiling vapor retarders specified in Division 07 Section “Vapor Retarders” shall be installed and inspected prior to application of gypsum drywall.
g. Install separation membrane between studs and cementitious tile backer units. h. Where full-height walls and walls containing sound attenuation blankets are required, seal the perimeter
of the drywall with acoustical sealant. Seal gaps and around penetrating items, such as pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, grilles, etc. with joint compound or acoustical sealant. i.
Vacuum clean all spaces within walls and chased areas before fully enclosing. 2. Exterior gypsum wall sheathing: a. Install where noted on Drawings. b. Attach sheathing to studs with
screws. Use a sharp point type screw for metal studs of 22 gage and lighter. Use a self-drilling self-tapping type screw for metal studs of 20 gage and heavier. c. Apply mastic compound
over the heads of sheathing screws. d. Seal all joints between sheathing panels with sheathing tape, in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, except where indicated to receive
fluid-applied membrane air barriers, exterior insulation finish system (EIFS) or direct-applied exterior finish system (DEFS). 1) Prime substrate where recommended by sheathing tape
manufacturer. 2) Install tape around sheathing perimeter at interface with other materials and install flashing as indicated on Drawings or recommended by weatherbarrier manufacturer.
3) Shiplap tape at at splices. e. Install weather barrier in horizontal fashion over sheathing. 1) Lap vertical and horizontal joints minimum of 6 inches and seal with seam sealing tape.
2) Attach weather barrier with screws at each stud, per manufacturer’s recommended fastener spacing. Apply mastic compound over screws. 3) Install flashing tape around sheathing perimeter
at openings and interfaces with other materials as indicated on Drawings or recommended by weatherbarrier manufacturer. a) Weather barrier shall lap over flashing a minimum of 4 inches.
f. Replace damaged sheathing prior to installation of the weather barrier. 3. Interior foil-back gypsum drywall: a. Install on interior side of exterior walls. b. Foil-back gypsum drywall
shall be installed in a continuous run to provide a monolithic vapor barrier from floor to bottom of slab above. Foil-back gypsum drywall shall be installed continuous prior to installation
of intersecting interior metal studs. c. Install sealant around all penetrations through foil-back gypsum drywall, including mechanical/electrical backboxes. Leave no open holes in the
vapor barrier.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -20 d. Repair or replace foil-back gypsum drywall with punctured, torn or damaged foil face. Repair using manufacturer’s approved foil-faced tape with
1” minimum lap over undamaged foil back. 4. Gypsum drywall ceilings: a. Apply drywall of maximum practical lengths with long dimension perpendicular to furring channels. Position ends
directly over channels. b. Fasten drywall to channels with screws at 8” o.c. maximum. 5. Trim: a. Install trim of proper types at all external and internal corners and at all terminations
of gypsum drywall materials against dissimilar materials. 1) At terminations with dissimilar materials, protect adjacent surfaces by using pre-masked trim or placing a barrier of building
paper, polyethylene film, or other approved material between the gypsum drywall and the dissimilar material. Remove the barrier at the completion of the finishing process. b. Install
control joints at locations where control joints are indicated or required. F. Joint treatment: 1. Finish joints in conformance with the Level descriptions given in GA-214 and GA-216.
2. Typical: Level 4, unless noted otherwise. a. Critical lighting and gloss sheen painted walls: Level 5 for walls or ceilings with strong cross lighting (natural or artificial) and/or
gloss sheen paint finishes, or as noted on the Drawings. 1) Finish by skim coating with drywall compound or by application of Surfacer/Primer, or use pre-finished drywall and matching,
proprietary joint compound. 2) At walls with reveals, trowel or screed skim coat of drywall compound to level finish between reveals. b. Walls indicated to receive overlay finishes,
such as paneling, acoustical wall panels, etc.: Level 3 c. Omit joint finishing above ceiling lines except at exterior walls, fire-rated walls or sound walls; apply Level 2 finish above
ceiling and in concealed spaces. 1) Fire-rated drywall finishing tape may be used in lieu of level 2 finish on fire-rated walls. 3. Apply joint tape in a bed of joint compound so that
no bubbles, blisters, or loose edges occur in the tape. 4. Sand joint compound, including all drips, smears, and other deposits, so that final installation is completely smooth along
tapered edges and in the same plane as the gypsum drywall itself; so that evidence of the joints is minimal with no ridges, humps, or other irregularities. 5. Final installation shall
be totally ready for finishes applied by others. G. Prefabricated interior column enclosures: 1. Erection: a. Units shall be lifted with suitable devices. b. Units shall be installed
plumb and level. c. Fasten units with approved system as indicated on the approved shop drawings.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 -21 2. Taping and patching of interior enclosures: a. Tape, float, and sand all joints. b. Countersunk fasteners and imperfections shall be patched to
match original texture. 3. Sealing of exterior enclosures: a. Seal joints of enclosure with silicone sealant, color to be selected by the Architect/Engineer. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspection, General: 1. Notify Architect/Engineer of inspection dates at least 72 hours in advance. Architect may attend inspection. a. Incorporate Architect/Engineer comments, directives,
and instructions in inspection report. 2. Repair damaged or improperly installed material prior to installation of covering material. a. If required, notify Architect/Engineer when repairs
are complete and schedule reinspection prior to installation of covering work. B. Inspection, weather barrier: 1. Inspect weather barrier installation for holes, cuts, tears, or open
seams with the Architect/Engineer prior to installation of covering work. 3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. General: 1. When face paper is punctured, drive new screw approximately 1-1/2” from
defective fastener and remove defective fastener. Fill damaged surface with joint compound. 2. Do not allow the accumulation of scraps and debris arising from the Work of this Section,
but maintain the premises in a neat and orderly condition at all times. In the event of spilling, splashing, or damage to adjacent surfaces, immediately repair or clean. 3. Wipe down
drywall and adjacent surfaces of dust from sanding. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -1 SECTION 09 30 00 — TILING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Decorative Tile 2. Porcelain Paver tile 3. Tile Trim 4. Tile accessories 5. Tile setting
materials 6. Tile grout 7. Waterproofing membrane for use in tile floor assemblies 8. Crack-isolation membrane for use in tile floor assemblies 9. Marble thresholds and transitions 10.
Expansion joints for tile B. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section “Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies, for building expansion joint covers 2. Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants” 3.
Division 09 Section “Common Work Result for Flooring Preparation” 4. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”, for tile backer board 5. Division 10 Section “Toilet Accessories”
6. Division 22 Section “Plumbing Fixtures” 7. Division 26 – Electrical 1.2 REFERENCES: A. American American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. A108 – Installation of ceramic tile
2. A118 – Tile mortar and grouts 3. A136 – Organic Adhesives 4. A137.1 – Standard Specification for Ceramic Tile B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. D 5957 – Standard Guide for Flood Testing
Horizontal Waterproofing Installations C. Tile Council of North America (TCNA): Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -2 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Static Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walkway surfaces, provide products with the following values as determined by
testing identical products per ASTM C 1028: 1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s literature for all materials, including compliance
with reference standards. 2. Submit tile manufacturer’s maintenance guides for Owner’s use in maintaining all ceramic tile work. 3. Furnish copies with Operating and Maintenance Manual.
B. Shop drawings: 1. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile pattern, expansion, control and isolation joints, and accessories. C. Samples: 1. Samples for Selection: a. Provide samples of manufacturer’s
complete line of colors for each product specified. b. Colors may not be substituted for the colors scheduled. c. If color is not scheduled, colors shall be selected from manufacturer’s
complete line of colors. 2. Samples for Verification: a. Porcelain Paver tile: 1) Minimum of 4 tiles per color b. Decorative tile: 1) Minimum 4 tiles per color c. Grout: 1) Provide a
minimum of 4 samples of grout for each color specified. 2) Size: 1/4 inch grout width minimum by 6 inches 3) Prepare samples in plastic or aluminum channels D. Certificates: 1. Provide
certificates or test results from the manufacturer, indicating products comply with referenced standards. Tests shall be performed by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory.
2. Submit 5 references for similar installations completed during the last 2 years.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -3 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Crack isolation/waterproof system/mortar grout shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. The manufacturer shall provide a system warranty
covering replacement labor and materials for a minimum period of five years.. B. Installer qualifications: 1. Installer shall have a minimum of 2 years experience installing tile of
the same type and installation methods specified, in projects of similar size and complexity. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements
in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to tiling including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and finalize construction
schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review requirements for verification and
testing of subfloor condition, subfloor preparation, and environmental conditions required at time of flooring installation. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in
manufacturer’s original sealed containers. 1. Labels: legible and intact identifying brand name and contents. 2. Tile cartons: grade-sealed by manufacturer. 3. Grade seals: unbroken.
B. Manufactured mortars and grouts shall contain hallmarks certifying compliance with reference standards and by types recommended by tile manufacturer for application. C. Adhesives
in containers: label with hallmarks certifying compliance with reference standards. D. Protect adhesives from freezing. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field measurements: Verify tile layout
and pattern dimensions. B. Areas scheduled to receive tile flooring shall be fully enclosed and provided with sufficient ventilation and supplemental heating or cooling to match mortar
or adhesive manufacturer’s recommended temperature range a minimum of 72 hours prior to the start of installation and continuously after installation. C. Comply with minimum temperature
recommendations of manufacturers for bonding and grouting materials other than Portland cement mortar. D. Do not install adhesives in an unventilated area.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -4 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish to Owner 2 unopened cartons of major tile color selections from original delivery to job. B. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of
full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed, for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 DECORATIVE TILE A. Reference standard: 1.
Refer to Finish Plans for tile schedule. 2. Substitutions will not be accepted. 2.2 PAVER TILE A. Reference standard: 1. Refer to Finish Plans for tile schedule. 2. Substitutions will
not be accepted. 2.3 TRIM A. Trim tiles: 1. Match wall tile size and color. 2. Provide bullnose caps, cove base, and all associated corner trim pieces as required to complete wall tile
installation. 2.4 SETTING MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Provide setting materials manufactured by one of the following companies. 2. Reference standard: Laticrete 3. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. Bonsal, W. R., Company. b. Custom Building Products. c. LATICRETE International Inc. d. MAPEI Corporation. e. Summitville Tiles, Inc. f. TEC Specialty Products Inc. B. Mortar bed:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -5 1. Reference Standard: Laticrete 211 Crete Powder-grey 2. Metal lath: Galvanized expanded metal lath 3.4 lbs. per square yard 3. Membrane: 15 lb. roofing felt or 4
mil polyethylene film C. Bond coat and thin set mortar: ANSI 118.4 1. Latex thin set mortar: a. Laticrete 254 Platinum b. TEC TA-393 Super Flex 2. For wall applications, provide non-sagging
mortar. D. Medium bed mortar: ANSI A118.4 1. Reference Standard: Laticrete 255 MultiMax 2. Acceptable products: a. Custom Building Products.; MegaLite Crack Isolation Mortar b. LATICRETE
International Inc.; Laticrete 255 MultiMax c. MAPEI Corporation; Ultralite Mortar d. TEC Specialty Products, Inc.; 3N1 Performance Mortar 3. For wall applications, provide non-sagging
mortar. E. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for
installations indicated. Refer to Division 09 Section “Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation”. 2.5 GROUT A. Manufacturers: 1. Reference standard products: Products listed shall
be used as the basis for quality and properties for comparable products from acceptable manufacturers. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: Provide setting materials manufactured by one of the
following companies: a. W. R. Bonsal Company. b. Custom Building Products. c. Laticrete International Inc. d. MAPEI Corporation. e. Summitville Tiles, Inc. f. TEC Specialty Products
Inc. B. Sanded Grout, ANSI A118.7: 1. Acceptable Products a. TEC Specialty Products, Inc., Accucolor XT, TA-585 b. Laticrete International, Inc.; Spectralock c. Mapei Corporation; Opticolor
2. Color: Selected from manufacturer’s full range of standard colors C. Epoxy Grout, ANSI A118.3: 1. Reference standard: Laticrete SpectrLOCK PRO or Latapoxy 2000 a. TEC EFX 100% Epoxy
Grout
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -6 2. Color: Selected from manufacturer’s full range of standard colors D. Grout release: 1. Grout release in form of manufacturer's standard proprietary liquid coating
that is specially formulated and recommended for use as temporary protective coating for tile. E. Grout Sealer: Compatible with grout specified. 2.6 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE A. Cold applied
liquid rubber and reinforcing fabric 1. Reference standard: Laticrete HydroBan 2. Acceptable Products: a. Laticrete International Inc., Laticrete HydroBan b. Summitville Tiles, Inc.,
S-9000 c. TEC Specialty Products, HydraFlex B. Manufactured waterproofing sheet: 1. Thick-set installation: The Noble Company; Chloraloy 240 2. Thin-Set installation: a. The Noble Company;
NobleSeal TS b. National Applied Construction Products, Inc.; Strataflex. 2.7 CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE A. Sheet membrane system: Provide one of the following: 1. The Noble Company; NobleSeal
CIS 2. National Applied Construction Products, Inc.; ECB membrane. B. Fabric reinforced, fluid-applied systems: ANSI A118.10 and ANSI A118.12. 1. Provide one of the following: a. Custom
Building Products; Trowel & Seal Waterproofing and Anti-Fracture Membrane. b. Laticrete International Inc.; Laticrete HydroBan c. MAPEI Corporation; PRP M19. d. Summitville Tiles, Inc.;
S-9000. C. Un-reinforced fluid applied systems: ANSI A118.10 and ANSI A118.12. 1. Provide one of the following: a. Laticrete International Inc.: Hydro Ban b. TEC Specialty Products,
Roll on Crack Isolation (ROCI) Membrane D. Crack Isolation Mortar: ANSI A118.4 and A118.12, Polymer-modified Portland cement mortar capable of isolating substrate cracks and movement
up to 1/4”. 1. Reference Standard: Laticrete 125 Sound & Crack Adhesive 2. Laticrete International Inc.: Laticrete 125 Sound & Crack Adhesive
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -7 3. TEC Specialty Products, Inc.: 1-Flex 2.8 TRANSITIONS AND EXPANSION CONTROL A. Flooring transition strips: 1. Metal divider strips: a. Transition strips between
ceramic tile and resilient flooring materials. b. Material: White metal alloy (thin-set terrazzo dividers) c. Size: 1/4 inch by 1/2 inch angle or “T” type strips d. Bonded to slab; concealed
under door e. Match opening width. 2. Rubber reducer strips: a. Size: 1/4 inch thick at butting edge by 1-1/2 inch wide minimum transition by length as required b. Color: selected by
the Interior Designer from full range of manufacturer’ standard colors 1) No substitutions permitted c. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1) Burke Mercer Flooring Products, Division of Burke
Industries, Inc. 2) Johnsonite. 3) Roppe Corporation. 4) VPI, LLC, Floor Products Division. 3. B. Expansion joints: 1. Metal divider strips: a. Back-to-back strips between ceramic tile
at joint location. b. Material: White metal alloy (thin-set terrazzo dividers) c. Size: 1/4 inch by 1/2 inch angle d. Bonded to slab e. Spacing: Match tile joint width, but not less
than 1/4 inch 2. Sealant: a. Silicone sealant, medium modulus, neutral cure. 1) Reference standard: BASF Construction Chemicals; Sonneborn Omniseal 50 2) Color: Selected by Designer
from manufacturers full range of standard colors b. One component urethane 1) Reference standard: BASF Construction Chemicals; Sonneborn Sonolastic NP1 2) Color: Selected by Designer
from manufacturers full range of standard colors 3. Bond breaker: a. Backer Rod: Preformed rod, closed cell polyethylene foam, non-adhering type b. Bond Break: Polyethylene tape
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -8 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION: A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate locations and installation of blocking installed under Division 06 Section “Rough Carpentry” and
Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”. 2. Coordinate locations and installation of membrane waterproofing installed between cementitious tile backer boards and metals studs,
installed under Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”. B. Preparation: 1. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound according to tile-setting
material manufacturer's written instructions. Use product specifically recommended by tile-setting material manufacturer. 2. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding.
3. Close spaces to traffic during floor tile installation and for 48 hours after floor covering installation. 4. Large format paver tile: a. Provide self-leveling cementitious underlayment
in areas indicated to receive tiles with dimension greater than 12 inches. Refer to Division 09 Section “Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation”. b. Where necessary, bulkhead area
to receive self-leveling underlayment. C. Layout: 1. Layout areas of ceramic tile so that when installed no individual tile will be less than onehalf its original size. 2. Determine
location of all expansion joints. a. Expansion joints shall be installed at floor construction joints and building expansion joints. 3. Joints in ceramic tile ceilings shall align with
those on the walls. 4. Install ceramic tile on walls and floor to run behind and below all casework, lockers, and equipment, unless indicated otherwise. 3.2 WATERPROOFING AND CRACK-SUPPRESSION
MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13 and waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded
securely to substrate. 1. Locations: All toilet room floors and floors containing floor drains on elevated slabs, or where indicated. B. Install crack-suppression membrane over the entire
floor area to comply with TCNA F125 and manufacturer's written instructions, to produce membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -9 1. Locations: All areas designated to receive floor tile, unless indicated to receive waterproofing membrane or otherwise indicated. C. Do not install tile over waterproofing
until waterproofing has cured and been successfully flood tested in accordance with ASTM D 5957. 1. Flood test each installed area of waterproofing to a minimum depth of one inch for
a minimum period of 24 hours. a. Plug drains with temporary drains prior to conducting test. b. Provide temporary dams or other means to retain water for duration of test where test
area is unconfined or, in
areas with sloped floors and multiple drains, for each drained area . 2. Check for leakage, repair or replace with new and retest until waterproofing membrane passes test. 3.3 TILE INSTALLATION
-GENERAL A. Install bed or adhesive, tile and grout per ANSI A137.1 and Tile Council of America installation methods. B. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise
indicated. 1. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. 2. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each
wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. 3. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install movement joints abutting perimeter walls, columns, etc., directly
over concrete construction joints (cold joints), structural joints and as located on the drawings. 1. Install joints per TCNA EJ171 and appropriate details. 2. Do not install bond break
or sealant at building expansion joints. 3. Coordinate tile installation with building expansion joint fire barrier installation. D. Cut and fit tile tight to penetrations. Smooth all
exposed cut edges. E. Fit tile carefully against trim and accessories; also around pipes, electric boxes, and other builtin fixtures, so that escutcheons, plates, plates, and collars
will completely overlap cut edges. F. Press and twist, beat in, or mechanically vibrate, tiles in place to provide 100% mortar contact on tile backs, and to provide full support of tiles
including edges and corners. Bring tile surfaces to proper alignment. 1. Keep all tile in same plane, level and plumb with joints even and aligned. 2. Sound tile after setting. Replace
hollow sounding units. G. Allow tile to set a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. H. Completed ceramic tile shall be watertight with all joints fully and uniformly grouted. I. Sealant
joints:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -10 1. Install bond breaker tape or backer rod to prevent three-sided adhesion of sealant. 2. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials. 3. Apply sealant
to junction of wall tile at inside corners. 4. Apply sealant to expansion joints. J. Joint Widths: Install tile on floors with the following joint widths: 1. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: 1/16
inch (1.6 mm). 2. Paver Tile: 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) 3.4 WALL TILE INSTALLATION A. Thin-set ceramic tile on water resistant gypsum board substrate: 1. Install membrane waterproofing in accordance
with manufacturer’s instructions and TCNA Thin-Set Method W243 (ANSI A108.5). B. Thin-set ceramic tile on tile backer board substrates: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions
and TCNA Thin-Set Method W244C for cementitious tile backer boards and W245 for for coated glass mat gypsum board backer boards (ANSI A108.5). C. Thin-set ceramic tile on tile backer
board substrates with waterproofing: 1. Install membrane waterproofing in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and TCNA Thin-Set Method W244 for cementitious tile backer boards
and W245 for coated glass mat gypsum board backer boards (ANSI A108.5). D. Adhesive-set ceramic tile on water resistant gypsum board or tile backer board substrates: 1. Prime surface
before applying adhesive as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. 2. Apply adhesive and set tile in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and TCNA Method W242 (ANSI A108.4). 3.
Allow minimum of 24 hours after tile is set for solvent evaporation before grouting. 3.5 FLOOR TILE AND THRESHOLD INSTALLATION A. Thin-set ceramic tile with waterproof membrane on concrete
substrates: 1. Install membrane waterproofing and tiles in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and TCNA Thin-Set Method F122 (ANSI A108.5). 2. Grout with sanded grout in accordance
with ANSI A118.7. B. Dry-set ceramic tile on concrete substrates: 1. Install tiles in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and TCNA Dry-Set Method F113 (ANSI A108.5). 2. Grout
with sanded grout in accordance with ANSI A118.7. C. Thin-set ceramic tile with waterproof membrane on concrete substrates:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TILING 09 30 00 -11 1. Install membrane waterproofing in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and TCNA Thin-Set Method F122, except use epoxy mortar. 2. Install tiles in accordance
with manufacturer’s instructions and TCNA Epoxy Mortar and Grout Method F131 (ANSI A108.6). D. Thresholds: 1. Install in one piece. 2. Fit and cope neatly to doorjambs. 3. Install in
accordance with TCNA Method TH611 using latex-portland cement thin-set mortar, except use epoxy mortar where adjoining tiles are set with epoxy mortar. 3.6 REPAIR A. Remove and replace
with new tiles nonconforming or damaged work. Non-conforming or damaged Work includes, but is not limited to: 1. Broken, cracked, chipped, marred, or otherwise defective materials. 2.
Materials that are not level, plumb or in-plane with adjacent Work. 3. Materials that are stained or soiled and cannot be cleaned. 4. Tiles that have insufficient bond to substrate.
3.7 CLEANING: A. Clean all grout and mortar from face of tile Work and adjacent surfaces, restoring adjacent surfaces to their original conditions. B. Wash ceramic tile, leaving it completely
cleaned. 1. Use tile cleaner recommended by the tile manufacturer. 2. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. C. Remove protective coatings after grouting is complete
and grout has cured sufficiently. D. Hand buff tile with burlap or rough texture cloth to completely remove any hazing. 3.8 PROTECTION: A. Provide protective covering to protect installation
from damage due to continued construction. Remove and dispose of covering at completion of construction. B. Provide plywood walkways for any wheel traffic or moving loads. C. Seal grout
where indicated in accordance with sealer manufacturer’s instructions, after grout has cured sufficiently. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -1 SECTION 09 51 00 — ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Acoustical ceiling systems as indicated or implied by the Contract
Documents. 2. Furnish all additional grid components as required to trim out light fixtures or other recessed ceiling components. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 Section “Gypsum
Board Assemblies”, for drywall suspension system. 2. Division 23 – Heating, Ventilating & Air Conditioning 3. Division 26 – Electrical 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1.
C 423 – Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method 2. C 635 – Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance,
and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings 3. C 636 – Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical
Tile and Lay-In Panels 4. E 84 – Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 5. E 119 – Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction
and Materials 6. E 580 – Standard Practice for Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiring Moderate Seismic Restraint 7. E 1264
– Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products B. Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (CISCA): 1. Recommendations for Direct-Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay-In
Panel Ceilings, Seismic Zones 0-2. 2. Guidelines for Seismic Restraint – Direct Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies, Seismic Zones 3 & 4. C. International Standards Organization (ISO):
1. 14644-1 – Cleanrooms And Associated Controlled Environments Part 1: Classification of Airborne Particulates D. United States General Services Administration Federal Standard (FS):
1. 209(e) – Airborne Particulate Cleanliness Classes in Clean Rooms and Clean Zones
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -2 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AC: Articulation Class. B. CAC: Ceiling Attenuation Class. C. LR: Light Reflectance coefficient. D. NRC: Noise Reduction Coefficient.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic: Design ceiling system to resist seismic forces in compliance with the International Building Code Chapter 16, Seismic Design Category C. 1. Seismic
Design Categories B and C: Install ceilings in compliance with CISCA Recommendations for Direct-Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings, Seismic Zones 0-2 B. Fire Resistance:
Provide components that have been tested by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory and meet the requirements of the following standard: 1. Surface Burning, per ASTM E
84: Class A a. Flame spread: less than 25 b. Smoke developed: less than 450 2. Fire resistance, per ASTM E 119: 1-hour floor-ceiling assembly, where noted to be firerated. 1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data: 1. Submit product information and literature. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide dimensioned shop drawings, to scale, of ceilings with fascia trim. 2. Indicate layout dimensions
and locations of obstructions and penetrations. C. Samples: 1. Samples for verification: a. Grid and Fascia trim: Submit 12” section of ceiling suspension members with appropriate finish.
1) Include a main runner, a cross tee, connecting accessories, and perimeter angle. b. Acoustical Ceiling Boards: Submit small samples of each tile, approximately 6 inches by 6 inches.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -3 D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for each acoustical panel ceiling. E. Maintenance
Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals. F. Quality Assurance Plan: 1. Furnish copies for review for conformance with requirements. 2. Furnish completed record copies for
project records and for distribution to Authorities Having Jurisdiction. 3. Furnish written Statement of Responsibility on Contractor’s letterhead, indicating the following: a. Acknowledgement
of awareness of special requirements contained in the Quality Assurance Plan. b. Acknowledgement that control will be exercised to obtain conformance with the Contract Documents approved
by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. c. Procedures for exercising control within the Contractor’s organization, the method and frequency of reporting, and the distribution of reports.
d. Identification and qualifications of the person(s) exercising control and their position(s) within the company. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and standards: 1. In addition to complying
with all pertinent codes and regulations, ceiling installations shall comply with Regulations of the Indiana State Department of Health regarding perforations, gasketing, hold-down clips,
or other sanitary measures. 2. Comply with all pertinent recommendations indicated in ASTM C635 and ASTM C636. 3. Install fire rated components in strict compliance with requirements
of indicated UL design numbers, or equivalent UL design number utilizing products of other approved manufacturers. Materials must bear the U.L. classification marking. B. Quality Assurance
Plan for Seismic Resistance: 1. Contractor shall furnish a Quality Assurance Plan, in conformance with International Building Code Section 1705 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.
Storage and Protection: 1. Store materials in manufacturer’s unopened packaging or covered with tarps or covers suitable to prevent damage from incidental moisture, abrasion, or other
mechanical damage. Tarps shall permit the passage of water vapor and shall not accumulate moisture beneath them. 2. Store materials indoors at 50° F or above and less than 60 percent
relative humidity. Provide temporary heating, cooling or humidity control if necessary to maintain required conditions.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -4 B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. C. Handle acoustical panels carefully
to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1. Replace damaged materials with new materials prior to installation in the Work. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations:
Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature
and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. B. Coordination: 1. All work above ceiling line shall be completed prior
to installation of acoustical material. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Standard grid system: 1. Exposed grid system including main tee runners, cross tee runners, angle moldings
and corner pieces, and all accessories necessary for complete installations. 2. ASTM C 635 Heavy Duty (HD) and Intermediate Duty (ID) main tee classifications; 3. Material: commercial
quality HDG-30 steel, hot-dip galvanized body and cap a. Provide grid with aluminum cap, where indicated. 4. Height: 1-1/2 inches 5. Width: 15/16 inches 6. Color: White 7. Acceptable
Products: a. Armstrong Commercial Ceilings; Armstrong World Industries; Prelude Exposed Grid System b. BPB Celotex; BPB America, Inc.; Classic Stab System or Protectone Classic Fire-Rated
Stab System c. Chicago Metallic Corporation; Snapgrid System 200/250 Series d. USG Interiors, Inc.; Donn DX System B. Formed steelfascia trim: 1. Factory formed finished metal fascia
with 9/16 inch horizontal leg and hem formed for attachment to grid mounting clip. 2. Material: [Commercial quality, cold rolled steel, 24 gage. 3. Accessories: Provide splice plates,
T-bar connector clips, perimeter trim hold-down clips, alignment clips, drywall trim and other accessory items required for a complete system.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -5 4. Height: As detailed . 5. Color: White 6. Acceptable Products: a. Chicago Metallic Corporation; Infinity R Reveal b. USG Interiors, Inc.; Compässo Fascia
trim C. System accessories: 1. Wire used for suspending suspension system: 12 gauge minimum galvanized steel wire 2. Wall angle moldings: Manufacturer’s standard for indicated grid system,
1-inch minimum horizontal leg . a. For lay-in panels with reveal edge details, provide stepped edge molding that forms reveal of same depth and width as that formed between edge of panel
and flange at exposed suspension member. b. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly. c. For outside and
radiused corners, provide factory fabricated trim molding 3. Grid restraining clips for Seismic Category C: Provide manufactured seismic grid restraining clips tested for compliance
with the design requirements of the International Building Code, Section 1621. a. Products: Provide one of the following: 1) Armstrong Commercial Ceilings, Armstrong World Industries;
BERC or BERC-2 Clip 2) Chicago Metallic Corporation; 1496 Seismic Perimeter Clip 4. Stabilizer bars: Grid manufacturer’s standard angle shaped bar slotted to fit over tops of grid to
prevent grid ends from spreading. 5. Anchors, clips, hanger attachment screws: Provide anchors, clips, screws or screw eyes specifically designed to support ceiling hanger wires. a.
Minimum Ultimate Load capacity, in substrate indicated: 400 pounds b. Minimum Working Load capacity, in substrate indicated: 200 pounds c. Safety factor: 2:1 minimum. D. Acoustical sealant:
1. Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant 2. VOC Content: 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) 3. Acceptable
products include the following: a. Pecora Corp; AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant. b. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING BOARDS
A. Manufacturers: Provide products, equivalent to the reference standard product, by one of the following manufacturers: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. BPB Celotex; BPB America,
Inc. 3. Chicago Metallic Corporation.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -6 4. USG Interiors, Inc.; Prelude. B. Type 1 -Perforated: 1. 24” x 24” lay-in tile with tegular edge a. Acceptable Products: 1) #1774, Dune, Armstrong,
Inc. b. Acoustic properties: 1) NRC: 0.50-0.60 2) STC: 35-39 C. Type 2 – Special Acoustic Ceiling: 1. Custom panels with square edge 2. Standards: a. Manufacturer: Decoustics b. Model:
Ceilencio/Claro c. Rating: Class a Flame Spread according to ASTM E84 d. Thickness: 1 1/16” e. Fastening System: Suspended f. Provide all material, molding, etc. for a complete installation.
PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. General: 1. Install grid, perimeter angles or channels, and suspension wires, and bracing struts in conformance with ASTM C
636 and CISCA installation guidelines for seismic design category indicated. 2. Layout ceiling ceiling suspension in accordance with reflected ceiling plans and as acceptable to the
Architect/Engineer. 3. Erect metal “T” members symmetrically about the centerline of areas in both directions so that border panels will be as large as possible. Install “T” members
off-center where shown on drawings. B. Hanger wires: 1. Space hanger wires for main runners a maximum of four feet on centers and 8 inches from ends. a. Do not hang wires from ducts,
pipes, supports or hangers for mechanical or electrical systems, and the like. b. To the greatest extent possible, hang wires from structural members 2. Install hangers plumb and free
from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. a. Hanger wires shall not hang out-of-plumb
more than 1 in 6 without countersplaying.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -7 b. Perimeter hangers may be secured to wall studs or continuous wall blocking, in conformance with plumbness requirement. 3. Splay hangers only where
requiredto miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. a. Do not splay wires more than 45 degrees from the ceiling
plane. b. Countersplay with wires at the same angle as splayed wires. 4. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with
location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices.
a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. b. Minimum load shall be
2.5 pounds per square foot for area supported.. 5. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. a. Connect hangers directly
either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion,
or elevated temperatures. 6. To the greatest extent possible, attach hangers directly to structural members. a. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck.
Fasten hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts, post-installed mechanical or adhesive anchors that extend through forms into concrete. b. Steel deck tabs shall not be used. 7. At metal
roof decks where structural spacing exceeds hanger spacing, attach hangers to slotted channel struts inserted in deck flutes above tops of beams or anchored to the bottom flanges of
beams. a. For channel strut spans up to 6’-0”, provide single channel struts. b. For channel strut spans from 6’-1” to 10’-0”, provide double-channel struts. c. Install channel struts
with slotted web at top. d. Clamp channel struts for beam flanges at each beam with strut manufacturer’s standard beam clamps for configuration indicated. C. Grid: 1. Provide heavy-duty
or intermediate-duty grid as required to comply with seismic installation requirements and manufacturer recommendations. 2. Provide aluminum grid within MRI suites and indicated magnetic
field area, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Accurately level all main runners; space main runners a maximum of four feet on centers. 4. Space cross “T” members as shown on the drawings
and secure to main runners and wall angles. 5. Securely anchor all wall angle members to wall studs with sheet metal screws into metal studs. a. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous
ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 6. Miter corners where wall angle members intersect or install preformed corner caps. (Do not overlap.)
7. Suspension system shall be an interlocking system.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 -8 8. Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts to comply with requirements indicated for fireresistance-rated assembly. D. Tolerances: 1. Make all grid level
within a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 10’-0” and straight within a tolerance of 1/2 inch in 250 feet. Cumulative dimensional error is not allowed. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING
BOARDS A. Install in level plane in straight-line courses. B. Place materials to bear all around on suspension members. C. Minimum width of border tiles: 4 inches D. Cut units neatly
to fit grilles, diffusers, and all penetrations. 1. Sprinkler head openings: Accurately cut tile to provide a close fit around sprinkler heads or drops. E. Tegular edge tile: At cut
tile, trim and paint cut edges to match manufactured edge profile. F. Install boards from a three carton mix to obtain a uniform distribution of surface variations. 3.3 REPAIR AND RESTORATION
A. Neatly touch-up all scratches, mars, voids, and other defects in the factory-painted surfaces with paint to match both color and gloss of such factory-painted surfaces. 1. Comply
with manufacturer’s instructions for touch-up of minor finish damage. 2. Use touch-up paints furnished by the grid or board manufacturer. B. Replace all broken, chipped, marred, or otherwise
defective acoustic lay-in panels with new panels. C. Replace bent or dented grid with new grid. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean fingerprints and other dirt from grid and panel faces B. Replace
soiled tiles with new tiles when directed by Architect/Engineer. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CARPETING 09 68 00 -1 SECTION 09 68 00 — CARPETING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish and install carpeting as indicated or implied by the Contract Documents.
2. Floor substrate preparation and remediation, specified in Division 09 Section “Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation” B. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 Section “Common Work
Results for Flooring Preparation” 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. E 84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2. E 662 -Standard
Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials 3. F 710 – Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring 1.3 PERFORMANCE
REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide products with the following surface-burning characteristics, as determined by testing identical products by UL or another
nationally recognized independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. NFPA 253, Critical Radiant Flux: a. Class I, minimum value of 0.45 watts per square
centimeter in all corridors and exit ways. 2. ASTM E 662, Smoke Density: less than 450 3. Surface burning per CPSC 16 CFR 1630, DOC FF-1 “Pill Test”: passing. B. Dimensional stability:
1. Aachen method: a. Maximum measurement change + 0.02% C. Static resistance: less than 3.0 kilovolts at 70°F; 20% RH 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CARPETING 09 68 00 -2 1. Product literature: Manufacturer’s printed literature, indicating compliance with specifications, physical characteristics, durability, and fade resistance.
2. Manufacturer’s installation recommendations, including acceptable adhesive. 3. Maintenance and cleaning instructions approved by carpet manufacturer and fiber manufacturer. 4. Furnish
copies with Operating and Maintenance Manual. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Seaming layouts: Submit floor plans, drawn to scale, indicating extent of each type of carpet and location, pile direction,
type of seams, and transition details to other flooring materials.. C. Samples: For each of the following products and for each color and texture required. Label each Sample with manufacturer's
name, material description, color, pattern, and designation indicated on Drawings Drawings and in schedules. 1. Carpet: 12-inch-(300-mm-) square Sample. D. Warranty: 1. Submit warranty
in conformance with this specification. 2. Furnish copies with operating and maintenance manual 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and
approved by manufacturer B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review
methods and procedures related to carpet including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's
personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review requirements for verification and testing of subfloor condition, subfloor preparation, and environmental
conditions required at time of flooring installation. 1.6 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to jobsite in unopened wrapping or boxes. B. Storage: 1. Store materials in a covered,
climate controlled facility, with temperatures between 40 degrees F and 90 degrees F. 2. Store material off ground or floor in protective packaging. 3. Do not permit materials to become
wet. 4. Store flammable adhesives in accordance with fire prevention regulations.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CARPETING 09 68 00 -3 C. Allow material to acclimatize prior to installation by storing materials in area to receive floor coverings a minimum of 72 hours before installation. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL
REQUIREMENTS A. Areas scheduled to receive carpeting shall be fully enclosed and provided with sufficient ventilation and supplemental heating or cooling to match design environment
a minimum of 72 hours prior to the start of installation and continuously after installation. B. Moisture vapor transmission rate: Concrete subfloors shall have a maximum moisture vapor
transmission rate acceptable
to the flooring manufacturer prior to installing flooring. Refer to Part 3 – Execution for detailed testing requirements. C. Concrete internal relative humidity: Concrete sub-floors
shall have a maximum internal relative humidity, measured with with in-situ probes at 1/4 the slab depth, of 75 percent. 1.8 COORDINATION A. When requested, provide dimensioned flooring
layouts, with concrete subfloor finishing requirements indicated. B. Install floor coverings after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 1.9 WARRANTY A.
Written warranty, signed by carpet manufacturer agreeing to replace carpet that does not comply with requirements or that fails within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include
deterioration or failure of carpet due to unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. Failures include, but are not limited to, more than 10 percent loss of face fiber,
edge raveling, snags, runs, and delamination. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Static electricity: Maintain static below 3.0 kilovolts at 70°F; 20%
RH throughout life of carpet. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Carpet tile: 1 percent of the total, but not less than 1 carton, for each type indicated.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CARPETING 09 68 00 -4 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET TILE A. Products: As indicted on Interior Finish Sheet 2.2 ADHESIVE A. Glue down installation: 1. As recommended by carpet manufacturer,
release type or permanent type in accordance with use and substrate. B. Seaming Cement: Hot-melt adhesive tape or similar product recommended by carpet manufacturer for taping seams
and butting cut edges at backing to form secure seams and to prevent pile loss at seams. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Metal transition strips and cove base cap strips: 1. Description: Edge strip
suitable for use under floor coverings. 2. Reference standard: Schlüter Systems; Schiene AE Series 3. Material: Extruded Aluminum. 4. Profile: a. 1 inch bedding leg perforated for bond
to setting adhesive. b. 1/8 inch wide vertical leg with 87 degree draft and eased nose. c. Height to match thickest flooring material at the joint. 5. Finish: Clear anodized B. Carpet
to Vinyl Flooring Reducer strips: 1. Size: 1/4 inch thick at butting edge by 1-1/2 inch wide minimum transition by length as required 2. Color: selected by the Interior Designer from
full range of manufacturer’ standard colors a. No substitutions permitted 3. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Burke Mercer Flooring Products, Division of Burke Industries, Inc. b. Johnsonite.
c. Roppe Corporation. d. VPI, LLC, Floor Products Division. C. Carpet to Concrete Reducer strips: 1. Size: 1/4 inch thick at butting edge by 1-1/2 inch wide by length as required 2.
Color: selected by the Interior Designer] from full range of manufacturer’ standard colors a. No substitutions permitted 3. Acceptable Manufacturers:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CARPETING 09 68 00 -5 a. Burke Mercer Flooring Products, Division of Burke Industries, Inc. b. Johnsonite. c. Roppe Corporation. d. VPI, LLC, Floor Products Division. PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, adhesive bond, substrate alkalinity, subfloor
levelness and flatness tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Furnish written report to the Architect/Engineer, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions
detrimental to performance of work. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according
to ASTM F710 and Division 09 Section “Common Work Results for Flooring Preparation”. B. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer’s written recommendations to ensure adhesion of floor
coverings. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after
substrates pass testing. C. Remove existing flooring, including underlayments and setting bed to expose a sound substrate. Grind substrate if required to thoroughly remove any traces
of the floor material adhesive or other foreign material. D. Move floor coverings and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 72 hours in advance of
installation. 1. Do not install floor coverings until they are same temperature as space where they are to be installed. E. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by floor coverings
immediately before installation. Start of installation shall signify acceptance of substrate. F. Close spaces to traffic during carpet installation.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
CARPETING 09 68 00 -6 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer’s written instructions and the recommendations of CRI 104. 1. Apply adhesive in accordance with carpet and adhesive manufacturer’s
instruction. 2. Install edge strips and other accessories per manufacturer’s instructions. B. Install carpet in patterns and colors as shown on Drawings. Install pattern parallel to
walls and borders. C. Transition between carpet and other flooring materials shall occur at the door centerline when in the closed position. D. Do not bridge building expansion joints
with carpet. E. Cut and fit carpet to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings.
Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer. F. Extend carpet into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar
openings. G. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining
marking device. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. General: 1. Perform all cleaning in accordance with IICRC S100. B. Perform the following immediately after installing carpet: 1. Remove
spots and smears of adhesives from carpet with approved cleaning agent. 2. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet surface. 3. Remove rubbish, wrapping paper, and unnecessary cartons.
4. Vacuum with commercial beater bar type vacuum cleaner. C. Protect installed carpet to comply with CRI 104, Section 23, "Protection of Indoor Installations." D. Protect carpet against
damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by
carpet manufacturer. 1. Protect each area of installation with temporary covers and walkways of heavy paper with taped splices. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 -1 SECTION 09 72 00 — WALL COVERINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Wall coverings B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Architectural
Woodwork” 2. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 3. Division 09 Section “Painting” C. SUBMITTALS D. Product Data: 1. Submit Manufacturer’s product literature for each wall
covering provided 2. Provide manufacturer’s complete installation and maintenance instructions. 3. Submit with Operating and Maintenance Manual. E. Samples: 1. Submit samples for verification
for each wall covering selected. a. Size: 12 inches by 12 inches, minimum 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer qualifications: Wall covering installers having a minimum of 3-years experience
installing wall coverings on projects of similar size and complexity. B. Installation Installation standards: 1. The installation recommendations of the manufacturer of the wall covering
used shall be used for acceptance or rejection of actual installation methods used in this Work. C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide wallcovering classified as Class A, with
surfaceburning characteristics determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.
Flame Spread: 75 or less. 2. Smoke Developed: 450 or less. D. All wall covering of each color, pattern or texture shall be the product of the same manufacturer.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 -2 E. Preinstallation Conference: Participate in the preinstallation conference for Gypsum Board Assemblies under Division 09 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies".
1. Provide specific tolerance and finish requirements. 2. Provide locations for wall coverings with special drywall finishing requirements. 1.3 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials
to jobsite in unopened wrapping. B. Storage: 1. Store materials in a covered, climate controlled area, with temperatures between 65 degrees F and 85 degrees F, 50 percent maximum relative
humidity. 2. Store material off ground or floor laid flat in protective packaging. 3. Do not permit materials to become wet. 4. Store flammable adhesives in accordance with fire prevention
regulations. C. Allow material to acclimatize prior to installation by storing materials in area to receive wall coverings a minimum of 4 days before installation. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A. Areas scheduled to receive wall covering shall be fully enclosed and provided with sufficient ventilation and supplemental heating or cooling to match design environment a minimum
of 4 days prior to the start of installation and continuously after installation. Wall covering installation shall be scheduled after permanent lights have been installed and operating.
1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Wall covering: 1. Provide one triple roll bolt or two double roll bolts of narrow width (approximately 27 inch) wall covering of each color from original stock
for Owner’s use. 2. Provide twelve lineal yards of wide width (approximately 54 inch) wall covering of each color from original stock for Owner’s use. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL COVERING
A. Provide wallcoverings complying with Federal Specification CCC-W-408D, for type and Class specified. B. Type II, Medium Duty, Class A Wall covering 1. As specified on Interior Finish
sheet.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 -3 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Manufacturer recommendations: 1. All adhesives shall be only those recommended by the manufacturer of the wall covering used. 2. Wall covering
and adhesive shall contain mildew inhibitors. B. VOC Limits for Installation Adhesives, Glues, and Sealants: Use installation adhesives and sealants that comply with SCAQMD Rule 1168
limits for VOC content, calculated in accordance with Rule 1168, less water and exempt compounds: 2.3 SEALER/PRIMER A. Manufacturer recommendations: 1. All wall sealer shall be only
those recommended by the manufacturer of the wall covering used. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Inspection: 1. Inspect wall surfaces scheduled to receive wall covering for conditions
that will be detrimental to the finished installation. a. Surfaces shall be smooth and free of of trowel marks, ridges, scratches, craters, nicks, or other imperfections. b. Test moisture
level of walls scheduled to receive wood veneer wall covering. Moisture content shall not exceed 7 percent. c. Do not proceed with Work until imperfections are corrected and wall moisture
level has stabilized at an acceptable level. B. Wall sealer: 1. Seal all surfaces to receive wall covering with wall sealer. Apply evenly so that no deposits or irregularities will telegraph
through wall covering. 3.2 WALL COVERING INSTALLATION A. Installation sequence: 1. Use wall covering rolls in consecutive numerical sequence of manufacturer. 2. Place wall covering panels
consecutively in exact order they are cut from the roll including filling all spaces above or below windows, doors, and similar penetrations. 3. Hang wall covering by reversing alternate
strips except on match patterns. B. Trimming:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 -4 1. On matched patterns which are received with a selvage edge, trim off the selvage edge using a straight edge on a cutting table prior to hanging each strip.
2. If defective material is discovered in the bolt, discard the defective portions. C. Adhesive: 1. Follow the manufacturer’s printed instructions for mixing, applying and using the
adhesive. Do not dilute the adhesive. 2. Apply adhesive to fabric back using a roller or paste brush. D. Installation: 1. Hang non-matched patterns by overlapping the edges and double
cutting through both thicknesses with a 0.04 or 0.06 inch thick zinc or aluminum strip back-up to prevent cutting the substrate. 2. Wrap wall covering 6” beyond inside and outside corners;
no cutting at corners permitted unless for color separation or pattern matching. 3. No horizontal seams shall be permitted. 4. Install wall covering before the installation of plumbing
fixtures, casings, bases, cabinets, sealants and behind surface mounted corner guards. 5. Use stiff bristled brush or flexible broad knife to eliminate air pockets and to secure wall
covering to substrate surface. 6. With a damp sponge remove excess adhesive from each seam as it is made and wipe clean and dry with a cloth towel. 7. Push wall covering completely into
all inside corners, including reveals, recessed corner guards, etc. unless noted otherwise on the drawings. Do not stretch or force. 8. The installed wall covering shall be secure, smooth,
clean, without wrinkles, gaps, or overlaps. 9. Hang three strips and stop to make sure the material and pattern match is acceptable to all parties. If any problems exist, stop and contact
the manufacturer or distributor/material supplier. Correction is to be made at no additional charge to the Owner. E. Associated work: 1. Remove and replace hardware, accessories, plates,
plates, and similar items to allow wall covering to be installed. 3.3 CLEANING A. General: 1. After hanging, immediately clean all wall covering surfaces, removing all traces of adhesive
and soil and thoroughly washing with clean water and blot dry with a clean cotton towel or cloth. 2. Do not use carbon-tetrachloride, cleaning solvents, or any other cleaning agent not
specifically recommended by the manufacturer of the wall covering. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -1 SECTION 09 91 00 — PAINTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish all painting materials and accessories. Prepare, paint, or finish surfaces,
including, but not limited to, the following: a. Exposed surfaces of miscellaneous ferrous metals (including hangers and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment) within occupied
spaces or exposed to view, including Mechanical/Electrical Rooms, Storage Rooms, and Penthouses b. Hollow metal doors and frames (do not paint over fire-rating labels) c. Factory primed
coiling door slats, frames, and metal components exposed to view. d. Exposed gypsum drywall partitions, ceilings, and bulkheads e. Exposed plaster surfaces, including existing plaster
where patching has been performed f. Exposed surfaces of new and existing mechanical and electrical Work including grilles, registers, and louvers occurring in ceilings, and the outside
of fire hose cabinets, access panels, electrical box covers, electrical panel covers, telephone panel covers, piping and conduit; where such Work occurs within occupied spaces including
Mechanical/Electrical Room, Storage Rooms, and Penthouses. g. Wood trim h. Other exposed surfaces that are to be finished and are not specifically indicated to be factory finished or
finished by others. i. Existing painted surfaces as noted on drawings j. Labeling of fire-rated construction and smoke barrier walls k. Labeling of exterior walls with air/moisture/vapor
barrier applied to sheathing. l. Painting of mechanical, electrical, and ceiling seismic supports for identification. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”,
for primer/surfacer on gypsum drywall. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Finish sheen definitions: 1. Flat: Lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85-degree meter.
2. Eggshell: Low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 3. Satin: Low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 when measured at
a 60-degree meter.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -2 4. Semi-gloss: Medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 65 when measured at a 60-degree meter. 5. High-or Full-Gloss: High-sheen finish with a gloss
range more than 65 when measured at a 60-degree meter. B. Interior: In a conditioned space. C. Exterior: In a non-conditioned space or directly exposed to the exterior. 1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: 1. Submit brochures describing products, preparation requirements, coverage rates, and maintenance procedures. a. Indicate compliance with U.S. Federal regulations regarding
lead and zinc content. 2. Submit manufacturer’s certification or comparison chart indicating that material submitted is equivalent to the system materials specified. a. For products
listed on the Master Painters Institute (MPI) Approved Products List, indicate product type and and include a copy of the product listing. 3. Furnish copies with Operating and Maintenance
Manual. B. Samples: 1. Submit full range of standard and custom colors for each system. 2. Paint samples: Provide actual samples of selected finish color on white card stock, minimum
4 inches by 8 inches. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source responsibility: Materials selected for each coating system and type of surface shall be the product of a single manufacturer.
B. Material Compatibility: 1. Primers shall be the same manufacturer as the paint used for the final coats and shall be of the type recommended by that manufacturer for the particular
application. 2. Thinners, when used, shall be only those thinners recommended for that purpose by the manufacturer of the material to be thinned. C. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) content:
Materials shall conform to current federal requirements for content of lead, zinc and volatile organic compounds (VOC’s). 1. Low Odor /Low-VOC paints: paints shall meet or exceed the
criteria of Green Seal Standard GS-11, less water, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. VOC Limits for architectural paints, coatings and primers applied
on the interior of the building: Use materials that do not exceed the VOC content limits established in Green Seal Standard GS-11, less water, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,
Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -3 a. Flats: 50 g/L b. Non-flats: 150 g/L 3. VOC Limits for anti-corrosive and anti-rust paints applied to interior ferrous substrates: Use materials that do not exceed
the VOC content limit of 250 g/L established in Green Seal Standard GC-03, less water. D. All field painting and finishing shall match approved samples and mock-ups. E. Preinstallation
Conference: Participate in the preinstallation conference for Gypsum Board Assemblies under Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies”. 1. Provide locations for gloss paints, and
finishes in critical lighting locations. 2. Coordination of labeling of fire-rated walls. 3. Coordination of painting exposed mechanical and electrical equipment, piping and supports.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: 1. Deliver all paint materials to the job site in their original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible at time of use.
B. Storage and handling: 1. Store only the approved materials at the job site and store only in a single designated area restricted to the storage of paint materials and related equipment.
2. All paints, varnishes, and volatile oil shall be stored in accordance with health, safety, and fire regulations. 3. Storage area shall be kept clean. Oily rags, waste material, empty
cans, etc. shall be removed each day. 4. “No Smoking” signs and covered waste receptacles shall be provided in the area. 5. Floor of storage area shall be covered and protected from
spilled material. 6. Provide metal lockers for storage and provide two listed 2A:20BC rated multi-purpose dry chemical or a 10BC rated CO2 fire extinguisher mounted in the immediate
area. 7. Use all means necessary to protect paint materials before, during, and after application and to protect the installed Work and materials of all other trades. 8. Use fire-retardant
treated treated drop cloths where flammable products are in use. 1.6 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not clean, prepare or paint surfaces on which condensation is evident or when environmental
conditions may cause condensation to form on surfaces during finishing operations. B. Maintain temperature and humidity levels during finishing work at a level to prevent condensation.
C. Apply paints and finish product within the temperature range acceptable to the manufacturer of the product, as listed on the product label or product data sheet.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -4 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 LIQUID APPLIED PAINTS, STAINS AND FINISH COATS A. Reference Standard: Glidden Professional (ICI) Paints B. Manufacturers: Furnish materials
from one of the following manufacturers, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Benjamin Moore Paint 2. PPG Industries, Inc. 3. Pratt & Lambert 4. The Sherwin Williams Company 5. ICI Paints
6. M.A.B. Paints C. General: 1. There is no attempt to define the physical properties and composition of the painting materials. Furnished product shall be the manufacturer’s equivalent
to those specified. 2. Provide primer and topcoat listed by the manufacturer as compatible with the substrate indicated. a. Where conflict arises between manufacturer’s printed application
recommendation and scheduled product listing, the manufacturer’s recommendations shall prevail, maintaining carrier type and gloss level indicated. 3. Prime walls scheduled to receive
wallcoverings, using primer indicated on Painting Schedule for substrate, unless noted otherwise. D. Color Standard: 1. Colors shall match color selections indicated on the Finish Schedule
2. The use of paint manufacturer names in the Drawing Schedule “Finish Specifications” are for color selection only, and do not indicate selection of a particular manufacturer’s products.
PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACES, GENERAL A. Protection: 1. Prior to all surface preparation and painting operations, completely mask, remove, or otherwise adequately protect
all hardware, accessories, machined surfaces, nameplates, tags on fire-rated doors and frames, lighting fixtures, and similar items in contact with painted surfaces but not scheduled
to receive paint. B. Cleaning: 1. Before applying paint or other surface treatment, thoroughly clean all surfaces involved.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -5 a. Use cleaning methods and materials that limit the potential to contaminate or damage other surfaces. Remove and/or neutralize cleaning solutions in accordance
with cleaning agent manufacturer’s recommendations and local environmental regulations. 2. Schedule all cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process
will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces or other finished surfaces. C. Priming: 1. Spot prime all exposed nails and other metals that are to be painted with emulsion paints using
a primer recommended by the manufacturer of the coating systems. 2. Primer is not required at new gypsum drywall that has received primer/surfacer, unless required by manufacturer of
finish coating. 3.2 PREPARATION OF WOOD SURFACES A. Smoothing: 1. Unless specifically noted to be be rough, smooth all finished wood surfaces exposed to view using graded sandpaper,
successively from coarse to fine grades. a. Painted wood: minimum 150 grit b. Stained wood: minimum 220 grit B. Knots: 1. On small, dry, seasoned knots, thoroughly scrape and clean the
surface and apply one coat of good quality knot-sealer before application of the priming coat or stain. C. Moisture content: 1. Do not proceed with the painting of wood surfaces until
the moisture content of the wood is 12 percent or less. 3.3 PREPARATION OF METAL SURFACES A. Clean metal using chemical or mechanical methods recommended by the finish coat manufacturer
for the metal substrate indicated. 1. Clean metal deck indicated to receive paint or fireproofing using SSPC SP-1 methods approved by deck manufacturer to remove surface oils and other
contaminants detrimental to paint or fireproofing adhesion. 2. Clean structural steel and steel trusses and open-web joists indicated to receive finish paint using SSPC SP-1 methods
approved by coating manufacturer to remove dirt, surface oils and other contaminants detrimental to paint or fireproofing adhesion. B. Where recommended, pretreat metal using chemical
methods recommended by the finish manufacturer. 1. General: a. Apply, remove and dispose of chemical solutions in accordance with State and local environmental regulations.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -6 b. If treatment is performed at the project site, protect surrounding surfaces from contamination or detrimental effects from treatment chemicals. c. Clean, repair
or replace, as required, materials damaged during metal pretreatment. 2. Galvanized metal: a. Clean all surfaces thoroughly with solvent until they are completely free from dirt, oil,
and grease. b. Thoroughly treat the cleaned surface with phosphoric acid etch. c. Remove all excess etching solution and dry completely before application of paint. C. Other metals:
1. Thoroughly clean all surfaces until they are completely free from dirt, oil, and grease. 2. Allow to dry thoroughly before application of paint. D. Touch up damaged primer on items
delivered with shop or prime coats, before application of finish coat. Touch-up with same material as shop primer. 3.4 PREPARATION OF GYPSUM DRYWALL AND PLASTER A. Coordination: 1. Ensure
that dirt, dust, and other foreign matter have been removed. Ensure that all apparent deposits of spackling compound have been removed, taking care not to damage the paper cover of the
gypsum drywall. 2. Spackle and lightly sandpaper scuffs, scratches, and nicks. 3.5 PREPARATION OF EXISTING PAINTED SURFACES A. Preparation 1. Remove dust, dirt, powdery residue, grease,
oil, wax, or other contaminates. 2. Remove
flaking or peeling paint and correct all defects. 3. Dull glossy old paints by light sanding. 4. Patch cracks and holes, sand smooth, and spot prime prior to finishing. 5. Feather edges
at surface repairs. 3.6 FINISH APPLICATION A. General: 1. Paint all surfaces, except glass and similar items not finished and not called out as unfinished. a. Operating Parts: Do not
paint moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices, motor and fan shafts, and sprinkler heads,
unless otherwise specified. 2. Paint all grilles and other pre-finished items where the factory finish is not in accordance with the “Painting Schedule” and color selection.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -7 3. Allow 48 hours drying time before recoating. Modify the periods as recommended by the material manufacturer to suit adverse weather conditions. 4. Suction and
hot spots shall be touched up after first coat has been applied. 5. Where preceding coat is not completely covered by finish coat or does not adequately hide underlying finishes or marks,
apply additional coats at no additional cost to the Owner. 6. Finish coats shall be smooth and uniform, completely hiding undercoats. 7. Edges adjoining different colors or materials
shall be sharp and clean with no overlap. 8. Touch-up or repainting of surfaces shall cover entire item, frame, or wall area. “Spot” touch-up work will not be permitted. 9. The Contractor
shall use the primer best suited for the paint products scheduled under Part 3 of this Section, and for compatibility with the substrate. 10. Apply appropriate fire-retardant coating
to items indicated to receive “fire retardant paint” or “fire retardant varnish”. B. Environmental conditions: 1. Do not apply paint in areas where dust is being generated. 2. Turpentine
shall not be used in closed areas. 3. Temperature shall be maintained above 50°F at all times. C. Defects: 1. Repair or fill defects between coats with appropriate fill material. 2.
Sand and dust between coats to remove all defects visible to the unaided eye from a distance of five feet. D. Color of undercoats: 1. Each coat of paint shall be slightly darker than
the preceding coat with all coats tinted toward the finish coat color. E. Identification of fire-rated construction and smoke-barrier walls: 1. Where fire-rated wall construction or
smoke barrier walls are indicated on the Plans, paint wall rating a minimum of 6-inches above the ceiling line on each side of the wall. 2. Lettering shall be stencil applied, all capitals,
level, and at a uniform height on each wall. 3. Letter height: 3-inches, minimum 4. Color: Black on light colored substrates, white or red on dark colored substrates. 5. Spacing: one
label every 10 feet, maximum. Not less than one label per wall section, except at offsets less than 6 feet long. 6. Text: indicate hour rating and rating type. a. Example: 2-HR. FIRE
b. Example: 1-HR FIRE AND SMOKE F. Identification of exterior wall construction with exterior applied air/moisture/vapor barrier: 1. Where exterior wall construction with applied air/moisture/vapor
retarder is indicated, paint wall notice a minimum of 6-inches above the ceiling line on the interior side of the wall in each room. 2. Lettering shall be stencil applied, all capitals,
level, and at a uniform height on each wall. 3. Letter height: 2-inches, minimum 4. Color: Black on light colored substrates, white or red on dark colored substrates.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -8 5. Spacing: one label every 20 feet, maximum. Not less than one label per wall section, except at offsets less than 6 feet long. 6. Text: “AIR/MOISTURE/VAPOR BARRIER
ON EXTERIOR COMPLETELY SEAL SHEATHING PENETRATIONS” 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: 1. Dry film thickness (DFT): Per manufacturer’s printed recommendations and total not less than
thickness indicated in manufacturer’s written application instructions . B. Site Tests: 1. Pre-application testing: a. Moisture Content: Periodically, minimum 1 time per week, test new
substrates for acceptable moisture content levels before application of first coat. 1) Test masonry and concrete walls prior to application of first coat. a) Perform a minimum of one
test for each wall type, age within one week, and exposure to the exterior. 2) Test wood indicated to receive paint finish 3) Test areas that have been wetted or show evidence of excessive
moisture or condensation. a) Perform a minimum of one test for every 10 lineal feet of wall. b) Do not apply paints to surfaces whose moisture content exceeds paint manufacturers recommendations.
2. Periodically, minimum once daily for each painter, measure wet film thickness during application to verify required coating thickness, allowing a thickness reduction percentage equal
to the non-solid percentage of the paint material being applied. 3. Verification testing: provide dry film thickness verification testing, when directed by the Architect/Engineer, using
one of the following methods: a. Non-destructive: test meter capable of measuring the thickness of coatings on the substrate to be tested. 1) Calibrate meter in the presence of the Architect/Engineer
prior to conducting tests. b. Destructive: “Tooke Dry Film Thickness Gauge 1) After testing, repair and touch up paint at test location to match surrounding surface. 4. Provide a log
of all measurements taken; include the following information. Maintain log on-site and available for periodic review by the Architect/Engineer. a. Test date b. Test location c. Manufacturer
and type(s) of material being tested d. Moisture content e. Scheduled dry film thickness f. Measured wet or dry film thickness g. Test method h. Name of person conducting test
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -9 3.8 REINSTALLATION OF REMOVED ITEMS A. Following completion of painting in each space, promptly reinstall all items removed for painting, using only workmen skilled
in the particular trade. 3.9 CLEANING A. General: 1. Prevent accidental spilling of paint materials, In the event of such spill, immediately remove all spilled material and the waste
or other equipment used to clean up the spill, and wash the surface to its original undamaged condition, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Prior to final inspection: 1. Upon completion
of this portion of the Work, visually inspect all surfaces and remove all paint and traces of paint from surfaces not scheduled to be painted. 3.10 PAINTING SCHEDULE -GENERAL A. The
products of Glidden Professional Paints (I.C.I) are used in this schedule, unless otherwise noted. B. Color selection: 1. Match color indicated on the Finish Schedule. C. Existing painted
surfaces to be repainted: 1. A prime coat is not required if existing finish coverage is adequate, adhesion to the existing surface can be obtained without a primer or deglosser, and
direct application without primer is permitted in the manufacturer’s written instructions. 2. The Contractor shall use the primer or surface treatment required to ensure a compatibility
with both the existing surface and the new paint being used. 3. New paint finishes shall match existing adjacent finishes unless indicated otherwise. 3.11 PAINT SCHEDULE (LOW-ODOR, LOW-VOC
LATEX PAINT) A. Approved products: Provide products listed, by one of the following manufacturers: 1. Benjamin Moore; Pristine Eco Spec 2. I.C.I.; Dulux Lifemaster 3. Pittsburgh Paints;
Pure Performance 4. The Sherwin Williams Company; ProGreen 200 5. M.A.B.; Enviro-Pure B. New Surfaces to be painted: 1. Interior ferrous metals: (5 mil) a. 1 coat Trim Primer: I.C.I
Deuflex #4020
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PAINTING 09 91 00 -10 b. 2 coats Water borne Semi-Gloss Enamel: I.C.I. Lifemaster-Pro #4216 2. Gypsum drywall partitions: a. 1 coat Primer Sealer: I.C.I. Dulux 9116 b. 2 coats Latex
Eggshell Enamel: I.C.I. Dulux 9300 3. Gypsum drywall ceilings (3 mil) a. 1 coat Primer Sealer: I.C.I. Dulux 9116 b. 2 coats Latex Flat Enamel: I.C.I. Dulux 9100 C. Existing painted surfaces
to be repainted: 1. Interior ferrous metals: a. 2 coats Water borne Semi-Gloss Enamel: I.C.I. Dulux 9200 2. Gypsum drywall partitions: a. 2 coats Latex Eggshell Enamel: I.C.I. Dulux
9300 3. Gypsum drywall ceilings: a. 2 coats Latex Flat Enamel: I.C.I. Dulux 9100 4. Insulated pipe covering: a. 2 coats Latex Semi-Gloss: I.C.I. Dulux 9200 3.12 SPECIAL FINISHES: A.
Specialty Paint SP1: 1. 1 coat Scuffmaster Primer/Sealer 2. 1 coat Scuffmaster Metalli-Coat 2000, spray applied in 4-5 light passes. 3. 1 coat Scuffmaster Ultra-Clear, Gloss, spray applied
in 1 coat. END OF SECTION
Division 10 Specialties
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 -1 SECTION 10 26 00 — WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Protective wall covering. 2. Corner guards. 3. Coordination
of blocking installation for wall protection. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Rough Carpentry”, for blocking. 2. Division 06 Section “Finish Carpentry”, for fabricated wood
wall protection. 3. Division 06 Section “Architectural Woodwork”, for wood fabricated handrails, wall protection and trim. 4. Division 08 Section “Door Hardware”, for door kickplates,
mop plates and armor. 5. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire Resistance: 1. ASTM E 84 (Tunnel Test) or UL 723, Class A a. Flame spread:
less than 25 b. Smoke developed: less than 450 2. Performance shall be certified by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer’s
descriptive literature describing materials, maintenance, and installation. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Manufacturers plan and elevation details indicating wall protection type, wall construction,
wall framing and blocking, and other C. Samples: 1. Samples for Selection: Full range of actual color samples, 2 inch by 3 inch minimum 2. Samples for Verification: 8 inch by 10 inch
minimum samples for each color selected.. D. Certification:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 -2 1. Submit certification that materials conform to compliance requirements of this specification. 2. Furnish copies with Operating Maintenance Manuals.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code Compliance: Comply with the requirements of the following: 1. Indiana Building Code, accessibility provisions and for plastics used as trim. 2. Americans
with Disabilities Act 1990 (ADA), Public Law 101-336. B. Single-source responsibility: 1. Provide wall and corner guards from a single manufacturer. 2. Provide wall and corner guards
from the same manufacturer as wall protection specified in Division 10 Section “Protective Wall Covering”. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reference standard: Unless otherwise
indicated, model numbers specified are for products manufactured by: 1. Construction Specialties (C/S Group); Acrovyn Protective Wallcovering B. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Balco Inc.;
Wall Protection System 2. Construction Specialties; Acrovyn Wallcovering 3. InPro Corporation; IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems 4. Koroseal Wall Protection Systems; Korogard Wall
Protection 5. Pawling Corporation; Pro-Tek 2.2 WALL COVERING A. Material: PVC sheet 1. Thickness: 0.040 inch 2. Finish: As indicated on Interior Finish Sheet 3. Color: As indicated on
Interior Finish Sheet a. Color shall be integral throughout thickness 4. Chemical resistance: a. ASTM D543, Type 1 Grade 2 rigid PVC chemical resistance 5. Acceptable products: Provide
one of the following: a. Balco Inc.; Wall Protection System b. Construction Specialties; Acrovyn Wallcovering c. InPro Corporation; IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems, Sanparrel rigid
vinyl sheet.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 -3 d. Koroseal Wall Protection Systems; Korogard Wall Protection e. Pawling Corporation; Pro-Tek 2.3 CORNER GUARDS A. Standard: 1. Surface-mounted series:
a. Single corners: SSM-20A (2” x 2”) b. Double corners (end of wall): SSM-25A (2” x 2”) 1) Filler strip of minimum 0.040” vinyl wall covering color matched to corner guards. c. 135 degree
corner: SM-20M d. Retainer: Aluminum extrusion, full-height of guard. 2. Accessories: a. Prefabricated, color matched, top and bottom end caps, for both partial and full height applications.
PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Preparation: 1. All substrates to which the wall covering is to be applied shall be dry, smooth, clean, and free of irregularities. B. General:
1. Install work of this section in strict accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, using only approved mounting hardware, and locating all components firmly in place, level and
plumb. C. Wall covering: 1. Apply adhesive and wall covering according to manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Provide good ventilation in work area. Limit spread of fumes beyond work area.
3. Vertical joints shall be a tight butt joint. 4. Scribe wall covering to projecting items, frames, and inside corners. 5. Provide corner trim at outside corners not protected by corner
guards. D. Corner guards: 1. Coordinate installation with stud framing. 2. Corner guards shall be full height, unless noted otherwise on drawings. a. 1/16” below finished ceiling or
bulkhead b. 1/16” above applied base 3. Adjust installed end caps as necessary to ensure tight seams. 4. Apply filler strip directly to wall surface with adhesive.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 -4 5. Surface mounted wall and corner guards shall be installed over applied wall finishes such as vinyl wallcovering (vinyl wallcovering shall run
continuously under wall and corner guards). E. Cleaning: 1. Clean and repair all marks, abrasions, and scratches. 2. Replace any material which cannot be cleaned with new material from
the same batch run. END OF SECTION
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 13 -1 SECTION 10 28 13 — TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnish and install toilet, bath and specialty accessories as
indicated or implied by the Contract Documents, including: 2. Public-use washroom accessories. 3. Private-use bathroom accessories. 4. Childcare accessories. 5. Closet rods. B. Owner-Furnished
Material: The Owner will furnish the following products for Contractor installation: 1. Soap dispensers. 2. Paper towel dispensers. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section “Architectural
Woodwork” 2. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 3. Division 09 Section “Tiling” 4. Division 12 Section “Manufactured Plastic-Laminate-Clad Casework” 5. Division 22 Section
“Plumbing Fixtures”, for accessories supplied with plumbing fixtures. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-source responsibility: Provide products from a single manufacturer, except where
alternative manufacturers are listed. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product literature: Manufacturer’s product data describing materials, fasteners, and mounting conditions. B. Shop Drawings: Manufacturer’s
layout and setting drawings indicating rough openings and anchor locations. C. Schedule:
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 13 -2 1. Submit a schedule listing the room name, room number and quantity of each accessory within the room. D. Operating instructions: 1. Submit descriptions
for loading, repairing, and locking of accessories. 2. Submit with Operating and Maintenance Manuals. E. Keys: 1. Furnish keys for enclosures to Owner at completion of Work. 2. Key all
accessories alike. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities, and for
proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees
to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects and that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of
Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide products by one of the following manufacturers, except as specified otherwise. B. Reference standard: 1. Bobrick
Washroom Equipment C. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. American Accessories, Inc. 2. American Specialties, Inc. 3. Bobrick Washroom Equipment 4. Bradley Corporation
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 13 -3 2.2 PRODUCTS A. General: The following list of accessories represents standards of quality using current Bobrick catalog numbers, unless otherwise noted.
The item number is referenced to the Architectural Interior Elevations and/or floor plans for location. B. Feminine Napkin Disposal: 1. Wall-mounted: a. Model: B-354 b. Material: Type
304 stainless steel with satin finish c. Mounting Height: Top of opening at 34” A.F.F. (Coordinate with grab bar height) d. Disposal to service two toilet compartments. C. Toilet paper
holder 1. Surface mounted: a. Model: B-6857 (single roll) b. Material: Type 304 stainless steel with satin finish c. Mounting height: C/L at 26” A.F.F. (Coordinate with grab bar height)
2. Surface mounted: a. Model: B-6867 (double roll) b. Material: Type 304 stainless steel with satin finish c. Mounting height: 26” A.F.F. to C/L D. Grab Bars 1. Manufacturer: Ponte Giulio,
Hafele 2. Horizontal and vertical, G02JASXX x size indicated on drawings; concealed mounting flange with snap flange cover. 3. Material: Steel core with PVC finish coating 4. Color:
Selected from manufacturer’s standard. 5. Mounting Height: 36” A.F.F. E. Coat/robe hook: 1. Manufacturer: HEWI, available through Häfele America Co. 2. Model: 842.61.3 (60mm ∅ rosette
x 65mm depth) 3. Material: Nylon 4. Color: As selected by Architect/Engineer 5. Mounting height: C/L at 72” A.F.F. high, unless noted otherwise F. Coat hanger rod: 1. Manufacturer: Knape
& Vogt 2. Model: 770-1 CHR tubing 3. Material: Heavy wall tubing with polished chrome finish; 1-1/16” o.d.; 4. Mounting Flange; 734 CHR, polished chrome flange for 1 1/16” tubing. 5.
Mounting height: 66” 6. Coat hangers: a. Standard: Bevco “Sturdy closed hook hanger” b. Material: 3/16” wire
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 13 -4 c. Finish: Polished chrome d. Furnish four (4) hangers per linear foot of hanger rod. 2.3 ANCHORS AND FASTENERS A. Provide manufacture’s supplied or recommended
fasteners or anchors for installation to substrate indicated, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide stainless steel fasteners or anchors for accessories installed in wet areas or where
otherwise indicated, including patient toilet rooms. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Mounting: 1. Anchor all accessories rigidly and securely in place so that accessories are level,
plumb, and true-to-line. 2. Fit tightly to surfaces to which they are attached. 3. Install in accordance with the appropriate manufacturer’s instructions. 4. Conceal anchorage wherever
possible; where anchorage will be exposed in the completed Work, use anchors having theft-proof heads and finishes to match accessory. B. Grab bars: 1. Use mounting techniques in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions. Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. a. Where grab bars are indicated
in Bariatric use areas, provide grab bar concealed mounting plates in wall. 1) Mounting plates shall extend across a minimum of 2 studs. 2) Cut slots, in stud web adjacent to stud flange,
of sufficient size to fit closely to mounting plate. 3) Crimp stud flange return back to stud flange, to match the height of the mounting plate. 4) Weld mounting plate to each stud flange
at top and bottom of plate. Avoid burn-through of stud flange. 5) Provide mounting plates with tapped holes, or if necessary, drill and tap mounting plate to receive grab bar mounting
screws. 6) Mount grab bars to plate using largest diameter fastener recommneded by grab bar manufacturer. 2. Loads superimposed shall be transmitted directly to the mounting devices
without applying loads to wall finish materials. 3. Seal penetrations and sleeves through wall finish with silicone sealant. 4. Grab bars anchored to toilet partitions must be thru-bolted.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 13 -5 C. Mounting heights: 1. Unless otherwise noted, mount at heights indicated. 3.2 CLEANING: AND ADJUSTING A. Polish all smooth textured surfaces to high
shine. B. Inspect accessories for plumbness, levelness, tight fit to wall, and smooth operation of moving components. 1. Plumb, level or tighten accessories where necessary. 2. Adjust
moving components and operating parts where necessary to provide correct, smooth operation. 3.3 DEMONSTRATION 1. Demonstrate operation to Owner’s representative. END OF SECTION
Division 11 Equipment
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECTION SCREENS 11 52 13 -1 SECTION 11 52 13 — PROJECTION SCREENS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electrically operated projection screens and controls. B. Related
Sections: 1. Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry " for wood backing for screen installation. 2. Division 26 Sections for electrical service and connections including device boxes for
switches and conduit, where required, for low-voltage control wiring. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For projection screens. Show
layouts and types of projection screens. Include the following: 1. For electrically operated projection screens and controls: a. Location of screen centerline relative to ends of screen
case. b. Location of wiring connections for electrically operated units. c. Drop lengths. d. Anchorage details, including connection to supporting structure for suspended units. e. Details
of juncture of exposed surfaces with adjacent finishes. f. Accessories. g. Wiring diagrams. C. Maintenance Data: For projection screens to include in maintenance manuals. 1.3 QUALITY
ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Projection Screens: Obtain projection screens from single manufacturer. Obtain accessories, including necessary mounting hardware, from screen manufacturer.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECTION SCREENS 11 52 13 -2 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install projection screens until spaces are enclosed and weathertight,
wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of
the construction period. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of projection screens with adjacent construction, including ceiling suspension systems, light fixtures,
HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partitions PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ELECTRICALLY OPERATED PROJECTION SCREENS A. General: Manufacturer's standard units consisting of case, screen,
motor, controls, mounting accessories, and other components necessary for a complete installation. Provide units that are listed and labeled as an assembly by UL or another testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Controls: Remote, three-position control switch installed in recessed device box with flush cover plate matching other
electrical device cover plates in room where switch is installed. a. Provide one control switch for each screen. b. Provide power supply for low-voltage systems if required. 2. Motor
in Roller: Instant-reversing motor of size and capacity recommended by screen manufacturer; with permanently lubricated ball bearings, automatic thermal-overload protection, preset limit
switches to automatically stop screen in up and down positions, and positive-stop action to prevent coasting. Mount motor inside roller with vibration isolators to reduce noise transmission.
3. Screen Mounting: Top edge securely anchored to rigid metal roller and bottom edge formed into a pocket holding a 3/8-inch-(9.5-mm-) diameter metal rod with ends of rod protected by
plastic caps. a. Roller for end-mounted motor supported by self-aligning bearings in brackets. 4. Tab Tensioning: Provide units that have a durable low-stretch cord, such as braided
polyester, on each side of screen connected to edge of screen by tabs to pull screen flat horizontally.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECTION SCREENS 11 52 13 -3 B. Suspended, Electrically Operated Screens with Automatic Ceiling Closure: Motor-in-roller units designed and fabricated for suspended mounting; with
bottom of case composed of two panels, fully enclosing screen, motor, and wiring; one panel hinged and designed to open and close automatically when screen is lowered and fully raised,
the other removable or openable for access to interior of case. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following. a. Motor in Roller: 1) Da-Lite Screen
Company:; Director Electrol. 2) Draper Inc.; Signature/Series V (Basis of Design). 3) Stewart Filmscreen Corporation; ABT Trap Door ElectriScreen. 2. Provide metal or metal-lined wiring
compartment on units with motor in roller. 3. Screen Case: Made from metal. 4. Provide screen case with trim flange to receive ceiling finish [constructed to be installed with underside
flush with ceiling 5. Finish on Exposed Surfaces: Factory primed/field finished to match ceiling. 2.2 FRONT-PROJECTION SCREEN MATERIAL A. Matte-White Viewing Surface: Peak gain not less
than 0.9, and gain not less than 0.8 at an angle of 50 degrees from the axis of the screen surface. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Bretford, Inc.; Matte White. b. Da-Lite Screen Company; Matte White. c. Draper Inc.; M1300. B. Material: Vinyl-coated, glass-fiber fabric. C. Mildew-Resistance Rating: 0 or 1 when
tested according to ASTM G 21. D. Flame Resistance: Passes NFPA 701. E.
Flame-Spread Index: Not greater than 75 when tested according to ASTM E 84. F. Seamless Construction: Provide screens, in sizes indicated, without seams. G. Edge Treatment: Without black
masking borders. H. Size of Viewing Surface: As indicated on Drawings. 1. I. Provide extra drop length of dimensions and at locations indicated. 1. Color: Black. 2. Length to allow bottom
of screen positioning to 4’-0” a.f.f from ceiling/mounting location.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
PROJECTION SCREENS 11 52 13 -4 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FRONT-PROJECTION SCREEN INSTALLATION A. Install front-projection screens at locations indicated to comply with screen manufacturer's
written instructions. B. Install front-projection screens with screen cases in position and in relation to adjoining construction indicated. Securely anchor to supporting substrate in
a manner that produces a smoothly operating screen with vertical edges plumb and viewing surface flat when screen is lowered. 1. Install low-voltage controls according to NFPA 70 and
complying with manufacturer's written instructions. a. Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceway except in accessible ceiling spaces and in gypsum board partitions where unenclosed wiring
method may be used. Use UL-listed plenum cable in environmental air spaces, including plenum ceilings. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces. 2. Test electrically operated
units to verify that screen controls, limit switches, closures, and other operating components are in optimum functioning condition. 3. Test manually operated units to verify that screen-operating
components are in optimum functioning condition. 4. Verify final location w/Owner prior to installation. END OF SECTION
Division 12 Furnishings
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 -1 SECTION 12 24 13 — ROLLER WINDOW SHADES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes roller shades and motorized shade operators of configuration
indicated, including mounting and operating hardware: 1. Motor operated, single roll-up fabric window shades. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 06 Section “Rough
Carpentry” 2. Division 09 Section “Gypsum Board Assemblies” 3. Division 09 Section “Acoustical Ceilings” 4. Division 26 – Electrical, for electrical service and connections for motorized
shade operation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include styles, material descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual components
and profiles, features, finishes, and operating instructions. 1. Motorized Shade Operators: Include operating instructions. 2. Motors: Show nameplate data, ratings, characteristics,
and mounting arrangements. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, details of installation, operational clearances, wiring diagrams, and relationship to adjoining
Work. 1. Motorized Shade Operators: Show locations and details for installing operator components, switches, and controls. Indicate motor size, electrical characteristics, drive arrangement,
mounting, and grounding provisions. a. Wiring diagrams: Indicate extent of field wiring and locations of connections between building power, field installed wiring, wiring provided with
the shade operator and controls, and location and wiring of controls. 2. Verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. C. Coordination
Drawings: Drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and ceiling-mounted items.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 -2 D. Samples: For each exposed finish and for each color and texture required. E. Window Treatment Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings,
list rooms, field verified window dimensions, quantities, type of shade, controls, fabric, and color. F. Maintenance data. 1. Methods for maintaining roller shades and finishes. 2. Precautions
about cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to fabrics, finishes, and performance. 3. Operating hardware. 4. Motorized shade operator. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer
Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed installation of roller shades similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has
resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain roller shades through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Fire-Test-Response
Characteristics: Provide roller shade band materials with the fire-testresponse characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below
by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. Flame-Resistance Ratings: Passes NFPA 701, Test Method 2 (Large Scale test). 2. Fire
Response Characteristics: ASTM E 84, Class A a. Flame Spread: Less than 25 b. Smoke Produced: Less than 450 D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as
defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. E. Comply with WCMA A 100.1. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND
HANDLING A. Deliver shades in factory packages, marked with manufacturer and product name, and location of installation using same room designations indicated on Drawings and in a window
window treatment schedule.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 -3 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install roller shades until construction and wet and dirty finish work in spaces, including
painting, is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. B. Field Measurements: Where
roller shades are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
Allow clearances for operable glazed units' operation hardware throughout the entire operating range. Notify Architect of discrepancies. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components that fail in
materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Hardware Components: a. Defects in materials or workmanship. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials
beyond normal weathering. c. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Electrical Components: a. Defects in material and workmanship. b. Warranty Period: <5><2>
years from date of Substantial Completion. 3. Shadecloth: a. Failures include, but are not limited to, deterioration, sag, warp, or unfitness for use over the full warranty period. b.
Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ROLLER SHADES A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Nysan Coupled
Motorized System, as indicated or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Nysan Shading Systems, Ltd. 2. Draper Inc. 3. Levolor; Levolor-Kirsch Window Fashions; a Newell Rubbermaid
Rubbermaid Company
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 -4 4. Lutron Shading Solutions by VIMCO 5. MechoShade Systems, Inc. 6. Nysan Shading Systems, Ltd. 7. RollEase, Inc. 8. Shade Techniques, Inc. 9. Silent
Gliss USA, Inc. 10. Sol-R-Veil 11. Verosol USA, Inc.; OEM Shades Inc. B. Shade Band Material: PVC-coated fiberglass or PVC-coated polyester. 1. Colors: As selected by Architect from
manufacturer's full range C. Rollers: Electrogalvanized or epoxy primed steel or extruded-aluminum tube of diameter and wall thickness required to support and fit internal components
of operating system and the weight and width of shade band material without sagging; designed to be easily removable from support brackets. D. Direction of Roll: Regular, from back of
roller. E. Mounting Brackets: Galvanized or zinc-plated steel. F. Fascia: L-shaped, formed-steel sheet or extruded aluminum; long edges returned or rolled; continuous panel concealing
front and bottom of shade roller, brackets, and operating hardware and operators; removable design for access. G. Top/Back Cover: L-shaped; material and finish to match fascia; combining
with fascia and end caps to form a six-sided headbox enclosure sized to fit shade roller and operating hardware inside. H. Side Channels: Blackout with light seals, single-channel aluminum,
2-1/2 inch depth. I. Bottom Bar: Extruded aluminum, with plastic or metal capped ends. Provide exposed-to-view, external -type. 1. Size: 1-1/2 inch by 3/8 inch J. Mounting: Surface mounted
to ceiling.. K. Shade Operation: Electric 2.2 ROLLER SHADE FABRICATION A. Unit Sizes: Obtain units fabricated in sizes to fill window and other openings as follows, measured at 74 deg
F (23 deg C):
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 -5 1. Shade Units Installed between (Inside) Jambs: Edge of shade not more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) from face of jamb. Length equal to head to sill dimension
of opening in which each shade is installed. B. Installation Brackets: Designed for easy removal and reinstallation of shade, for supporting fascia, headbox, roller, and operating hardware
and for hardware position and shade mounting method indicated. C. Installation Fasteners: No fewer than two fasteners per bracket, fabricated from metal noncorrosive to shade hardware
and adjoining construction; type designed for securing to supporting substrate; and supporting shades and accessories under conditions of normal use. 2.3 MOTORIZED ROLLER SHADE OPERATORS
A. General: Provide factory-assembled motorized shade operation systems designed for lifting shades of type, size, weight, construction, use, and operation frequency indicated. Include
wiring from motor controls to motors. Coordinate operator wiring requirements and electrical characteristics with the building electrical system. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Control Equipment:
Comply with NEMA ICS 1, NEMA ICS 2, and NEMA ICS 6. D. Electric Motors: UL-approved or -recognized, totally enclosed, insulated motor, complying with NEMA MG 1, with thermal-overload
protection, brake, permanently lubricated bearings, and limit switches; sized by shade manufacturer to start and operate size and weight of shade considering service factor or considering
Project's service conditions without exceeding nameplate ratings. 1. Service Factor: According to NEMA MG 1, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Motor Characteristics: Single phase, 110 V,
60 Hz. 3. Motor Mounting: Within manufacturer's standard roller enclosure. E. Remote Controls: 1. Electric controls with NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure recessed or flush mounting. Rocker-style,
wall switch. F. Limit Switches: Adjustable switches, interlocked with motor controls and set to automatically stop shade at fully raised and fully lowered positions.
ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________
ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 -6 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 ROLLER SHADE INSTALLATION A. Install roller shades level, plumb, and aligned with adjacent units according to manufacturer's written
instructions, and located so shade band is not closer than 2 inches (50 mm) to interior face of glass. Allow clearances for window operation hardware. B. Connections: Connect motorized
operators to building electrical system. C. Adjust and balance roller shades to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range.
D. Clean roller shade surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.2 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train
Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain roller shades. Refer to Division 01 Section “Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION